HLURB Supplemental Guidelines

SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES ON MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE CHANGE AND DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN
Supplemental Guidelines on Mainstreaming Climate Change and Disaster Risks

in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
Copyright 2015
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board
Climate Change Commission
United Nations Development Programme
Australian Government
All rights reserved. Any part of this book may be used or reproduced provided proper acknowledgement is made.
Published by the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board

Australian Government
For Inquiries, please contact:

Policy Development Group, Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board
HLURB Bldg., Kalayaan Avenue, cor. Mayaman St., Diliman, Quezon City 1101, Philippines
Telephone Numbers: (+63-2) 929-7798
Email: [email protected]
ii
HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX
Supplemental
Guidelines
Mainstreaming Climate Change and Disaster Risks

in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
2014
iii
iv
Message
FOREWORD
The Philippines ranks third among most countries at risk in the world
because of vulnerability and susceptibility to natural hazards of its exposed
population. This situation is further aggravated by threats like climate change.
Meteorological and meteorologically-induced hazards have intensified within the
last decade, resulting in increased deaths and economic devastation, especially
in areas that are unprepared for such phenomena.
A more focused intervention prioritizing climate change adaptation and
disaster risk reduction in the countrys cities and municipalities needs to be put
in place, noting that our LGUs vulnerabilities are becoming more pronounced.
This Supplemental Guideline was developed in compliance with two (2)
landmark national laws, the Climate Change Act of 2009 and the Disaster Risk
Reduction and Management Act of 2010. This is also HLURBs response to address
and support for our local government units to mainstream Climate Change
Adaptation (CCA) and Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) into the Comprehensive
Land Use Plans and Zoning Ordinances.
The Supplemental Guideline on Mainstreaming Climate Change and
Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan is a complementary tool to
the three volume enhanced HLURB CLUP Guidebooks (2013-2014) to assist our
city and municipal planners in the assessment of risks and vulnerability in their
respective cities and municipalities.
We highly appreciate the successful partnership of the HLURB, the Climate
Change Commission (CCC), the United Nations Development Program (UNDP)
and the Australian Aid (AusAid) in the preparation of this supplemental guideline.
Everyone is enjoined to utilize this guideline to mainstream climate and
disaster risks in the CLUP to ensure that appropriate policies, strategies and
interventions are put in place to increase adaptive capacities and resilience of
our communities from a rapidly changing environment.
ANTONIO M. BERNARDO
Chief Executive Officer and Commissioner
vi
vi
vii
vii
Contents
SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES ON MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE CHANGE
AND DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN
Message
Board Resolution No. 915, 2014
Acronyms
Executive Summary
Introduction
Policy Context
Rationale
Benefits of Mainstreaming
Features of the Guidelines
Structure of the Guidelines
1
2
3
4
8
Mainstreaming Framework
11
Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment (CDRA) Process

Integrating Climate Change and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
55
Step 1. Collect and analyze climate and hazard information

Step 2. Scoping the potential impacts of disasters and climate change
Step 3. Exposure Database Development
Step 4. Conduct a Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment (CCVA)
Step 5. Disaster Risk Assessment (DRA)
Step 6. Summarize Findings
Formulating a Risk Sensitive Land Use Plan
viii
55
72
79
93
141
192
197
Set the Vision

Situational Analysis
Set the Goals and Objectives
Selection of the Preferred Development Thrust
Selection of the Preferred Spatial Strategy
Climate and Disaster Risk Sensitive Land Use Planning
Climate Risk Sensitive Zoning Ordinance
Implementation of the CLUP and ZO
Monitoring and evaluation
Glossary of Terms
Annex
References
Project Core Team
14
49
199
201
228
234
236
241
255
266
268
271
277
291
295
List of Tables
Table
2.1
Climate Change Projections for Misamis Oriental, Region 10
17
Table
2.2
Summary of Climate Change Variables
20
Table
2.3
Summary of Climate Change Effects and Impacts
21
Table
2.4
Recommended Population Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Indicators
24
Table
2.5
Recommended Urban Use Area Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Indicators
25
Table
2.6
Natural Resource based Production Areas Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters
27
Table
2.7
Critical point facilities Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters
28
Table
2.8
Lifeline Utilities Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters
29
Table
2.9
Degree of Impact Score
33
Table
2.10
Adaptive capacity score and description
34
Table
2.11
Vulnerability Index Scores
35
Table
2.12
Indicative Likelihood of Occurrence Scores
39
Table
2.13
Severity of Consequence Score Matrix
42
Table
2.14
Risk Score Matrix for Prioritization
43
Table
2.15
Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Areas
48
Table
3.1.1
Projected seasonal temperature changes (in oC) in 2020 and 2050 under the medium-range emission scenario, Provinces in Region 10
56
Table
3.1.2
Projected seasonal temperature changes for 2020 and 2050 under the medium-range emission scenario, Province of Misamis Oriental
57
Table
3.1.3
Seasonal rainfall change (in %) in 2020 and 2050 under the medium-range emission scenario, Provinces in Region 10
58
Table
3.1.4
Medium emission range projected seasonal rainfall scenarios for 2020 and 2050, Province of Misamis Oriental
58
Table
3.1.5
Frequency of extreme events in 2020 and 2050 under medium-range emission scenario, Province of Misamis Oriental
59
Table
3.1.6
Summary of Projected Changes in Climate Variables, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
61
Table
3.1.7
Hazard maps and data sources
63
Table
3.1.8
Sample Inventory of Hazards and their description
68
Table
3.1.9
Records of Previous Disasters, Municipality of Opol (2009-2012)
70
Table
3.1.10
Sample Hazard Susceptibility Inventory Matrix
71
Table
3.2.1
Summary of Projected Changes in Climate Variables and potential affected exposure unit/s, Municipality of Opol
74
Table
3.2.2
Summary of Climate Change Impacts, Municipality of Opol
77
Table
3.3.1
Sample Existing Population Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
81
Table
3.3.2
Sample Existing Urban Use Areas Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
83
Table
3.3.3
Sample Existing Natural Resource Production Area Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
86
Table
3.3.4
Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
89
Table
3.3.5
Sample Lifeline Utilities Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
92
Table
3.4.1
Sample Impact Area and Climate Stimuli
94
Table
3.4.2a
Sample Population Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
98
Table
3.4.2b
Sample Natural Resource Production Area Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
101
Table
3.4.2c
Sample Urban Use Area Exposure to Seal Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
104
Table
3.4.2d
Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
106
Table
3.4.2e
Sample Lifeline Utilities Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
108
Table
3.4.3
Degree of Impact Score
110
Table
3.4.4a
Population Degree of Impact Rating, to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
111
Table
3.4.4b
Natural Resource based Production Areas, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
112
ix
List of Tables
Table
3.4.4c
Urban Use Area, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
113
Table
3.4.4d
Critical Point Facilities, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
114
Table
3.4.4e
Lifeline Utilities, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
115
Table
3.4.5
Adaptive Capacity Scores and Descriptions
116
Table
3.4.5a
Population, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
117
Table
3.4.5b
Natural Resource based Production Areas, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
118
Table
3.4.5c
Urban Use Areas, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
119
Table
3.4.5d
Critical Point Facilities, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
120
Table
3.4.5e
Lifeline Utilities, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
121
Table
3.4.6
Vulnerability Index Scores
122
Table
3.4.6a
Population Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
124
Table
3.4.6b
Natural Resource based Production Areas Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
126
Table
3.4.6c
Urban Use Areas Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
128
Table
3.4.6d
Critical Points Facilities Vulnerability Coastal Impact Areas
130
Table
3.4.6e
Lifeline Utilities Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
132
Table
3.4.7
Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix
133
Table
3.4.8
Disaster Thresholds and acceptability rating per exposure type
135
Table
3.4.9a
Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Population, Sea Level Rise
136
Table
3.4.9b
Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Natural Resource Production Areas, Sea Level Rise
137
Table
3.4.9c
Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Urban Use Areas, Sea Level Rise
138
Table
3.4.9d
Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Critical Point Facilities, Sea Level Rise
139
Table
3.4.9e
Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Lifeline Utilities, Sea Level Rise
140
Table
3.5.1a
Indicative Likelihood of Occurrence Scores
142
Table
3.5.1b
Sample Flood Hazard Inventory, Municipality of Opol
142
Table
3.5.2a
Sample Population Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol
145
Table
3.5.2b
Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol
148
Table
3.5.2c
Sample Urban Use Areas Flood Exposure Estimation, Barangay Barra, Municipality of Opol
151
Table
3.5.2d
Sample Critical Point Facilities Flood Exposure, Municipality of Opol
153
Table
3.5.2e
Sample Lifeline Utilities Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol
156
Table
3.5.3
Severity of Consequence Score Matrix
158
Table
3.5.3a
Sample Population Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
161
Table
3.5.3b
Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
162
Table
3.5.3c
Sample Urban Use Area Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
164
Table
3.5.3d
Sample Critical Point Facilities Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
165
Table
3.5.3e
Sample Lifeline Utilities Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
167
Table
3.5.4
Risk Score Matrix
169
Table
3.5.4a
Sample Population Risk to Floods
171
Table
3.5.4b
Sample Flood Risk to Natural Resource Production-based areas
173
Table
3.5.4c
Sample Flood Risk to Urban Use Areas
175
Table
3.5.4d
Sample Flood Risk to Critical Point Facilities
177
Table
3.5.4e
Sample Flood Risk to Lifeline Utilities
179
List of Tables
Table
3.5.5a
Sample Risk Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix for Population, Flood
181
Table
3.5.5b
Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Natural Resource Production Areas, Floods
182
Table
3.5.5c
Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Urban Use Area, Floods
182
Table
3.5.5d
Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Critical Point Facilities, Floods
183
Table
3.5.5e
Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Lifeline Utilities
183
Table
3.5.6a
Sample Issues Matrix for Population for Flood Hazard
185
Table
3.5.6b
Sample Issues Matrix Natural Resource Production Areas for Flood Hazard
187
Table
3.5.6c
Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Areas for Flood Hazard
189
Table
3.5.6d
Sample Issues Matrix Critical Point Facilities for Flood Hazard
190
Table
3.5.6e
Sample Issues Matrix Lifeline Utilities for Flood Hazard
191
Table
3.6.1
Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Areas
194
Table
4.1
Sample Vision Element Descriptors and Success Indicators for Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation
199
Table
4.2
Steps and expected outputs of the Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
202
Table
4.3
Adjustments in housing requirements for 2022
205
Table
4.4
Area requirements for educational facilities for 2020
206
Table
4.5
Area requirements for Day Care Centers, 2022
207
Table
4.6
Adjustments in area requirements for Health related facilities
208
Table
4.7
Adjustments in area requirements for Urban Use Areas
209
Table
4.8
Sample summary of Risk Management Options for Natural Resource Production Areas
211
Table
4.9
Sample Risk Management Options for Priority Bridges
213
Table
4.10
Summary Risk Management Options for Road Network
214
Table
4.11
Suitability score and description
220
Table
4.12
Recommended suitability score and description
221
Table
4.13
Risk and Vulnerability Information in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis
225
Table
4.14
Risk and Vulnerability considerations in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis, Social Sector Housing Sub-sector
226
Table
4.15
Risk and Vulnerability considerations in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis, Social Sector-Health Sub-sector
227
Table
4.16
Sample Goals and Objectives
230
Table
4.17
Sample Development Thrust Evaluation
235
Table
4.18
Sample Spatial Strategy evaluation
239
Table
4.19
Sample Land Use Planning Options for Flood hazard areas
249
Table
4.20
Sample Priority Programs-Projects-Legislation
252
Table
4.21
Sample Zone Boundary Description, Flood Hazard Overlay Zone Map
258
Table
4.22
Sample Monitoring and Evaluation Indicators
268
Table
A1
The four SRES scenarios developed by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
279
Table
A2
Comparative Matrix of Application of Concept of Risk
282
Table
A3
Thresholds for declaring a state of calamity
283
xi
List of Figures
Figure
1.1
Identified Decision Areas, CDRA, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Figure
1.2
Existing and Proposed Land Use Maps, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Figure
2.1a
Integrated Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment Model
12
Figure
2.1b
Framework for Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
13
Figure
2.2
Climate adjusted flood hazard maps of the Cagayan de Oro River System
19
Figure
2.2a
31
Figure
2.2b
Land cover (2009) and projected temperature increase (2020) of Silago, Southern, Leyte
32
Figure
2.3
Sample Urban use area flood exposure mapping
41
Figure
2.4a
Detailing of decision areas
47
Figure
2.4b
Entry-points for Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
51
Figure
3.1.1
Sample Flood and Rain-Induced Landslide Hazard Map, MGB-Region 10, 2011
66
Figure
3.1.2
Flood Susceptibility Map of the Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
67
Figure
3.2.1
Sample Climate Change Impact Chain Multiple Sectors
75
Figure
3.2.2
Sample Agriculture Sector Impact Chain
76
Figure
3.3.1
Sample Existing Population Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
80
Figure
3.3.2
Sample Existing Urban Use Areas Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
82
Figure
3.3.3
Sample Existing Natural Resource-based Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
85
Figure
3.3.4
Sample Existing Critical Point Facilities Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
88
Figure
3.3.5
Sample Existing Lifeline Utilities Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
91
Figure
3.4.1
Sample Impact Area Map for Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
95
Figure
3.4.2a
97
Figure
3.4.2b
Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
100
Figure
3.4.2c
Sample Urban Use Areas Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
103
Figure
3.4.2d
Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
105
Figure
3.4.2e
Sample Lifeline Utilities Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
107
Figure
3.4.3a
Sample Population Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
123
Figure
3.4.3b
Sample Natural Resource based Production Areas Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
125
Figure
3.4.3c
Sample Urban Use Areas Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
127
Figure
3.4.3d
Sample Critical Point Facilities Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
129
Figure
3.4.3e
Sample Lifeline Utilities Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
131
Figure
3.5.1a
Sample Population Flood Exposure Mapping
144
Figure
3.5.1b
Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Flood Exposure Mapping
147
Figure
3.5.1c
Sample Urban Use Areas Flood Exposure Mapping
150
Figure
3.5.1d
Sample Critical Point Facilities Flood Exposure Mapping
152
Figure
3.5.1e
Sample Lifeline Utilities Flood Exposure Mapping
155
Figure
3.5.2a
Flood Risk to Population Map
170
Figure
3.5.2b
Flood Risk to Natural Resource-based Production Areas Map
172
Figure
3.5.2c
Flood Risk to Urban Use Areas Map
174
Figure
3.5.2d
Flood Risk to Critical Point Facilities Map
176
Figure
3.5.2e
Flood Risk to Lifeline Utilities Map
178
Figure
3.6.1
Detailing of Major Decision Areas
193
xii
List of Figures
Figure
4.1
Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the CLUP (Steps 3-5)
201
Figure
4.2
Land Demand and Supply Analysis, incorporating results of the Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
218
Figure
4.2a
Sample Sieve Mapping and Suitability Analysis
222
Figure
4.2b
Sample Suitability Analysis Map
224
Figure
4.3
Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the CLUP (Steps 3-5)
228
Figure
4.4
Sample Spatial Strategy Option
240
Figure
4.5
Sample Flood Hazard Overlay Map, Barangay Barra, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
257
Figure
A1
Scenarios for GHG emissions from 2000 to 2100 and projections of surface temperatures
279
Figure
A2
Correspondence of the IPCC Vulnerability and UN Risk Frameworks
286
xiii
Message
Board Resolution No. 915, 2014
Acronyms
Acronyms
AIP
Annual Investment Plan
APAs
Areas for Priority Action
BAS
Bureau of Agricultural Statistics
C/MPDC
City/Municipal Planning and Development Council
C/MPDO
City/Municipal Planning and Development Office
CCA
Climate Change Adaptation
CCC
CCVA
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
CDP
Comprehensive Development Plan
CDRA
CLUP
Comprehensive Land Use Plan
DA
Department of Agriculture
DEM
Digital Elevation Model
DENR
Department of Environmental and Natural Resource
DFAT
Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade
DILG
Department of Interior and Local Government
DPWH
Department of Public Works and Highways
DRA
Disaster Risk Assessment
DRR
Disaster Risk Reduction
DRRM
Disaster Risk Reduction and Management
ECC
Environmental Compliance Certificate
ECHO
European Commission Humanitarian Office
EIS
Environmental Impact Statement
EWS
Early Warning System
FAR
Floor Area Ratio
GHG
Greenhouse Gases
GIS
Geographic Information System
GPS
Global Positioning System
HLURB
IPCC
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
xv
xv
xvi
xvi
LCCAP
Local Climate Change Action Plan
LDIP
Local Development Investment Program
LDRRMP
Local Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Plan
LGU
Local Government Unit
MAPSO
Maximum Allowable Percentage of Site Occupancy
MGB
Mines and Geosciences Bureau
NBCP
National Building Code of the Philippines
NDCC
National Disaster Coordinating Council
NDRRMC
National Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Council
NEDA
National Economic Development Authority
NSCP
National Structural Code of the Philippines
OCD
Office of Civil Defense
PAGASA
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
PDPFP
Provincial Development and Physical Framework Plan
PHIVOLCS
Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology
PRECIS
Providing Regional Climates for Impact Studies
RAP
Risk Analysis Project
RCPs
Representative Concentration Pathways
READY
Hazards Mapping and Assessment for Effective Community-Based Disaster Risk Management Project
REDAS
Rapid Earthquake Damage Assessment System
RIDF
Rainfall Intensity Duration Frequency
RPFP
Regional Physical Framework Plan
TWG
Technical Working Group
UNDP
UNISDR
United Nations International Strategy for Disaster Reduction
UTM
Universal Transverse Mercator
WGS84
World Geodetic System of 1984
ZO
Zoning Ordinance

Executive Summary
Executive Summary
The Supplemental Guidelines on Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive
land use plan will help local governments formulate climate and disaster risk-sensitive comprehensive
land use plans and zoning ordinances that would guide the allocation and regulation of land use so
The
Guidelines on
Climate and
Disasteractivities
Risks inand
the Comprehensive
that Supplemental
exposure and vulnerability
of Mainstreaming
population, infrastructure,
economic
the environment
land
use
plan
will
help
local
governments
formulate
climate
and
disaster
risk-sensitive
to natural hazards and climate change can be minimized or even prevented. The
resulting
comprehensive
land
use
plans
and
zoning
ordinances
that
would
guide
the
allocation
and
improvements in land use planning and zoning processes will strengthen the ability of local
regulation
of to
land
use sotheir
that sustainable
exposure and
vulnerabilityobjectives
of population,
infrastructure,
governments
achieve
development
given the
challenges economic
posed by
activities
and the
to natural hazards and climate change can be minimized or
climate change
and environment
natural hazards.
even prevented. The resulting improvements in land use planning and zoning processes will
The Housingtheand
Land
Use governments
Regulatory Board
(HLURB)
with
the Climateobjectives
Change
strengthen
ability
of local
to achieve
theirpartnered
sustainable
development
Commission
(CCC), United
Development
Program
(UNDP)
and the Australian Government,
given
the challenges
posedNations
by climate
change and
natural
hazards.
under Project Climate Twin Phoenix in the formulation of the Supplemental Guidelines on
The
Housing and
Landand
UseDisaster
Regulatory
Board
(HLURB) partnered
withPlan.
the The
Climate
Change
Mainstreaming
Climate
Risks in
the Comprehensive
Land Use
supplemental
Commission
Nations Development
Program
(UNDP) Government
and the Australian
guidelines is a(CCC),
productUnited
of consultations
with HLURB and
other National
Agencies
Government,
under
Project
Climate
Twin
Phoenix
in
the
formulation
of
the
Supplemental
(NGAs); and the piloting in the Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental.
Guidelines on Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan.
The
supplemental Land
guidelines
is ais an
product
of disaster
consultations
with HLURB
andwhich
othermay
National
The Comprehensive
Use Plan
effective
risk reduction
instrument
at the
Government
Agencies
(NGAs);
and
the
piloting
in
the
Municipality
of
Opol,
Misamis
Oriental.
same time result in climate change adaptation. It seeks to rationalize the allocation of land uses to
reduce exposure of people, assets and economic activities; address vulnerabilities by providing safer
The Comprehensive Land Use Plan is an effective disaster risk reduction instrument which may
places to live, sustain livelihood and ensure optimum productivity of natural resources through
at the same time result in climate change adaptation. It seeks to rationalize the allocation of
ecosystem-based management. Also, land use planning is a cost-effective and proactive approach in
land
uses to reduce exposure of people, assets and economic activities; address vulnerabilities
managing current and future risks considering the high costs of structural measures to address
by
providing
saferdevelopment.
places to live,Land
sustain
livelihoodcan
andalso
ensure
productivitybyofincluding
natural
unplanned
spatial
use planning
reduceoptimum
hazard magnitudes
resources
ecosystem-based
Also, landofusewatersheds
planning istoa cost-effective
and
ecosystem through
management
approaches, management.
such as rehabilitation
minimize lowland
proactive
approach
in managing
currenttoand
future
risks
considering
the high
structural
flooding. Lastly,
it serves
as a framework
guide
in the
preparation
of local
levelcosts
plansof(CDP,
LDIP,
measures
to
address
unplanned
spatial
development.
Land
use
planning
can
also
reduce
hazard
AIP, LDRRMP) to implement its DRR-CCA development agenda.
magnitudes by including ecosystem management approaches, such as rehabilitation of watersheds
to
lowland
flooding.
Lastly, it serves
as aisframework
in the
preparation
of local
Theminimize
Climate and
Disaster
Risk Assessment
(CDRA)
the processtoofguide
studying
risks
and vulnerabilities
level
plans (CDP,
LDIP,namely,
AIP, LDRRMP)
to implement
its DRR-CCA
of exposed
elements
the people,
urban areas,
agriculture,development
forestry and agenda.
fishery production
areas, critical point facilities, and lifeline infrastructure associated with natural hazards and climate
The Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment (CDRA) is the process of studying risks and
change. It seeks to establish risk and vulnerable areas by analyzing the hazard, exposure,
vulnerabilities
of exposed elements namely, the people, urban areas, agriculture, forestry and
vulnerability/sensitivity and adaptive capacities of the various exposed elements. The CDRA identifies
fishery
production
areas,that
critical
facilities, given
and lifeline
infrastructure
associated
the priority
decision areas
needs point
to be addressed
the acceptable
or tolerable
levels of with
risks
natural
hazards
and
climate
change.
It
seeks
to
establish
risk
and
vulnerable
areas
by
analyzing
and allow the identification of various disaster risk and climate change adaptation and mitigation
the
hazard,
vulnerability/sensitivity
and adaptive capacities of the various exposed
measures
andexposure,
spatial policy
interventions.
xvii
xvii
elements. The CDRA identifies the priority decision areas that needs to be addressed given the
acceptable or tolerable levels of risks and allow the identification of various disaster risk and
climate change adaptation and mitigation measures and spatial policy interventions.
The CDRA generates planning information to provide a better understanding of the existing
situation on risks and vulnerabilities to natural hazards and climate change to enable planners
and decision makers to come up with informed decisions during the CLUP formulation process
as shown in the mainstreaming framework.

(CDRA)
Step 1
Collect and organize climate
change and hazard information
Step 2
Scope the potential impacts of
hazards and climate change
Comprehensive Land Use Planning
Step 1
Organize
Step 7
Prepare the Land Use Plan
Step 2
Identifying Stakeholders
Step 8
Drafting the Zoning Ordinance
Step 3
Set the Vision
Step 9
Conduct Public Hearing
Step 4
Analyze the Situation
Step 10
Review, Adopt and Approve
the CLUP and ZO
Step 5
Step 11
Implement the CLUP and ZO
Step 6
Establish Development Thrust
and Spatial Strategies
Step 12
Monitor and Evaluate the
CLUP and ZO
Step 3
Develop the Exposure Database
Step 4
Conduct a Climate Change
Vulnerability Assessment
Step 5
Conduct a Disaster Risk
Assessment
Step 6
Summarize ndings
xviii
xix
Introduction
The Climate Change Commission (CCC) and the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board
(HLURB) formulated the Supplemental Guidelines as an annex to the 2014 Comprehensive
Land Use Plan (CLUP) Guidebooks of HLURB. Local governments shall refer to the
Supplemental Guidelines in the preparation of their risk-sensitive land use plans.
The Supplemental Guidelines provides a step-by-step process on assessing the climate and
disaster risks of a locality. Risk information coming from this analysis will form part of the
basis for the optimum allocation of land for various uses, taking into account the locational
and sectoral constraints posed by natural hazards and the potential impacts of climate
change.
This introductory chapter provides the rationale for mainstreaming climate and disaster risks
in comprehensive land use planning. It discusses the enabling environment for mainstreaming
Disaster Risk Reduction-Climate Change Adaptation (DRR-CCA) in local level planning and
provides the benefits of a risk-sensitive CLUP as an instrument in promoting sustainable
development.
Policy Context
The 2009 Climate Change Act and the 2010 National Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Law provide the fundamental frameworks for key actions toward improving
governance and participation, financing, capacity and development as well as addressing
critical hazard challenges, specifically those which are becoming more frequent and intense
due to climate change.
The National Climate Change Action Plan and the National Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Plan have been adopted to define priority areas for interventions toward
achieving reduction in climate and disaster risks and adaptation to climate change.At the
subnational level, Local Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Plans (LDRRMPs) are
prepared to define the local agenda for preparedness, prevention and mitigation, response,
and recovery and rehabilitation. The Local Climate Change Action Plans (LCAAPs) defines the
local agenda for anticipating potential impacts of climate change to important vulnerable
sectors, and local initiatives that will contribute to the global efforts to mitigate atmospheric
green house gases levels.
These plans recognize the need for a more balanced and systematic approach that puts
forward the importance and value of properly assessing and managing climate and disaster
risk before disasters happen. Thus, a lot of effort is now being put into understanding
hazards, risks, and vulnerabilities of population, assets and the environment; and in factoring
in climate and disaster risk assessment information into national planning, investment and
development decisions.
The convergence of disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation are likewise being
pursued given their similar goal of sustainable development. These Supplemental Guidelines
is meant to mainstream both disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation into the
comprehensive land use plan to ensure policy coherence and effective use of resources.
Rationale
The Philippines is among the most hazard-prone countries in the world. Millions of individuals
are affected annually by disasters caused by natural hazards. Economic losses are high,
eroding growth prospects of the country.
Climate change will increase the vulnerability of communities due to potential impacts
on agricultural productivity, food supply, water availability, health, and coastal and forest
ecosystem degradation. These environmental impacts lead to loss of income and livelihood,
increased poverty, and reduced quality of life. These impacts will significantly delay
development processes.
Comprehensive land use planning puts into practice the essence of local autonomy among
Local Government Units1(LGUs), enabling them to formulate development goals, objectives,
and spatial design alternatives, and arrive at sound and socially acceptable spatial-based
policies, strategies, programs, and projects. The process rationalizes the location, allocation,
and use of land based on social, economic, physical, and political/ institutional requirements
and physical/environmental constraints and opportunities. It provides the basis for the
effective regulation of land and its resources and rationalized allocation of public and private
investments.
The CLUP is therefore an integral instrument for local government units to effectively address
existing risks, and avoid the creation of new risks to people, assets, and economic activities
by rationalizing distribution and development of settlements, and the utilization and
management of natural resources. In the context of disaster risk reduction and management,
land use planning is a proactive approach, which emphasizes predisaster prevention and
mitigation. Through anticipatory interventions, it is expected that the population would be
safer, the economy more resilient, and basic services and infrastructure robust.
1
HLURB, CLUP Guidebook, Volume 1 ,p.2, 2006
In the process, substantially reducing resources for disaster response and post disaster
recovery and rehabilitation.
Through the CLUP, risks and vulnerabilities can be assessed in detail at the city/municipal
and barangay levels; national and sub-national DRR-CCA strategic priorities can be localized
and integrated into the land use plan; development and use of properties, structures, and
resources at the parcel level can be regulated through zoning; local governments can identify
and implement local legislations to support land use policies related to the reduction of risks
and vulnerabilities; and local stakeholders can be engaged to identify socially acceptable
policy and program interventions to address DRR-CCA related concerns and issues.
Benefits of Mainstreaming
Climate and disaster risk assessment provides LGUs the necessary planning information to
supplement the CLUP process. The climate and disaster risk assessment seeks to establish
a deeper understanding of natural hazards (frequency of occurrence and magnitude) and
climate change impacts that may affect the local territory; the vulnerabilities of the various
exposed elements; and the magnitude of risks involved in order to identify the pressing
development challenges, problems, issues, and concerns so the proper interventions for
mitigation and adaption can be translated into the various aspects of the CLUP. Understanding
the potential risks and the vulnerabilities allow decision-makers and stakeholders to make
informed and meaningful decisions in goal formulation, strategy generation, and land use
policy formulation and development. The integration of climate and disaster risks in the
CLUP and Zoning Ordinance (ZO) formulation will allow local government units to:
Better understand natural hazards and climate change and how these would
likely alter the development path of the locality;
Understand risks posed by natural hazards and climate change on exposed
areas, sectors and communities by analyzing exposure, vulnerabilities, and
adaptive capacities;
Identify priority decision areas and development challenges posed by climate
change and natural hazards;
Determine realistic projections on demand and supply of land for settlements,
production, protection, and infrastructure development given the impacts of
climate change and natural hazards, and existing risks and vulnerabilities;
Incorporate spatial development goals, objectives and targets to reduce risks
and vulnerabilities;
Make informed decisions to effectively address risks and vulnerabilities

by weighing alternative spatial strategies, land use allocation, and zoning
regulations;
Identify appropriate risk reduction and climate change adaptation and

mitigation measures as inputs to the comprehensive development planning
and investment programming.
Interventions, done without the consideration of the potential threats of natural hazards
and climate change, may lead to the creation of new risks and maladaptation. Increasing
population and demand for land, coupled with the improper location and development of
settlement zones and the unsustainable utilization and management of natural resources,
may generate new risks by exposing vulnerable elements in hazard-prone areas. Interventions
that address historical frequencies and intensities of hazards may inadequately address
current risks and provide a false sense of security to its inhabitants.
Features of the Guidelines

1. Supports the updated CLUP Guidebook
The HLURB, in collaboration with the Deutsche Gesellschaft fr Internationale
Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) GmbH, updated and approved the three volume CLUP guidebooks in
2014 to provide support to local government units in formulating their comprehensive land
use plans to address new planning challenges. The said guidebooks integrated additional
thematic planning concerns such as biodiversity, heritage, ancestral domain, green growth,
and disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation in the land use planning process.
The Supplemental Guidelines serves as companion resource book to the three volume
guidebooks and provides added concepts and tools on climate and disaster risk assessment
to generate additional planning information and recommendations on how to integrate
the results in the 12-step CLUP formulation process which covers situational analysis; goal
and objective setting; development thrust and spatial strategy generation; and use policy
development and zoning. Risk information from the Supplemental Guidelines shall be useful
for deepening the thematic analysis of the Guidebooks.
2. Introduces a conceptual Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment (CDRA) process
The Supplemental Guidelines introduces a six-step CDRA process to analyze risks and
vulnerabilities of exposed elements namely: people, urban areas, agriculture, forestry and
fishery production areas, critical point facilities, lifelines, and other infrastructure that are
associated with natural hazards and climate change. It seeks to establish risk and vulnerable
areas by analyzing the underlying factors on hazard, exposure, vulnerability/sensitivity, and
adaptive capacities. The CDRA facilitates the identification of priority decision areas and
allow the identification of various disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation
measures in the form of land use policy interventions (i.e. land use policies, zoning provisions,
support legislation, programs and projects) to address current risks and vulnerabilities and
prevent future ones.
3. Operationalizes the CDRA process and integration of the results in the CLUP
The preparation of the Supplemental Guidelines benefited from the pilot-testing in the
Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental where the CDRA and the integration of the results
were demonstrated. This will provide LGUs a guide on how to conduct a CDRA and how the
results can be integrated in CLUP formulation. The combined assessments on disaster risks
and climate change vulnerability done in the said municipality revealed priority decision
areas which shall be the focus of land use and sectoral planning and analysis. Figure 1.1
below shows the five decision areas in Opol which have been sieved from the analysis of the
geographic extent of flood and the exposed population, structures, and economic activities
as well as from the assessment of vulnerability to sea level rise and other climate change
stimuli (i.e. changes in rainfall patterns, temperature and extreme weather events).
Figure 1.1 Identified Decision Areas, CDRA, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Major highlights include the identification of coastal and riverine settlements considered
highly at risk to flooding due to the poor quality of structures, and fishpond areas which are
moderately at risk given their location, fish cage design and current production practices.
Also, transport or circulation systems are also considered at risk and may cause a significant
disruption on the flow of people and goods in the event of floods. Some portions of the
coastal areas of Brgys. Bonbon, Poblacion, and Igpit areas are projected to be permanently
inundated due to changes in sea levels and most of the structures in the area are not
designed to withstand coastal flooding and storm surges. A significant portion of the lowincome population relies on tourism for their means of livelihood, which is expected to be
disrupted by coastal flooding. If left unaddressed, damage to structures and possible deaths
and injuries may be expected during floods and storm surges.
Considering the five priority decision areas identified in the climate and disaster risk assessment, the Municipality of Opol identified the following general land use policy directions (refer to Figure 1.2):
Redirecting residential type uses to higher grounds to manage property and population
exposure to sea-level rise, coastal, and riverine flooding;
Limiting land use in the coastal areas to non-residential uses: tourism, commercial,
and industrial type uses where regulations on hazard-resistant design shall be imposed
on property developers;
Establishing two commercial growth nodes (Brgy. Barra and Brgy. Poblacion) to ensure
redundancies in the provision of commercial-based services;
Establishing easements, green belts, and parks and open spaces along the coast, and
rivers;
Establishing crop production areas and support infrastructure such as irrigation and water
impoundment, and changing crop production practices to adapt to projected changes in
rainfall patterns;
Rehabilitation and protection of upland forests and watersheds to manage local surface
and potable water supplies, and control surface water run-off that would contribute to
low-land flooding along the Iponan and Bungcalalan Rivers; and
Establishing redundant transportation systems further upland that would run parallel to
the existing coastal national roads to ensure continued access to major growth nodes;
Figure 1.2 Existing and Proposed Land Use Maps, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
EXISTING
LAND USE MAP
PROPOSED
LAND USE MAP
4. Covers the formulation of zoning parameters to operationalize the land use

plan
The Supplemental Guidelines illustrates how LGUs can translate land use policies on disaster
risk reduction and climate change adaptation into zoning parameters to effectively address
risks through managing exposure and encouraging resilient structures to ensure the safety
of the population and limit structural damages caused by hazards. These include:
Hazard resistant building design provisions hazard-specific building design regulations
to minimize structural damage, damage to building contents and minimize potential
casualties using important referral codes such as the National Building Code of the
Philippines (NBCP) and National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP);
Bulk and Density Control density control measures/regulations as an exposure
management approach to control the number of elements exposed to the hazard by
controlling the gross floor area, building height, and minimum lot sizes.
Permitted Uses list of uses allowed within the hazard overlay zone and identifying critical
facilities (i.e.
schools, hospitals, government buildings, power/ water distribution
support facilities ) which will be allowed usage depending on the intensity of the hazard
to ensure minimal disruption on vital facilities, during and after a hazard occurrence;
Added regulations covering incentives/disincentives (i.e. real property tax discounts,
required property insurance, or period given to property owners to employ structural
retrofitting) to encourage property owners to implement risk mitigation measures.
Structure of the Guidelines

After this introductory chapter, Chapter 2 discusses the two major components of the
mainstreaming framework: the climate and disaster risk assessment (CDRA) and integration
of results into the CLUP. The theoretical aspects are discussed to gain a better understanding
on the how tos of the six-step climate and disaster risk assessment process and to identify
the entry points for integrating the results of the assessment in the 12-step CLUP formulation
process.
Chapter 3 operationalizes the CDRA approach by demonstrating how each step is done
using the pilot testing results in the Municipality of Opol. It outlines the procedures for:
gathering climate and hazard information; scoping of impacts of climate change and
hazards on areas, sectors or human and natural systems; enumerating various indicators for
establishing exposure, sensitivity/vulnerability, and adaptive capacity for population, urban
use areas, natural-resource-based production areas, and critical point and lifeline facilities;
assessing and mapping vulnerability and risks; establishing priority decision areas; identifying
sectoral development issues and concerns in terms of climate change and natural hazards;
8
and enumerating policy options/interventions with emphasis on the identification of risk

management options.
Chapter 4 illustrates how the results of the CDRA are integrated in the various steps of the
CLUP formulation. Analytical results of the CDRA are used in risk-sensitive development
thrust and spatial strategy evaluation and selection, land use policy formulation, zoning
regulations, program and project identification, and monitoring and evaluation. The annex
presents the fundamental concepts of climate change in the Philippine context and the
concept of risk and vulnerability in the context of Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate
Change Adaptation.
Mainstreaming Framework
Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the
There is increasing recognition on the need to mainstream disaster risk reduction into
development that is, to consider and address risks emanating from natural hazards in
medium-term strategic development frameworks, in legislation and institutional structures,
in sectoral strategies and policies, in budgetary processes, in the design and implementation
of individual projects and in monitoring and evaluating all of the above (Benson and Twigg,
2007).
The framework of these Guidelines provides structure for mainstreaming climate and
disaster risks in the comprehensive land use plan (CLUP). In local governance, the CLUP is
the long-term physical plan that allocates land to specific uses taking into account best use
of land after analysis of competing uses, locational strengths, and environmental constraints.
It is the main entry point for mainstreaming as it serves as the basis for comprehensive
socioeconomic development planning, project prioritization and design, budgetary allocation,
implementation and monitoring and evaluation of outcomes.
The framework does not alter the comprehensive land use planning process. Instead, it
shows how risk information from an analysis of the hazards and the vulnerability of elements
exposed to these hazards are derived through a climate and disaster risk assessment (CDRA)
process. These information are then integrated into the CLUP resulting in a rationalized
allocation of use of land based on limitations posed by the impacts of natural hazards which
can be exacerbated by climate change.
The CDRA covers both disaster risk assessment (DRA) and climate change vulnerability
assessments (CCVA). The commonalities of these two processes have been established in
the National Climate Change Action Plan. While the disaster risk assessment uses historical
patterns in describing climate-related hazards, climate change adaptation establishes how a
changing climate may influence the frequency and severity of these hazards so actions for
mitigation can be designed to accommodate predicted changes. Pursuing a single approach
will be beneficial to local government units since both DRA and CCVA look at the same
geographical area. It will result in the identification of projects that address risks with an
added level of safety to accommodate predicted changes in the climate.
11
The DRA process takes off from the NEDA-UNDP-EU Guidelines on Mainstreaming
Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and Land Use/Physical Planning in
the Philippines. The process outlines a quantitative and probabilistic approach to assessing
disaster risks. The methodology adopted in these Guidelines will be qualitative due to
the unavailability of probabilistic hazard maps, complete catalogue of hazard events and
characteristics, georeferenced data of exposed elements, and assessed values of structures
and facilities. It takes off from the approach used by NEDA and HLURB in the Reference
SUPPLEMENTAL
GUIDELINES Disaster
ON MAINSTREAMING
CLIMATE CHANGE
AND Climate
DISASTER RISKS
IN THE COMPREHENSIVE
Manual on
Mainstreaming
Risk Reduction
and
Change
AdaptationLAND
in USE
thePLAN
Comprehensive LandFigure
Use 2.1a
Plans
in 2012.
Integrated Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment Model
Figure
Integrated
Climate and
Disaster2.1a
Risk Assessment
Climate Projections
Rainfall pattern, temperature
changes, sea level rise
Sectoral Impacts
Coastal, Health, Agriculture, Water,
and Forestry sectors
Potential Impacts
Hazard Characterization/
Frequency Analysis
Consequence Analysis
Vulnerability Analysis

Model
Development Planning
Planning Environment
Population
Income
and
Services
Economic
Activity
Physical
Resources/
Transport
Land Use and Physical

Framework
Vision
Project Evaluation
and Development
Risk Estimation
Risk Evaluation
Development Issues, Goals,

Objectives/Targets
Strategies and PPAs
Investment
Programming
Budgeting
Implementation,
Monitoring and Evaluation
Source: A Practical Guide on Climate/Disaster Risk and Vulnerability Assessment,

Mainstreaming CCA and DRR in Local Development Planning, CCC-UNDP-Australian Government
The mainstreaming framework involves two processes: first, the conduct of climate and disaster risk
The mainstreaming
framework
involves twoof processes:
thein conduct
climate
assessment
(CDRA); and second,
the mainstreaming
results of thefirst,
CDRA
the variousofsteps
of theand
CLUP
disaster risk
assessment
(CDRA);
second,
the mainstreaming
results ofhelp
theinCDRA
in
formulation
process.
The outputs
derivedand
from
the climate
and disaster risk of
assessment
identifying
major
areas that
areCLUP
characterized
as areas
at riskThe
to outputs
natural hazards
canthe
be climate
exacerbated
the decision
various steps
of the
formulation
process.
derivedand
from
and by
vulnerabilities
to
climate
change
impacts,
including
the
necessary
interventions
to
address
them
in
the
form
disaster risk assessment help in identifying major decision areas that are characterized as of
disaster
reduction
(DRR) and
climate
change
adaptation
(CCA) by
options.
areasrisk
at risk
to natural
hazards
and
can be
exacerbated
vulnerabilities to climate change
impacts, including the necessary interventions to address them in the form of disaster risk
The formulation of a risk-sensitive comprehensive land use plan shall be guided by the results of the CDRA in
reduction
(DRR)
options.
order
to create
saferand
andclimate
resilientchange
humanadaptation
settlements(CCA)
through
rationalized location of people, assets,
economic activities, and sustainable management of resources to effectively reduce and manage climate and
disaster risks (Figure 2.1b Framework for Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive
Land Use Plan).
12
The formulation of a risk-sensitive comprehensive land use plan shall be guided by the results
of the CDRA in order to create safer and resilient human settlements through rationalized
location of people, assets, economic activities, and sustainable management of resources
to effectively reduce and manage climate and disaster risks (Figure 2.1b Framework for
Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan).
Figure 2.1b Framework for Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
(CDRA)
Comprehensive Land Use Planning
Step 1
Organize
Step 7
Prepare the Land Use Plan
Step 2
Identifying Stakeholders
Step 8
Drafting the Zoning Ordinance
Step 3
Set the Vision
Step 9
Conduct Public Hearing
Step 4
Analyze the Situation
Step 10
Review, Adopt and Approve
the CLUP and ZO
Step 5
Step 11
Implement the CLUP and ZO
Step 6
Establish Development Thrust
and Spatial Strategies
Step 12
Monitor and Evaluate the
CLUP and ZO
Step 1
Collect and organize climate
change and hazard information
Step 2
Scope the potential impacts of
hazards and climate change
Step 3
Develop the Exposure Database
Step 4
Conduct a Climate Change
Step 5
Conduct a Disaster Risk
Assessment
Step 6
Summarize ndings
13
Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment (CDRA) Process

The climate and disaster risk assessment (CDRA) intends to determine the level of risks and
vulnerabilities of areas and sectors in the municipality/city to climate related hazards and
potential impacts of climate change and facilitate the identification of priority decision areas
where the various interventions can be implemented. The CDRA involves six steps namely:
1. Collect and organize climate change and hazard information - involves the gathering of
climate change information and characterizing hazards that may affect the locality.
2. Scope the potential impacts of hazards and climate change - identifying key areas or
sectors that may be affected by climate change and natural hazards and determining
likely impacts (direct and indirect);
3. Develop the exposure database - gathering baseline map and attribute data on
exposure, vulnerability/ sensitivity and adaptive capacity as basis for the Climate Change
Vulnerability Assessment (CCVA) and Disaster Risk Assessment (DRA).
4. Conduct a CCVA - identification of vulnerable areas and sectors by analysing exposure,
sensitivity and adaptive capacity to the various climate stimuli.
5. Conduct a DRA - identification of risk areas by analyzing hazard, exposure and vulnerability.
6. Summarize findings - identification of priority decision areas/sectors based on the
combined level of risks and vulnerabilities, identification of risk management options,
climate change adaptation and mitigation options.
14
Step 1. Collect and organize climate change and hazard

information
Climate Change Information
The book, Climate Change in the Philippines, published by PAGASA in February 2011 is
the basic source of climate change information for local government units. The said report
contains the projections for 2020 and 2050 under the high, medium, and low emission
scenarios. Boxes 1 and 2 show the methodology and trends of these projections, respectively.
These projections are guided by scenarios developed under the IPCC fourth assessment
report. PAGASA is expected to update these projections as new scenarios are developed and
better data sets are gathered.
Box 1. Climate Change Projections in the Philippines:

Methodology
PAGASA used three climate scenarios (high, medium and low range
scenarios). The medium-range emission scenario which indicates a future
world of very rapid economic growth, with the global population peaking
in mid-century and declining thereafter and there is rapid introduction of
new and more efficient technologies with energy generation balanced
across all sources (PAGASA: 2011) is proposed to be used for the climate
and disaster risk assessment since it considers past emissions.
The projected changes are relative to the baseline (1971-2000) climate,
the years where actual observed data has been established for the
Philippines. Two time slices centered on 2020 (2006-2035) and 2050
(2036-2065) were used in the climate simulations.
The main outputs of the simulations are: (a) projected changes in seasonal
and annual mean temperatures; (b) projected changes in minimum and
maximum temperatures; (c) projected changes in seasonal rainfall; and
(d) projected frequency of extreme events.
The seasonal variations are as follows: (a) the DJF (December, January,
February or northeast monsoon locally known as amihan) season;
(b) the MAM (March, April, May or summer) season; (c) JJA (June, July,
August or southwest monsoon locally known as habagat) season; and
(d) SON (September, October, November or transition from southwest to
northeast monsoon) season.
15
On the other hand, the extreme events are defined as follows:
Extreme temperature (assessed as number of days with

maximum temperature greater than 350C, following the
threshold values used in other countries in the Asia-Pacific
region);
Dry days (assessed as number of dry days or days with
rainfall equal to or less than 2.5 mm/day), following the World
Meteorological Organization standard definition of dry days used
in a number of countries); and
Extreme rainfall (assessed as number of days with daily rainfall
greater than 300 mm, which for wet tropical areas like
the Philippines is considerably intense and could trigger
disastrous events).
Source: PAGASA. 2011. In partnership with UN-GOP-MDGF Project. Climate Change in the
Philippines. Quezon City, Philippines
The PAGASA report (2011) includes climate change projections in the provincial level. It
contains climate variables on the baseline period from 1971-2000 and the projected changes
from the baseline values for two time frames2020 and 2050, covering seasonal rainfall
change, seasonal temperature change, frequency of extreme rainfall events, frequency of
days with temperatures exceeding 35oC, and frequency of dry days or days with rainfall less
than 2.5mm (refer to Table 2.1)
16
Table 2.1 Climate Change Projections for Misamis Oriental, Region 10

Climate Variables
Seasons
Observed Baseline (1971-2000)
Change in 2020 (2006-2035)
Change in 2050 (2036-2065)
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
Seasonal temperature increases (0C) 25.4
26.8
26.9
26.5
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.9
2.3
3.4
2.0
Seasonal rainfall change (%)
296.0
615.7
581.1
4.6
-10.4
-3.7
2.9
1.8
-17.8
-5.2
-0.1
No of days with Temp >35oC
442.5
382
4,539
6,180
No. of dry days (rainfall < 2.5mm)
8,251
6413
7,060
No of days with Extreme Rainfall >

150mm
10
13
Seasons: DJF - December, January and February; MAM- March, April, and May; JJA - June, July, and August; SON - September, October and November
Projections are based under medium-range emission scenario (A1B)
Source: DOST-PAGASA. Climate Change in the Philippines. 2011 (Under the UN-Philippine MDG F Project in partnership with Adaptayo).
This step will result in a summary of climate change information available to the local
government units. The information covers climate type and projected changes in climate
variables such as temperature, precipitation, and extreme events for specific future time
horizon (e.g., 2020 or 2050). These information will be helpful in establishing the LGU that
will be potentially affected by climate change, or if there are already indications that climate
change is already happening. Apart from PAGASA, the local government unit may also look
at other sources of climate change information such as special studies of universities and
research institutes.
Hazard information covers the characterization of potential hazards affecting a locality
and historical data on past disaster damage that show sectors/elements that are adversely
affected by hazards. Information on hazards can be gathered from the various national
and local level agencies. Hazards can be described in terms of frequency, spatial extent,
magnitude/intensity, duration, predictability, and speed of onset.
17
Box 2. Potential Impacts of Climate Change on Existing

Hazards
A changing climate may impact the frequency and severity of hazards
such as floods, landslides (thru increases in frequency of extreme one-day
rainfall events), and storm surges (thru rising sea levels). A demonstration
of integrating climate change in flood hazard mapping was conducted
in the cities of Iligan and Cagayan de Oro, incorporating the potential
changes in the frequency of extreme one-day rainfall events, and changes
in land cover of the watersheds resulting in changes in run-off in flood
modeling, to compare historical and projected effects on flood depths
and spatial extent (refer to Figure 2.2). Relative to flood maps which
give indication of susceptibility or proneness to flooding, the climateadjusted flood hazard maps provide greater detail in terms of varying
flood depths. These firstever climate-adjusted flood hazard maps were
prepared by the Climate Change Commission in partnership with the
UNDP and Australian Government. The high resolution maps utilized
elevation data from LiDAR.
18
Figure 2.2
Climate-adjusted flood
hazard maps of the
Cagayan de Oro River
System
A comparison of the estimated
flood heights using a 1-in100-year rainfall return period
for 2013 (239.70mm) and
climate
change
scenarios
2020 (282.00mm) and 2050
(267.00mm) for the Cagayan de
Oro River System. It illustrates
potential increase in flood
heights and extent for projection
years 2020 and 2050 compared
to observed/ historical 100 year
rainfall.
19
Step 2. Scope the potential impacts of climate hazards and

climate change on the LGU
This step summarizes the initial scoping of potential hazards affecting the locality, including
the associated impacts of climate change. These are based from findings from the initial
scoping of climate trends, climate change, and compilation of hazard maps. This involves
identifying various climate stimuli from climate trends, climate change projections, and
hazards that will likely affect the municipality and the chain of direct and indirect impacts
that may likely affect the various development sectors.
Table 2.2 Summary of Climate Change Variables
Climate change
variables
Temperature
Changes in
variables
Climate Change Effects
Climate Change Impacts
Longer period of droughts
Decline in crop production
Warmer days and nights
Heat-related stresses on health
Increase
Frequent ooding
Damage to agricultural crops
Decrease
Drought
Decline in water supply, decline

in crop production
Increase
Seasonal Rainfall
Climate extremes
Increase in
extreme one
day rainfall
events
Potential changes in frequency and

severity of ooding events;
Property damage, deaths
Potential changes in frequency in raininduced landslide events;
Permanent sea water inundation of
inland areas
Sea level
Increase
Stronger storm surge resulting in
coastal ooding
20
Loss of low lying/coastal land

areas, Damaged property to
low-lying coastal settlements
Temperature
Rainfall
(3)
Increase
- Too little rainfall
season
- Late onset of rainy
season
- Too little rainfall

- Too much rains
- Early onset of rainy
Erratic rain patterns
Increase
Rainfall
Agriculture: crop
production
Increase
Temperature
Human Health
Increase
Sea level rise
(2)
(1)
General Changes
in Climate Variable
Coastal zone
Climate
Variable
Systems
Drought
Drought
Flooding
Raininduced
landslides
Flooding
Hotter days
Increased demand for irrigation due to longer and warmer growing season
Inability to plant especially in times when rains are too little
Poorer quality of agricultural products (e.g., less grain lling in rice, smaller coconut
fruits)
Crops submerged in water

Wilting of planted crops
Changes in crop yields
Diminishing harvest; reduction in farmers income
Increase risk of pest outbreaks and weeds
Damaged road transportation network
Increase in vector-borne diseases
More heat-related stress, particularly among the elderly, the poor, and vulnerable
population
Increased erosion or damage to coastal infrastructure, beaches, and other natural

features
Loss of coastal wetlands and other coastal habitats such as mangroves
Coral bleaching
Pollution
Increased costs for maintenance and expansion of coastal erosion/ ooding control
(natural or manmade)
Saltwater intrusion into coastal aquifers
Submergence of low-lying lands
Loss of cultural and historical sites on coastline to sea level rise
Flooding
Storm
surge
(5)
(4)
Climate
Change
Effects
Table 2.3 Summary of Climate Change Effects and Impacts
21
22
More events
More events
More events
Increase
Extreme
rainfall
Infrastructure: roads Extreme

rainfall
and bridges; ood
control networks
Extreme
rainfall
Rainfall
Business
Increase (sea level)
Sea level
Decrease
Increase (sea surface)
Temperature
Increase
(3)
General Changes
in Climate Variable
Rainfall
Water Resources
Fishery production
(2)
(1)
Sea level
Climate
Variable
Systems
Flooding
Flooding
Raininduced
landslide
Flooding
Drought
Storm
surge
Sea level
rise
Flooding
(4)
Climate
Change
Effects
Impacts on business infrastructure located in oodplains or coastal areas

Increased insurance premiums due to more extreme weather events
More travel disruptions associated with landslides and ooding

Damage to ood control facilities
Changes in water quality
Increased competition for water (irrigation and hydropower)

Changes in water quality
Over owing of sh cages resulting to less sh catch

Reduction in shermens income
Less sh catch; less sh variety in catch

Reduction in shermens income
Intrusion of salt water into ricelands

Reduced areas for rice production
Reduction in farmers income
Reduced food supply
(5)
Table 2.3 Summary of Climate Change Effects and Impacts

The Exposure Database provides baseline information pertaining to the elements at risk.
Elements at risk refer to population, assets, structures, economic activities and environmental
resources which are located in areas exposed to potential impacts of climate change and
damaging hazard events.
The exposure data shall provide the location, vulnerability/sensitivity and adaptive capacity
attributes of the exposed elements which are necessary information when conducting a
climate change vulnerability and disaster risk assessments. Ideally, each element must be
geo-referenced and accordingly reflected on a map. This will facilitate overlay with hazard
maps and maps depicting impacts of climate change, such as sea level rise, which will be
the basis in estimating the exposed elements expressed in terms of area, number and/or
unit cost. Other area-/element-based information should also be gathered to establish the
sensitivity/ vulnerability and adaptive capacity of the exposed elements which will be the
basis for estimating the levels of risk and vulnerability.
Sample indicators can be gathered through primary field surveys or available secondary data
such as the Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS), Census of Population and Housing
of the National Statistics Office (NSO), Barangay Profiles, and local Building Inventory. These
information can be used to describe the extent of exposure (i.e. number of people, area, and
unique structures), while the vulnerability/sensitivity and adaptive capacity indicators will
be used in determining the severity of impacts. In these guidelines, exposure units will be
limited to:
1. Population Exposure - shall indicate the spatial location and number of potentiallyaffected persons. Spatial location can be derived from existing residential area map.
It shall also contain the demographic characteristics of local inhabitants which would
be used to indicate whether they will be potentially affected by hazards or impacts of
climate change by analyzing information on the sensitivityvulnerability and adaptive
capacity. Suggested indicators for population exposure presented in Table 2.4.
2. Urban use area Exposure - pertain to the built environment currently utilized
for residential, commercial, industrial, tourism, sanitary waste management
facilities,cemeteries, and other land uses unique to the locality. These are often represented
as area/zone in the existing/proposed general or urban land use maps. The exposure
information can be expressed in terms of area (in hectares or square meters), type of
use, and replacement/construction cost (estimated replacement cost per square meter).
Sensitivity/vulnerability attributes can be expressed as proportion and will be limited
to the general structural/design attributes of the various structures located in the area
such as type of wall construction materials, structural condition, building age, property
insurance coverage to indicate its resiliency to the potential impacts of hazards and
climate change. Suggested indicators for Urban Use Area exposure presented in Table
2.5.
23
Table 2.4 Recommended Population Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Indicators
Indicator
Description
Exposure
Residential area
Residential area allocation per baranagay in hectares
Barangay population
Barangay population
Barangay Population Density
Population density of the barangay derived by dividing the total barangay population with
the estimated residential land area.
Sensitivity/Vulnerability
Wall construction materials
Percentage of households living in dwelling units with walls made from predominantly
light, salvaged and makeshift type materials.
Dependent population
Percentage of young (<5 years Old) and old (Above 65)
Persons with Disabilities
Number/Percentage of population with disabilities
Early Waring System
Absence of early warning systems
Informal settler households
Percentage of informal settler households
Local awareness
Percentage of households/property owners not aware of natural hazards and impacts of

climate change.
Access to infrastructure-related
mitigation measures
Percentage of areas with no access to infrastructure related mitigation measures (i.e. sea
walls, ood control measures)
Employment
Percentage of the labor force who are unemployed
Income below poverty

threshold
Households with income below the poverty threshold
Education/literacy rate
Proportion of population with primary level educational attainment and below /

Proportion of the population who are illiterate
Adaptive Capacity
24
Access to nancial assistance
Percentage of individuals with access to nancial assistance (i.e. Pag-Ibig, SSS, PhilHealth,
credit cooperatives, micro- nancing institutions, property and life insurance)
Access to information
Percentage of households with access to climate, climate change and hazards-related

information affecting the area
Capacity and willingness to

retro t or relocate
Percentage of households willing and have existing capacities to retro t or relocate
Government investments
Local government capacity to invest in risk management and climate change adaptation/
mitigation
Table 2.5 Recommended Urban Use Area Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Indicators
Indicator
Description
Exposure
Category
The general classi cation or use of the area aggregated at the barangay
level (residential, commercial, industrial)
Total Barangay Area Allocation per land use

category
Total area allocation in hectares per land use category at the barangay
level
Construction/replacement cost
Average construction/replacement cost per square meter per classi cation
Assessed value
Estimated assessed value of the property (if available)
Building condition
Percentage of structures classi ed as dilapidated or condemned
Structure with walls made from predominantly light, salvaged and

makeshift type materials.
Date of construction
Percentage of structures constructed before 1992
Area coverage to infrastructure related

mitigation measures
Percentage of areas not covered by infrastructure-related mitigation

measures (i.e. sea walls, ood control measures)
Structure employing hazard mitigation design
Percentage of structures employing site preparation, hazard resistant and/

or climate proofed design standards
Local awareness
Percentage of households/property owners aware of natural hazards

associated with climate change.
Adaptive Capacity
Government regulations
Presence and adherence to government regulations on hazard mitigation

zoning and structural design standards
Capacity and willingness to retro t or relocate
Percentage of property owners with capacities and willingness to retro t

or relocate
Insurance Coverage
Percentage of structures covered by property insurance
Available alternative sites
Available land supply/alternative sites
Local government capacity to invest in risk management and climate

change adaptation/mitigation
25
3. Natural resource based production areas - pertain to areas utilized for crop,
fisheries, and forestrelated production. Exposure can be expressed in terms of type of
resource (i.e. rice, corn, fish, timber or non-timber forest resource) or by area in terms of
hectares and replacement cost (cost of replanting for crops or restocking for fisheries).
Sensitivity/vulnerability and adaptive indicators pertain to current production practices
(with emphasis on use of hazard resistant varieties and/or climate adapted production
techniques), access to infrastructure (i.e. irrigation, water impoundment, flood control)
and climate/hazard information, presence or use of risk transfer instruments and access
to extension services. Suggested natural resource-based production area exposure
presented in Table 2.6.
4. Critical Point Facilities - Special emphasis must be given in describing critical point
facilities. These facilities provide key socio-economic support services such as schools,
hospitals/rural health units, local government buildings, roads, bridges, air/ sea ports,
communication towers, and power-related and waterrelated facilities. Exposure
information can be supplemented by building/structure specific information generated
during sectoral/structural inventories such as construction cost, floor area, number of
storeys, number of rooms (class rooms), bed capacity for hospitals/health facilities and
services offered. Suggested indicators presented in Table 2.7.
5. Lifeline utilities - cover the transportation, water distribution, drainage and power
distribution networks. These are also important municipal/city assets which should be
assessed to ensure the delivery of lifeline services. Exposure can be expressed in the
linear kilometers exposed, the construction cost or replacement -values. At the minimum,
LGUs limit the scope of establishing exposure for major access/ distribution networks.
Suggested indicators presented in Table 2.8.
Box 3. Climate and Disaster Risk Exposure Database (ClimEx.db)

Developed under Project Climate Twin Phoenix of the CCC, UNDP, and
Australian Government, the ClimEx.db is a tablet-based survey application
designed to facilitate the gathering of geo-referenced data on population,
buildings, infrastructure and economic activities in communities that
are exposed to hazards and are predisposed to the impacts of climate
change. Information gathered can be used as vital inputs to risk and
vulnerability assessments, as well as, supplement socio-economic profiling
in Comprehensive Land Use Planning.
26
Table 2.6 Natural Resource based Production Areas Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters
Indicator
Description
Exposure
Classi cation
The general classi cation or use of the area ( sheries, agriculture, livestock,
production forest etc.)
Varieties produced
Existing crop and sh varieties and forest products being produced
Annual production output
Annual production output per hectare
Replacement cost
Replacement cost expressed as Philippine Pesos per hectare
Number of farming dependent

households
Number of households dependent on agriculture, sheries and forest-based

production
Access to early warning system
Percentage of production areas without access to production support early warning

systems
Farmers/areas employing
sustainable production techniques
Percentage of farmers not employing sustainable production techniques (i.e. climate

proo ng, use of hazard resistant crops varieties)
Local awareness/Access to
information
Percentage of the population engaged in production who are aware of natural

hazards associated with climate change
Access to hazard mitigation

measures/structures
Percentage of production areas covered by hazard control measures (i.e. ood

control, slope stabilization, sea walls, etc.
Irrigation Coverage
Percentage of production areas without access to irrigation
Water impoundment
Percentage of production areas without access to water impoundment

infrastructures
Adaptive Capacity
Access to nancing
Percentage of production areas not covered by post disaster economic protection

(insurance, micro- nance)
Alternative Livelihood
Percentage of population with access to alternative livelihood
Government Extension Programs
Institutional nancial and technical capacity to provide local agriculture and forestrybased extension programs (technology and knowledge transfer related to climate
change proofed production)
Government Infrastructure
Programs
Institutional nancial and technical capacity to implement hazard mitigation

infrastructure projects
27
Table 2.7 Critical point facilities Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters
Indicator
Description
Exposure
Classi cation
The general classi cation or use of the structure (school, hospital, rural health unit
evacuation center, water-related facility, airport, seaport, barangay hall, municipal/city
hall)
Location
Location of the structure (i.e. baranagay, street address)
Floor Area
Estimated oor area in square meters
Construction cost
Estimated construction cost
Structure/s with walls made from predominantly light, salvaged and makeshift type
materials
Building condition
Structure/s classi ed as dilapidated or condemned
Structure employing hazard

mitigation design
Structure/s employing site preparation, hazard resistant and/or climate proofed design
standards
Date of construction
Structure/s constructed before 1992
Government regulations
Presence of government regulations on hazard mitigation zoning and structural design

standards
Access to infrastructure related

mitigation measures
Percentage of the site with no access to infrastructure-related mitigation measures

(i.e. sea walls, ood control measures)
Adaptive Capacity
28
Capacity and willingness to retro t

or relocate
Property owner/s with capacities and willingness to retro t or relocate
Insurance Coverage
Structure/s covered by property insurance
Available alternative sites
Available land supply/alternative sites
Available alternative structures
Existing alternative structures to accommodate current demand
Local government capacity to invest in social support infrastructure/facilities
Table 2.8 Lifeline Utilities Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters
Indicator
Description
Exposure
Classi cation
The general classi cation or use of the lifeline (road, water distribution network,
power )
Length/Distance
Estimated linear meters/kilometers
Construction/replacement cost
Estimated construction cost per linear kilometers
Construction materials used
Construction materials used (i.e. concrete, asphalt, gravel, dirt)
Condition
Qualitative assessment of the existing condition of the distribution/access network
Structure employing hazard

mitigation design
Proportion of structures employing site preparation, hazard resistant and/or climate

proofed design standards
Adaptive Capacity
Insurance Coverage
Proportion of structures covered by insurance
Government infrastructure related

investment
Local government capacity to invest in infrastructure related projects (mitigation and

construction of redundant systems)
Available redundant systems
Existing alternative routes/distribution networks
29
Step 4. Conduct a Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment

(CCVA)
The climate change vulnerability assessment (CCVA) assesses the localitys vulnerabilities to
various climate related stimuli. As a tool, it uses a qualitative approach in establishing the
level of vulnerability of identified areas or sectors of interest. Vulnerability shall be based
on the extent of exposure, and an analysis of the sensitivities and adaptive capacities. This
will inform the identification of decision areas and be the subject of further detailing for the
identification of area specific planning implications and policy interventions.
In these guidelines, vulnerability of the system to the expected climate stimulus is the
interplay of exposure, sensitivity and adaptive capacity. Vulnerability shall be operationalised
using the following function:
(Vulnerability) = Exposure, Sensitivity, Adaptive Capacity
Where:
Vulnerability is the degree to which a system is susceptible to, or unable to cope with,
adverse effects of climate change, including climate variability and extremes2.
Exposure refers to people, property, systems, or other elements present in hazard zones that
are thereby subject to potential losses3. It is expressed as the area and/or monetary unit,
for social, economic and environmental related property. In terms of population exposure, it
shall be expressed as the number of affected individuals or households exposed to a climate
stimulus.
Sensitivity is the degree to which a system is affected, either adversely or beneficially, by
climate-related stimuli. The effect may be direct (e.g., a change in crop yield in response to a
change in the mean, range, or variability of temperature) or indirect (e.g., damages caused
by an increase in the frequency of coastal flooding due to sea level rise)4. Impact is the
estimated direct and indirect impacts expressed in terms of damages, loss in productivity and
quality of resources, and mortality, morbidity and impacts to the well-being of individuals
based on the interplay of the extent of exposure and the sensitivity.
Adaptive capacity is the ability of a system to adjust to climate change (including climate
variability and extremes) to moderate potential damages, to take advantage of opportunities,
or to cope with the consequences5.
IPCC, Working Group II, Climate Change 2001: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability, 2001
United Nations International Strategy for Disaster Reduction , UNISDR Terminology on Disaster Risk Reduction, 2009.
4
5
Ibid
2
3
30
Determine Exposure
In these guidelines, the climate stimuli shall be represented as an impact area (similar to
hazard maps) to indicate a location and extent of potentially affected area for a particular
climate stimulus. Climate stimuli may range from changes in seasonal temperature and
rainfall, number of dry days, and number of days with extreme temperatures and sea level
rise. However, LGUs may work with experts, who could undertake special climate change
mapping studies by down-scaling provincial level data at the municipal/city level, to
establish site level variations of climate change variables. Establishing extent of exposure
will be derived from the overlaying of the impact area map and the exposure database, as
described in Step 3, for the various exposure units. Exposure shall be expressed in terms of
area extent, number of affected persons and replacement cost depending on the exposure
unit being analysed.
832'0"N
832'0"N
Figure 2.2a Sample Population Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
SEA LEVEL RISE IMPACT AREA
Luyong Bonbon
POPULATION EXPOSURE MAP
Luyong Bonbon
MUNICIPALITY OF OPOL
PROVINCE OF MISAMIS ORIENTAL

Region 10-Northern Mindanao

1:18,028
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

PROJECTION.........................UNIVERSAL TRANSVERSE MERCATOR
VERTICAL DATUM............................................. MEAN SEA LEVEL

HORIZONTAL DATUM........................................... LUZON DATUM
LEGEND
Baranagay Boundaries
LEGEND
Sea Level Rise Impact Area (1 Meter)
Poblacion
0.5

Bonbon
831'0"N
831'0"N
Bonbon
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Residential Areas
Poblacion
Barra
Barra
Taboc
Taboc
Igpit
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
Map Sources:
Exisiting Land Use Map, Municipal Planning and Development Office

Digital Terrain Model, DREAM Program, 2013
Google Earth Satellite Images

830'0"N
830'0"N
Patag
Malanang
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N
12434'0"E
Malanang
POPULATION EXPOSURE TO SEA LEVEL RISE
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
Bonbon
LEGEND
Poblacion
Exposed Population to SLR

Barra
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
830'0"N

Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
31
LGUs can pursue city/municipal level downscaling to provide site level

disaggregation of climate change parameters (refer to Figure 2.2b),
as demonstrated
the Municipality
of Silago, Southern
Leyte. This
Figure 19.LGUs
Projected
Change in inSeasonal
Mean Temperature
for Region
8 (PAGASA, 2011).
can pursue city/municipal level downscaling to provide site level disaggregation of climate
municipal (refer
leveltodownscaling
support site
sectoral
climateSouthern
change parameters
Figure 3.2a), ascan
demonstrated
in thelevel
Municipality
of Silago,
change
vulnerability
assessments
for asitebetter
identification
of priority
Leyte. This
municipal
level downscaling
can support
level sectoral
climate change
vulnerability
assessments
for a better
identification
of priority
areas/sites
within thecan
locality
where interventions can
areas/sites
within
the locality
where
interventions
be implemented.
mple Map:
Ideal Data Requirements
be implemented.
wnscaled, city/municipality-level climate projections (when available).
Figure 2.2b
Land
cover
and and
projected
increase
(2020)
of Silago,
Southern,
Leyte
Figure
2.2a
Land (2009)
cover (2009)
projectedtemperature
temperature increase
(2020)
of Silago,
Southern,
Leyte
Source: GIZ-MO-ICRAF, 2011: Patterns of vulnerability in the forestry, agriculture, water, and coastal sectors of
Silago,Southern Leyte, Philippines, ISBN: 978-971-94565-1-3
ure 20. Land cover (2009) and projected temperature increase (2020) of Silago, Southern, Le
(GIZ-MO-ICRAF, 2010).
24
32

Conduct a sensitivity analysis and determine the degree of

impact
Sensitivity is the degree to which a built, natural or human, system is directly or indirectly
affected by a particular climate stimuli (e.g., changes in seasonal temperature and
precipitation, sea level rise). An analysis of the various sensitivity indicators of the exposed
elements will give an indication of the degree of impact (the higher the sensitivity of the
system, the higher the expected impacts). In the absence of quantitative information to
measure direct or indirect damages, degree of impact may be assessed qualitatively as high,
moderate or low (refer to table 2.9).
Table 2.9 Degree of Impact Score
Degree of
Impact
High
Moderate
Low
Degree of
Impact
Score
Description
Estimated direct impacts in terms of number of fatalities, injuries and value of

property damage will be disastrous given the extent of exposure and current
sensitivity of the system. Medium- to long-term indirect impacts which may
affect development processes will also be experienced. Signi cant costs needed
to return to pre-impact levels.
Moderate direct impacts in terms of number of fatalities, injuries and value of

property damage are expected given the extent of exposure and current
sensitivities of the system. Short- to medium-term indirect impacts which may
affect development processes will also be experienced. Medium to low cost
needed to return to pre-impact levels within a short to medium time period.
Estimated direct and indirect impacts are low to negligible which can be felt
within a short-term period. Minimal impacts to development processes and no
signi cant cost needed to return to pre-impact levels.
33
Evaluate adaptive capacity

Information on the capacity of a system to accommodate the impacts of climate change are
evaluated in this step. Information needed would be related to establishing the flexibility of
a system measured by its current absorptive capacity, production practices, design standards,
and remaining economic life, among others. It is also important to determine any barriers
to the systems ability to accommodate changes. Covered here are the legal and regulatory
frameworks under which the system operates, or the capability of government to finance
necessary expansion works. Another dimension is the current situation of a system, whether
it is already experiencing non-climatic stresses such as population growth, infrastructure
decay, economic downturns, and damage from previous natural disasters.
An inventory of ongoing initiatives that are designed to address impacts and measure the
capacities of private and public entities to finance future adaptation/mitigation-related
interventions will further indicate the readiness of the system to absorb future impacts.
A qualitative assessment (high, moderate or low) may be undertaken in the absence of
quantitative studies (refer to Table 2.10).
Table 2.10 Adaptive capacity score and description
Degree of
Adaptive
Capacity
Description
The system is not exible to accommodate changes in the climate.

Addressing the impacts will be costly. The LGU and property
owners will require external assistance to address the impacts.
Moderate
Addressing the impacts will require signi cant cost but it is still
within the capacity of a system to adapt to potential impacts. It can
accommodate the cost for adapting and mitigating impacts using
its resources.
High
The system is able to accommodate changes in climate. There are

adaptation measures in place to address impacts.
Low
1High
34
Adaptive
Capacity
Rating1
adaptive capacity is given a low rating while low adaptive capacity is given a higher rating/score.
Determine level of vulnerability

Vulnerability is the degree to which a system is susceptible to, or unable to cope with, adverse
effects of climate change, including climate variability and extremes. In these guidelines, the
expected degree of impact will be compared to the level of adaptive capacity to derive the
level of vulnerability. A system that will potentially experience a high degree of impact (due
to high exposure and sensitivity) and has a low adaptive capacity can be considered highly
vulnerable to an expected climate stimulus. The vulnerability assessment will be qualitative
(high, medium, low) in approach.
Table 2.11 Vulnerability Index Scores
Adaptive Capacity Score

Degree of
Impact Score
Vulnerability
Vulnerability
Index Range
High
(1)
Moderate
(2)
Low
(3)
High (3)
High
>6-9
Moderate (2)
Moderate
>3-6
Low (1)
Low
Determine decision areas and interventions

(adaptation and mitigation measures)
Priority decision areas and/or sectoral planning concerns can be identified based on the
level of the vulnerability. Measures for climate change adaptation and mitigation can
be identified to address underlying factors contributing to vulnerability such as reducing
exposure, addressing sensitivities and enhancing adaptive capacities. There are eight broad
categories of adaptation approaches/options (Burton et al., 1993)6:
Bear losses. Implements the do-nothing approach and acceptance of possible
impacts associated with expected impacts of climate stimuli.
Share losses. Involves the sharing of potential losses through relief, rehabilitation,
and reconstruction paid using public or private funds. This can also pertain to losses
shared through risk transfer mechanisms (e.g. insurance).
United Nations Environmental Programme-Institute for Environmental Studies, Handbook on Methods for Climate
Change Impact Assessment and Adaptation Strategies, Chapter 5, pp 4-5. October 1998,
6
35
Modify the threat. For certain hazards, establishing structural and non-structural
measures can modify the severity of extreme hydro meteorological hazards (i.e. flood
control, slope stabilization, sea walls, water impoundments, dams, levees). In
the context of climate change, on a long-term scale, this can be achieved through the
reduction of greenhouse gas atmospheric concentrations to minimize the effects
of climate change and its impacts (i.e. rehabilitation of forests as carbon sinks, shifting
to renewable sources of energy).
Prevent effects. Refers to measures intended to increase a particular systems or
elements resistance or resiliency to the expected effects/impacts. This may range from
improving irrigation and water impoundment facilities to support crop production and
improving building/construction regulations to address floods or storm surges.
Change use. Where the threat of climate change makes the continuation of an
economic activity impossible or extremely risky, consideration can be given to changing
the use. For example, a farmer may choose to substitute a more drought-tolerant crop
or switch to varieties with lower water requirements; changing built-up urban use
areas into open spaces, parks, or greenbelt easements; and crop or inland fishery areas
may be reverted back to forest type land uses such as watersheds, mangroves, and/or
national parks.
Change location. A more extreme response is to change the location of economic
activities. There is considerable speculation, for example, in relocating major crops and
farming regions away from areas of increased aridity and heat to areas that are
currently cooler and which may become more attractive for some crops in the future.
Another example will be the relocation of exposed, highly vulnerable communities/
settlements to areas where hazards can be sustainably managed.
Research. The process of adaptation can also be advanced by research of new
technologies and new methods of adaptation.
Encourage behavioral change through education, information and regulation.
Another type of adaptation is the dissemination of knowledge through education and
public information campaigns, leading to behavioural change. Such activities have been
slightly recognized and have received low priority in the past, but are likely to assume
increased importance as the need to involve more communities, sectors and regions in
adaptation becomes apparent.
36
Step 5. Conduct a Disaster Risk Assessment (DRA)

Disaster Risk Assessment (DRA) is a methodology to determine the nature and extent of
risk by analyzing potential hazards and evaluating existing conditions of vulnerability that
could potentially harm exposed people, property, services, livelihood and the environment
on which the population depend. Risk assessments with associated risk mapping include: a
review of the technical characteristics of hazards such as their location, intensity, frequency
and probability; the analysis of exposure and vulnerability including the physical, social,
health, economic and environmental dimensions; and the evaluation of the effectiveness of
prevailing and alternative coping capacities with respect to likely risk scenarios7.
In the context of these guideline, risk shall be a function of likelihood of occurrence and the
severity of consequence.
(Risk) = Likelihood of Occurrence, Severity of Consequence
Hazard
Exposure
Vulnerability
where:
Risk is the expected losses (of lives, persons injured, property damaged and economic
activity disrupted) due to a particular hazard for a given area and reference period. The unit
of measure of risk could be number of fatality or value of damaged property8.
Likelihood of occurrence is the estimated period of time expressed in years, that a
hazard of a certain magnitude is likely to repeat itself. When certainty is less determined from
records, this is estimated by the likely occurrence of the event9. When empirical evidence are
available, the recurrence of a hazard (in years) or return period is a measure of the average
time a hazard of certain magnitude or intensity will be equaled or exceeded.
Severity of Consequence is a measure of the degree of impact, such as injury, death,
damage, interruption brought to the sector of concern10. It is the function of exposure and
vulnerability and measures the potential direct and indirect damages/impacts and the
interplay of exposure and the vulnerability relative to the expected intensity of the hazard.
Republic Act 10121, Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010.
37
Assign the likelihood of occurrence

The use of probability to indicate recurrence requires a record of occurrences of a hazard
and event descriptors such as amount of rainfall, wind speed, pressure in the case of
weather-related events or magnitude, intensity and depth in the case of earthquakes in
a specific location (e.g. instrumental records). Often times, records are lacking or are not
readily available and require modeling and processing by the scientific community. In these
guidelines, the likelihood of the hazard is an estimate of the period of time a hazard event
is likely to repeat itself expressed in years. For simplification purposes, and when certainty is
less determined from records, this may be estimated by the likely occurrence of the natural
event. This broadly defines a return period of a hazard (ex. flood). Knowing the time interval
for a hazard event to occur again is important because it gives an idea of how often a threat
from a hazard may be expected.
Box 4. Recurrence Interval Determination

LGUs can gather historical instrumental data from mandated agencies
and historical accounts on hazards from local stakeholders with emphasis
on the tracking of the frequency (number of occurrences) for each hazard
intensity/magnitude such as the number of occurrences that a certain flood
height/s occurred (in meters) in a particular area, the frequency of locally
generated large magnitude and shallow seated earthquakes (as basis for
establishing the recurrence of liquefaction, high level of ground shaking,
and earthquake triggered landslides), occurrences of rain triggered land
slides for each identified susceptibility level, and occurrences of storm
surges in terms of the wave height.
National Economic Development Authority, Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and
Land Use/ Physical Planning in the Philippines, 2008
9
Reference Manual on Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation in the Comprehensive
Land Use Plans Report, NEDA-HLURB-UNDP,2012
10
Ibid.
8
38
Due to lack of recorded instrumental data, Table 2.12 below suggests a scoring system for
establishing likelihood of occurrence of certain events. Table 2.12 below provides the range
of likelihood, their corresponding return period, and scores used in this guideline. The ranges
describe an ordered but descriptive scale which can be assigned to real or assumed hydrometeorological or geophysical events. The likelihood score ranges from 1-6. A score of 1 is
given to very rare events (every 200-300 or more years and for example, volcanic eruptions,
very strong ground shaking) while a score of 6 is given to frequently recurring or very likely
recurring hazards (every 1 to 3 years and for example, recurring floods).
Table 2.12 Indicative Likelihood of Occurrence Scores
Measure of Likelihood
Return Period in Years
Likelihood Score
Frequent
Every 1-3 years
Moderate
Every >3-10 years
Occasional
Every >10-30 years
Improbable
Every >30-100 years
Rare event
Every >100-200 years
Every >200 years
Very rare event
Source: Reference Manual on Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation in the Comprehensive
39
LGUs should seek the assistance of mandated agencies and the

scientific community to help explain the hazard likelihood for the event
considered. Also, consultation with local communities can be pursued
to establish the likelihood of occurrence based on past experiences.
Determine Exposure
Determining exposure involves the estimation of the number of affected individuals, structures
and extent of areas located within hazard susceptible areas. These can be done by overlaying
hazard and the exposure maps (Refer them to Step 3, the step where exposure database is
generated for population, urban use areas, natural resource production areas, critical point
facilities and lifeline utilities). Based on the map overlaying, some exposed elements can be
counted and summarized, including their attributes which make them predisposed to harm
or damage. These vulnerability attributes will be the basis for estimating the severity of
consequence in succeeding tasks.
Estimate the Severity of Consequence

The severity of consequence score shall be based on the expected magnitude of the hazard
(hazard characterization), the extent of exposure (determined through hazard exposure
mapping) and the vulnerabilities of the exposed elements (compiled in the exposure
database), and the combination of which will be the basis for determining the severity
of consequence rating. Although the indicators selected for the vulnerability analysis are
likely to be interrelated, it has been assumed (for the purpose of this guideline) that each
indicator can contribute dependently or independently to the vulnerability of an individual,
community, structures and natural resource-based production areas.
40
natural resource production areas, critical point facilities and lifeline utilities). Based on the map overlaying,
GUIDELINES ON MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE CHANGE AND DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN
some SUPPLEMENTAL
exposed elements
can be counted and summarized, including their attributes which make them
predisposed to harm or damage. These vulnerability attributes will be the basis for estimating the severity of
consequence in succeeding tasks.
Figure 2.3 Sample Urban use area flood exposure mapping
Figure 2.3 Sample Urban use area flood exposure mapping
30
HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN
GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX
HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE
TWIN PHOENIX
41
Severity of consequence shall be determined qualitatively using the suggested severity

of consequence score matrix. The maximum damage ratios were based on the maximum
thresholds/criteria set by the NDCC Memorandum Order No 4. series of 1998 for declaring a
state of calamity (refer to table 2.13).
Table 2.13 Severity of Consequence Score Matrix
Category
Very High
Severity of
Consequence
Score
Description
Population
More than
20% of the
population are
affected and
in need of
immediate
assistance
Urban Use Areas

40% of nonresidential
structures are
severely damaged
or
>20% of
residential
structures are
severely damaged
Natural Resource
based Production
Areas
Critical Point
Facilities
Lifeline Utilities
40% of exposed
production areas/means
of livelihood such as
shponds, crops,
poultry and livestock
and other agricultural/
forest products are
severely damaged;
Damages may
lead to the
disruption of
services which
may last one
week or more
Disruption of
service by lasting
one week or more
(for
Municipalities)
and one day for
Highly Urbanized
Areas
20 to <40% of exposed
shponds, crops,
forest products are
severely damaged;
Damages lead
may to the
disruption of
services which
may last three
days to less
than a week
Disruption of
service by
approximately ve
days for
municipalities and
less than 18 hour
disruption for
highly urbanized
areas
shponds, crops,
forest products are
severely damaged;
Damages may
lead to the
disruption of
service lasting
for one day to
less than three
days
Disruption of
service by
approximately
three days for
municipalities and
less than six hour
disruption for
highly urbanized
areas
Damages may
lead to the
disruption of
service lasting
less than one
day
Disruption of
service by
approximately
one day for
municipalities and
less than six hour
disruption for
highly urbanized
areas
>20 to <40% of
non-residential
High
Moderate
Low
42
>10 - <20%
of affected
population in
need of
immediate
assistance
>5%-10% of
affected
population in
need of
immediate
assistance
5% of the
affected
population in
need of
immediate
assistance.
structures are
severely damaged
or
>10-20% of
residential
structures are
severely damaged
>10 to 20% of
non-residential
structures are
severely damaged
or
>5 to10% of
residential
structures are
severely damaged
10% of nonresidential
structures are
severely damaged
or
5% of residential
structures are
severely damaged
<10% and below of of

exposed production
areas/means of
livelihood such as
shponds, crops,
forest products are
severely damaged;
Estimate Risk
Risk is defined as the combination of the probability of an event and its negative consequences.
This step deals with the estimation of the level of risk on the various exposed and vulnerable
elements. Risk Estimation involves finding the intensity of risks formed by the product of the
scores from the likelihood of the hazard and the severity of the consequence:
Risk = Likelihood of Occurrence x Severity of Consequence
The associated risk mapping should be able to depict/indicate high risk areas as the basis for
identifying decision areas and prioritization
Table 2.14 Risk Score Matrix for Prioritization
Severity of Consequence Score

Indicative
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Score
Very High
High
Moderate
Low
Frequent
(1-3 Years)
24
18
12
Moderate
(4-10 Years)
20
15
10
Occasional Slight
Chance (11-30
Years)
16
12
Improbable
(31-100 Years)
12
Rare
(101-200 Years)
Very rare
(>200 years)
Land Use Plans Report, NEDA-UNDP-HLURB,2012
43
The resulting risk score/categories and risk maps will provide a qualitative index of the
various location of priority risk areas in the locality. Based on the computed risk score/s,
reclassify into risk categories using the Risk Score Matrix (refer to table 2.16). Risk scores
reflect three possible scenarios:
High Risk Areas - areas, zones or sectors may be considered High Risk if hazard
events have Very High to moderate severity of consequence given the scale of
exposure, vulnerability to the potential impacts of the hazards and the level adaptive
capacity to endure the direct and indirect impacts of the hazard and likelihood of
occurrence ranging from frequent to improbable events. The range of risk score for
this scenario is 12-24.
Moderate Risk - areas, zones or sectors may be considered at Moderate Risk if the
Likelihood of occurrence of a hazard event is either Improbable to Rare event with
a very high to moderate severity of consequence. These may also pertain to areas
where the severity of consequence is Moderate to Minor but with a likelihood of
occurrence that is frequent. The range of risk score for this scenario is 5-<12.
Low Risk - areas, zones or sectors may be considered low risk due to the frequency of
the hazard (very rare or >200 years) with very high to high severity of consequences.
It may also pertain to moderate to low severity of consequence from an occasional to
a very rare event. Risk scores for this scenario is < 5.
The suggested risk score matrix adopts the probabilistic risk estimation
approach where the combination of the frequency (likelihood of
occurrence) of the hazard and its resulting damage (severity of
consequence) are used as basis for identifying and prioritizing risk
areas for immediate implementation of risk management options under
the notion that resources are often limited. Available resources can
be initially allocated for addressing priority areas (or high risk areas)
in need of immediate interventions characterized by areas where
the estimated damage will be very high to high and the likelihood of
occurrence of the hazard is within 10-100 years. However, in a land
use planning perspective, areas considered as low risk areas where the
expected damage is very high but are triggered by rare to extremely rare
events (>100 years) can and should also be addressed within the short
term to medium term when available resources permit.
44
5.5. Identify Decision Areas and Interventions

(Risk Management Options)
Disaster Risk Reduction is the concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through
systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through
reduced exposure to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise management
of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events11. Disaster risk
reduction measures may be classified into four major categories and their subcategories as
follows:
a. Risk Avoidance/elimination - removing a risk trigger by not locating in the area of
potential hazard impact, not purchasing vulnerable land or building; or denying a risk by
creating an activity or simply refusing to engage in functions that could potentially be
affected by risks12;
b. Risk mitigation - reducing the frequency of occurrence or the severity of the consequence
by changing physical characteristics or operations of a system or the element at risk. It
can take on the following subcategories13:
Risk prevention - instituting measures to reduce the frequency of occurrence and
magnitude of hazards adverse impact through the establishment of structures
such as levees, flood walls, ``dams, and sea walls;
Risk or loss reduction through mitigation - modifying the characteristics of
elements exposed to lessen the adverse impacts of hazards either through
structural (e.g. hazard resistant structural design measures, flood and storm surge
protection infrastructure), or non-structural `measures (e.g. such as watershed
land cover management, density control and proper asset location through land
use planning and zoning);
Risk or loss reduction through preparedness - mechanisms to anticipate the
onset of hazards, increase awareness, and improve capacities to respond and
recover from the impact of hazards. This can be in form of establishing early
warning systems, formulating contingency plans, and increase awareness
through information, education and communication campaigns;
NEDA-UNDP-EU. 2009. Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and Land Use/Physical
Planning.
13
Ibid
11
12
45
Segregation of exposure by duplication or redundancy - increasing

systemsustainability by providing back-up support for elements that may become
non-functional or disrupted during and after the hazard impact. This may be
in the form of alternative linkage/transportation systems, redundant water and
power distribution systems, and construction of additional critical facilities (i.e.
hospitals, schools, power plants, etc.);
Segregation of exposure by separation - increasing system capacity and
robustness through geographic, physical and operational separation of facilities
and functions.
c. Risk sharing or risk transfer shifting the risk-bearing responsibility to another party,
often involving financial and economic measures particularly the use of the insurance
system to cover and pay for future damages. In some literature, the segregation of
exposure by separation is considered as a risk-spreading or risk-transfer option; and
d. Risk retention or acceptance - this is the do-nothing scenario where risks are fully
accepted and arrangements are made to pay for financial losses related to the hazard
impact or to fund potential losses with own resources.
Once the hazard-specific decision areas are identified in steps 4-5, LGUs will be tasked to
overlay all identified decision areas to determine the major decision areas. It also entails
the detailing of the various risk management options by consolidating and harmonizing the
various DRR and CCA interventions. This will allow LGUs to analyze the spatial development
issues and concerns, and enumerate the possible policy interventions to address it to reduce
the risks at tolerable levels using a muti-hazard perspective (in the sample below, addressing
both floods and SLR in a particular area).
46
Figure 2.4 Detailing of decision areas
832'0"N
Figure 2.4a Detailing
URBAN USE AREA RISK TO FLOODS
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Bonbon

831'0"N
MDA-1
LEGEND
MD
A-
RiskCat
High
Moderate
Low
DA
Taboc
-2
Patag
830'0"N
Map Sources:
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N
12434'0"E
URBAN USE AREA VULNERABILITY
Luyong Bonbon
Figure 2.4 Detailing of

of decision areas
decision areas.
Identification of major
Identification of major
decision areas (urban use
areas) using the Identified
areas)
theareas
Identified
flood
riskusing
decision
flood
risk
decision
(above) and Sea Level areas
(above)
and decision
Sea Level
Rise
vulnerability
Rise (below).
vulnerability
areas
In this decision
example
was In this
areas MDA-1
(below).
considered
a
MDA
due to was
example MDA-1
risks
associated
with
considered a MDA due
floods and vulnerability
to risks associated with
associated with sea level
floods and vulnerability
rise. Risk management
associated with sea level
options and interventions
rise.be Risk
management
shall
identified
to
options
and
address both theinterventions
risks to
shall andbeSLR.identified
to
floods
Risk
management
options
and risks
address both
the
interventions
in MDA-3
to floods and
SLR. Risk
will
be
focused
mainly
on and
management options
reducing risks to floods.
interventions in MDA-3
will be focused mainly on
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Bonbon

831'0"N
MDA-1
MD
A-
LEGEND
DA
Poblacion
-2
Vulnerbility
Low
Moderate
High
Barra
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
830'0"N
Map Sources:
Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
35
47
Table 2.15 Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Areas

A
Decision
Area/s
Description
Problems/Hazards
Impacts/Implications
Policy Interventions
Area located at
the mouth of
the Bungcalalan
River adjacent
to the
Macalajar Bay
Areas prone to
riverine and coastal
ooding, potential
area submersion to
due to sea level rise in
the long term.
Changes in tidal
patterns may impact
storm surge patterns
speci cally wave
heights and inland
inundation.
Severe potential
damages to residential
structures due to
oods.
Potential submersion
of settlements due to
sea level rise in the
long term.
Potential isolation of
communities, injuries
and casualties during
oods and, storm
surges;
Establishment of sea
walls and mitigation
measures to retain
current land uses will
be costly, costs cannot
be shouldered by
affected families and
the LGU;
Future uncontrolled
growth of settlements
may increase exposure
and risks;
Relocation of informal settler families, employ

managed retreat or incremental relocation;
Establishment of early warning systems and
formulation of ood contingency plans to
minimize potential injuries and casualties
during the implementation of relocation;
Identi cation of additional 9.29 hectares of
residential to accommodate potentially
affected families and provision of
comprehensive housing program for affected
families especially the informal settlers;
Designating areas for wetland and mangrove
restoration and serve as part of the ecotourism network;
New transportation systems will not be
pursued in the area to discourage future
settlement growth;
Potential severe
damage to settlement
areas and possible
deaths and injuries
along the riverside
areas due to oods;
Potential submersion
of settlements due to
sea level rise in the
long term especially
along the river mouth;
Riverbank erosion and
possible failure of
riverbank slopes
affecting structures;
Future growth in the
area may increase
exposure and risks if
no interventions are
implemented;
Establishment of expanded easements along

the river side and changing these areas for
open space development;
Mandatory relocation of structures within the
expanded easements and sea-level rise
impact area;
Low density development shall be employed
within highly susceptible prone areas to
minimize the level exposure;
Change the land use mix from residential to
commercial or any land use mix where cost
for effective mitigation can be shouldered by
proponents/developers;
Development of settlement areas shall be
subject to development restrictions with
emphasis on the imposition of hazard
resistant design regulations;
Mandatory retro tting of structures within a
period of 10 years;
All costs related to the establishment of
mitigation measures such as riverbank
protection structures shall be shouldered by
the property owners through the imposition
of special levy taxes;
Conduct of site speci c ood modeling
studies to inform development regulations;
Igpit Informal
settler areas
(MDA-1)
Note: Risks to other hazards

can be incorporated to
describe the area for a more
comprehensive and multihazard approach in
identifying policy
interventions/
recommendations
Barra
Riverside
Settlement
areas
(MDA-3)
48
Major growth
area with mixed
land uses
located along
the Iponan
River
Mainly riverine
ooding along the
Iponan River with sea
level rise near the
river mouth
Integrating Climate Change and Disaster Risks in the

The second phase of the mainstreaming framework is the integration of the key findings
in the climate and disaster risk assessment in the various steps of the CLUP formulation
process. This will allow a better analysis of the situation to allow decision makers make
informed decisions during visioning, goal formulation, strategy generation, land use policy
formulation and zoning.
Set the Vision (Step 3)
Mainstreaming climate and disaster risks in the CLUP starts with the enhancement of the
vision statement by integrating climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction and
management principles in describing the ideal state of locality in terms of the people as
individuals and society, local economy, built and natural environment, and local governance.
Descriptors should put emphasis on the principles of adaptation and risk reduction such as
safe, risk-resilient, and enhancing adaptive and coping capacities. The vision shall provide
the overall guide to the succeeding steps of the CLUP planning process.
Situational Analysis (Step 4)
The climate and disaster risk assessment provides the climate and disaster risk perspectives
for a deeper analysis of the planning environment. The emphasis is on the implications of
climate change and hazards to the various development sectors/sub-sectors (i.e. demography/
social, economic, infrastructure and utilities) and the land use framework. It allows climate
and disaster risk concerns to be incorporated in the identification of issues, concerns and
problems and ensure that identified policy interventions address both the potential impacts
of climate change, hazards and risks.
The results of the CDRA along with other sectoral studies shall provide the opportunity for
a more integrated approach in the practice of land use planning.
Set the Goals and Objectives (Step 5)
Recognizing risk reduction and management as prerequisite to sustainable development and
informed of the development implications, issues, concerns, and problems brought about by
climate and disaster risks, the municipality/city should be able to enhance its goals and
objectives to guide physical growth of the locality and support and compliment sectoral/
sub-sectoral development.
49
Establish Development Thrust and Spatial Strategies (Step 6)

Climate and disaster risk information allows decision makers and stakeholders to revisit the
current development thrust, identify possible alternatives, evaluate and select the preferred
development thrust that accounts for the current and potential implications of climate and
disaster risks.
The extent of natural hazards, severity of consequence, degree of risks and the amount of
required risk reduction and management measures are considerations for determining the
best spatial development that promotes a safe built-environment, risk resilient production
environment, balanced ecology, and efficient and functional linkages among the various
development areas.
Prepare the land use plan (Step 7)
The land use design/scheme deals with the allocation and location of the various land use
categories generally based on the projected service requirements, location standards, land
suitability studies, costs, aesthetics, accessibility and other considerations. Land use policies
refer to specific guidelines, methods, procedures, rules and forms that will guide the use of
lands. In these guidelines, emphasis will be given to design approaches/ options to address
current risks, prevention of future risks, and anticipating climate change impacts through
proper siting and construction of the built environment and sustainable management of
natural resources.
Urban use areas land use policies, in general, may include policies intended to ensure the
safety and welfare of the population, minimize potential damages to buildings, and ensure
adequate provision and access to important socio-economic support services. These can be
achieved through proper location (i.e. prioritizing residential and critical point facilities in
relatively safe areas or areas where mitigation is feasible); imposition of hazard resistant
building design regulations for areas prone to hazards; density control measures (i.e
minimizing density in hazard prone areas and increasing density in relatively safe areas);
construction of risk mitigation structures to protect important urban use areas (i.e. flood
control, sea wall, slope stabilization mitigation structures); and establishing redundancies
or back-up systems for important socio-economic support facilities (i.e. hospitals, schools,
commercial areas, government facilities).
50
Figure 2.4 Entry-points for Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the Comprehensive
38
Step 7
Prepare the Land Use
Plan
Climate and disaster risk sensitive

land use allocation/spatial location.
Step 8
Drafting the Zoning
Ordinance
Establishing hazard overlay zones

and priority risk management zones/
districts
Step 9
Conduct Public
Hearing
Consultation with stakeholders on

the acceptability of proposed risk
management options
Step 10
Review, Adopt and
Approve the CLUP and
ZO
Ensure identified risk management

options to effectively address
current and prevent future risks are
translated in the CLUP and ZO;
STEP 11
Implement the
CLUP and ZO
Strengthen the support institutional

structures, systems and procedures
for enforcement and monitoring
STEP 12
Monitor and Evaluate

the CLUP and ZO
Identification of risk reduction

and climate change adaptation
monitoring parameters and
procedures
PPAs impact monitoring and

evaluation
Interface with other local level plans

to implement DRR-CCA agenda
Information, Education and

Communication Campaign
Budgetary support/requirements
Inviting representatives from

agencies involved in DRR-CCA (i.e.
hazard mapping agencies, Provincial
DRRMO, Provincial CCO) during the
review and approval process
Establish Development
Thrust and Spatial
Strategies
Set the Goals and

Objectives
Analyze the
Situation
Set the
Vision
Identifying
Stakeholders
Organize
Program and project assessment,

prioritization and development
Step 6
Step 5
Step 4
Step 3
Analysis of land supply and suitability

based climate change and possible
impacts on the severity and frequency
of natural hazards
Adjusted land demand to account for

backlogs due to risks and
vulnerabilities
Consultation with hazard experts

and stakeholders in the
identification of zoning regulations
Zoning regulations to reduce risks

by applying risk reduction
approaches such as density control,
hazard resistant building design
standards, site development
standards, and additional
development requirements
Menu of programs and projects for

disaster risk reduction; and climate
change adaptation
Applying risk reduction approaches

(risk avoidance, mitigation, transfer
and retention) in designing the land
use scheme and land use policy
development
Ensuring selected devt thrust and

spatial strategies account for the
future climate change scenario and its
possible impacts to the severity and
frequency of natural hazards
STEP 2
Incorporate climate change adaptation

and disaster risk reduction concerns in
evaluating development thrust and
spatial strategy options
STEP 1
Organize key sectoral

representatives who
will participate in the
CDRA
Goals, objectives and success

indicators related to future planned
disaster risk reduction and climate
change adaptation
Priority Decision Areas based on risk

evaluation
Policy Interventions/Options with
emphasis on Risk Management
Options
Specific targets/success indicators to

address current risks
Enhanced understanding of climate

and disaster risks affecting the locality
Include local
stakeholders and
representatives from
the hazard mapping
agencies who will
participate and assist in
the CDRA
Incorporate the
conduct of the CDRA in
the work and financial
plan
Fine tuning Vision descriptors and
success indicators based on the
relevant findings from the CDRA
Figure 2.4b Entry-points for Mainstreaming Climate

Risks in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan
Land and
Use Disaster
Plan
51
For production land uses, recommended policies emphasize on the resiliency and sustainable
utilization of natural resources given the challenges of climate and disaster risks. This may
include economic protection or safety nets (i.e. crop insurance, building insurance), establishing
resource production support infrastructure (i.e. irrigation and water impoundments), and
promoting sustainable and/or climate resilient resource production techniques (i.e. use of
hazard resistant varieties, climate sensitive production).
Protection land use policies emphasize on the conservation, preservation, and rehabilitation
of significant natural resource areas because of their long-term strategic benefit and
contributions to climate change adaption and mitigation. These may cover protection policies
for critical watershed areas to manage potable and surface water resources; rehabilitation
of upland forests as a strategy for managing low land flooding, enhance the quality of
the natural environment, contribute to the mitigation of GHG; and preservation of coastal
wetlands and mangrove areas. Furthermore, these recommended policies will also cover
areas where the mitigation of risks are not feasible and impractical to pursue due to the
frequency and magnitude of geologic and volcanic hazards, as well as, the projected impacts
of climate change on the frequency, magnitude and spatial extent of hydro-meteorological
hazards. Policies may include expanded easements, declaring areas as no settlement areas,
and designating certain areas for open spaces.
For infrastructure and utilities, policies may include protection of critical point facilities
through site selection (locating in relatively safe areas), applying the concept of service
redundancy to ensure continued area access and provision of social and economic support
services, strict imposition of hazard resistant building and structural design standards for
critical emergency management services and government facilities.
Drafting the Zoning Ordinance (Step 8)
Zoning is concerned primarily with the use of land and the regulation of development through
imposition of building heights, bulk, open space, and density provisions in a given area .
In the context of DRR-CCA, zoning provisions may range from hazard resistant structural
design regulations, prescribing allowed uses, and density control (i.e. building height, FAR,
MAPSO, etc.) within identified hazard prone areas, intended to reduce property damage
to acceptable levels and ensure the preservation of life and general welfare of property
owners. It also include cross cutting provisions in support of CCA such as those related to
water and energy efficiency, and green building design.
52
Implement the CLUP and ZO (Step 11)

Mainstreaming of climate and disaster risks in local development is further promoted
in the implementation of the CLUP and enforcement of the ZO. This phase provides the
opportunity for LGUs to review and enhance current institutional capacities, structures,
systems and procedures for continuous/sustained risk reduction and management related
planning; policy, program, and project development and management; resource generation/
fiscal management; investment programming; and regulation (enforcement of ZO). It also
deals with the importance of interfacing the CLUP with other local level plans to implement
priority DRR-CCA PPAs through the CDP and LDIP/AIP. 14
Monitoring and evaluate the CLUP and ZO (Step 12)
Monitoring and evaluation serves as the feedback mechanism to ensure that DRR-CCA
related interventions and its intended/desired results and benefits are achieved during the
planning period. It will also serve as a basis for revising DRR-CCA related policy interventions
so that alternative risk reduction and management measures and options can be identified
and included in the CLUP and ZO revision.
14
HLURB, CLUP Guidebook, Volume 3: Model Zoning Ordinance, 2014
53
54
Climate and Disaster Risk

Assessment
Assessing risks and vulnerabilities, determining priority

decision areas and risk management and adaptation
options
Step 1. Collect and analyze climate and hazard information
Objectives
Understand the various future climate scenario/s by analyzing
climate change scenarios
Characterize the natural hazards that may potentially affect the
locality/barangay
Understand previous disasters and severely affected elements
Outputs
Local Climate Change Projections
Inventory of natural hazards and their characteristics
Tabular compilation of historical disaster damage/loss data
Summary of barangay-level hazard inventory matrix
Process
Task 1.1 Collect and analyze climate change information
Task 1.2 Collect and organize hazard information
Sub-task 1.2.1 Gather hazard maps and characterize hazards
Sub-task 1.2.2 Prepare a summary hazard inventory matrix
Sub-task 1.2.3 Analyze previous disasters
Sub-Task 1.2.4 Prepare a Hazard Susceptibility Inventory Matrix
55
Climate Change Information

This step involves collecting and reviewing important climate change information relevant
to the local government unit. Key climate variables to collect are temperature, precipitation,
and extreme events (i.e. number of dry days, number of days with temperature exceeding
35OC, and number of extreme rainfall events). The basic source for climate information
is the Climate Change in the Philippines publication of PAGASA. It includes the baseline
climate trends from 1971-2000 where the projected changes in 2020 (2006-2035) and 2050
(2036-2065) can be compared. The climate projections are available for each region and
province of the country. The municipality or city, at first pass, may consider the provincial
data, and consult PAGASA on the applicability.
Seasonal Temperature. In the case of the Municipality of Opol, the provincial-level
projections were used. In computing for the 2020 and 2050 projected seasonal temperature,
the projected changes per season were added to the observed baseline (refer to table 3.1.1).
Table 3.1.1 Proj
oC)
in 2020 and 2050 under the
Table 3.1.1 Projected seasonal temperature changes (in oC) in 2020 and 2050 under the medium-range
emission scenario in provinces in Region 10
Region/Province
OBSERVED BASELINE
(1971-2000)
CHANGE in 2020
(2006 - 2035)
CHANGE in 2050
(2036 - 2065)
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
BUKIDNON
25.1
26.5
25.8
25.7
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.9
2.3
2.4
2.1
LANAO DEL NORTE
24.4
25.5
25.4
25.2
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.9
2.2
2.1
1.9
MISAMIS OCCIDENTAL 25.6
26.7
26.6
26.4
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.9
2.2
2.2
1.9
MISAMIS ORIENTAL
26.8
26.9
26.5
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.9
2.3
2.4
1.9
REGION 10
25.4
Projected seasonal temperature for DJF and MMA for Misamis Oriental (Medium Range Emission Scenario) can be
computed as follows:
2020 Projected Seasonal TemperatureDJF= BaselineDJF+ 2020 DJF
2020 Projected Seasonal TemperatureDJF= 25.4 + 1.0
2020 Projected Seasonal TemperatureDJF= 26.4
2020 Projected Seasonal TemperatureMAM= BaselineMAM + 2020 MAM
2020 Projected Seasonal TemperatureMAM= 26.8 + 1.2
2020 Projected Seasonal TemperatureMAM= 28.0
56
Computation can be summarized and presented as follows:

Table 3.1.2 Projected seasonal temperature changes for 2020 and 2050 under the medium-range emission
scenario, Province of Misamis Oriental
Period
Observed
(1971-2000)
Change in 2020
(2006-2035)
Change in 2050
(2036-2065)
Season
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
25.40
26.80
26.90
26.50
26.40
28.00
28.10
27.50
27.30
29.10
29.30
28.50
In this example, the data suggest that the area will experience relatively warmer conditions
by 2020 and 2050 compared to the observed seasonal temperatures. There will be 1.2oC
warming during the MAM and JJA while a 1.0oC warming during the DJF and SON seasons
in 2020. In 2050, temperature may increase by as much as 2.3 to 2.4oC during the MAM and
JJA seasons respectively while the projected increase during the DJF and SON season will be
1.9oC and 2.0oC respectively.
57
Seasonal Rainfall. For seasonal rainfall, projected data are expressed as percentage change
from the baseline values. The percentage change are multiplied to the baseline values to get
the rate of change in mm and added to the baseline values to derive the projected seasonal
rainfall values (Table 3.1.3).
emission
in Region
10
Table 3.1.3 Seasonal rainfall change
(in scenario,
%) in 2020Provinces
and 2050 under
the medium-range
emission scenario
in provinces in Region 10
OBSERVED BASELINE
(1971-2000)
Region/Province
CHANGE in 2020
(2006 - 2035)
CHANGE in 2050
(2036 - 2065)
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
BUKIDNON
329.7
335.6
653.8
559.5
2.9
-10.3
-4.4
-0.3
-5.1
-13.0
-9.7
-5.8
LANAO DEL NORTE
337.5
350.3
662.5
621.1
9.6
-0.6
-2.2
6.9
2.5
-1.9
1.4
7.1
MISAMIS OCCIDENTAL
392.1
323.4
633.1
728.3
9.1
1.4
-6.1
6.1
5.2
0.3
-5.1
4.6
MISAMIS ORIENTAL
442.5
296.0
615.7
581.1
4.6
-10.4
-3.7
2.9
1.8
-17.8
-5.2
-0.1
REGION 10
Projected seasonal rainfall for 2020 DJF and MMA for Misamis Oriental (Medium Range Emission Scenario) can be
computed as follows:
2020 Seasonal RainfallDJF= BaselineDJF+ ((BaselineDJF)*(2020 DJF))
2020 Seasonal RainfallDJF= 442.5 + (442.5*4.6%)
2020 Seasonal RainfallDJF= 442.5 + 20.355
2020 Seasonal RainfallDJF= 462.85
2020 Seasonal RainfallMAM= BaselineMAM+ ((BaselineMAM)*(2020MAM))
2020 Seasonal RainfallMAM= 296.0 + ((296.0*(-10.4%))
2020 Seasonal RainfallMAM = 296.0 + (-30.78)
2020 Seasonal RainfallMAM= 265.22
Computation can be summarized and presented as follows:

Table 3.1.4. Medium emission range projected seasonal rainfall scenarios for 2020 and 2050,
Province of Misamis Oriental
Period
Observed
(1971-2000)
Change in 2020
(2006-2035)
Change in 2050
(2036-2065)
58
Season
DJF
MAM
JJA
SON
442.50
296.00
615.70
581.10
462.86
265.22
592.92
597.95
450.47
243.31
583.68
522.99
In this example, the data suggest that there will be a reduction in rainfall during the summer
and Habagat seasons in 2020 and 2050. Also, there will be a slight increase in rainfall during
Amihan season, but the amount of rain is expected to be lesser than the Habagat and
transition seasons. Summer months are expected to be drier and Amihan months will be
slightly wetter compared to observed trends.
Extreme events. Provincial-level projections provide three climate variables to cover
extreme events namely: number of days with temperature exceeding 350C; number of days
(defined as days with rainfall less than 2.5mm); and the number of extreme daily rainfall.
Projected data are expressed in frequency and can be compared to observed trends to
establish the projected changes in 2020 and 2050.
Table 3.1.5 Frequency of extreme events in 2020 and 2050 under medium-range emission scenario,
Province of Misamis Oriental
Observed
1971-2000
2020
(2006-2035)
2050
(2036-2065)
382
4,539
6,180
No. of dry days (rainfall <

2.5mm)
8,251
6,413
7,060
No of days with Extreme

Rainfall > 150mm
10
13
Climate Variable
No of days with Temp >35oC
Source: Climate Change in the Philippines, PAGASA 2011, page 41.
Based on the data, there will be a significant increase in the number of days exceeding 35oC
in 2020 and 2050 based on observed trends. In terms of extreme rainfall, the number of
dry days will decrease in 2020 and 2050 but the number of extreme daily rainfall event will
increase in 2020 and a slight decrease in 2050 compared to observed trends.
59
Sea Level Rise. Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) are scenarios that include
time series of emissions and concentrations of the full suite of greenhouse gases and
aerosols and chemically active gases, as well as land use/land cover (Moss et al., 2008).
Four RCPs produced from Integrated Assessment Models were selected from the published
literature and are used in the present IPCC Assessment as basis for the climate predictions
and projections15. The Global mean sea level rise for 20812100 relative to 19862005 will
likely be in the ranges of 0.26 to 0.55 m for RCP2.6, 0.32 to 0.63 m for RCP4.5, 0.33 to 0.63
m for RCP6.0, and 0.45 to 0.82 m for RCP8.5 (medium confidence)16. It is important to note
that regional rates of sea level rise can vary. This is the result of regionally differing rates of
thermal expansion of the oceans as well as regional differences in atmospheric circulation,
which can affect relative sea levels. In addition, many coastal areas are either subsiding or
being uplifted.
The LGU may also consider international or local published studies which
provide climate and climate change information applicable for their
locality. Local or indigenous knowledge are also important sources of
information. Indigenous peoples, particularly have a way of interpreting
meteorological phenomena which have guided their responses to climate
variation particularly in their livelihood practices. Downscaling of climate
projections17 at the municipal level, as demonstrated in Siligao, Southern
Leyte, can also be pursued by LGUs to provide site specific climate change
parameters.
Summary of the projected changes in climate variable

Prepare a summary of projected changes in the climate variables. Computed values can be
further summarized and organized using the recommended summary table. This table shall
facilitate the identification of the expected changes in climate variables and the comparison
between the observed and projected changes. This output shall be used for the initial scoping
of impacts in Step 2.
IPCC, 2013: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment
Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Stocker, T.F., D. Qin, G.-K. Plattner, M. Tignor, S.K. Allen, J.
Boschung, A. Nauels, Y. Xia, V. Bex and P.M. Midgley (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and
New York, NY, USA, p. 1461.
16
Ibid, p. 11.
17
CLUP Resource Book: Integrating Climate Change and Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction and Management, CCCGIZ, October 2013, p.87
15
60
Table 3.1.6 Summary of Projected Changes in Climate Variables, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Climate
Variable
Observed
Baseline
(1971-2000)
Speci c Change Expected and

Reference Period
General Changes
Expected in Climate
Variables
Information about
Patterns of Change
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Temperature
Rainfall
Number of
Hot days
Number of
Dry days
Extreme daily
Rainfall Events
Sea Level1
26.4oC by 2020 and 27.3oC by

2050 during DJF
25.4oC during the
28.0oC by 2020 and 29.1oC by
DJF
2050 during MAM
26.8oC during
28.1oC by 2020 and 29.3oC by
MAM
2050 during JJA
26.9oC during JJA
27.5oC by 2020 and 28.5oC by

26.5oC during SON
2050 during SON
462.86 by 2020 and 450.47oC by

2050 during DJF
442.5 during the
265.22 by 2020 and 243.31 by
DJF
2050 during MAM
296.0 during MAM
592.92 by 2020 and 597.9 by
615.7 during JJA
2050 during JJA
581.1 during SON
597.95 by 2020 and 522.9 by
2050 during SON
Increasing in
temperature for all
seasons expected in
2020 and 2050
Slightly more warming in

MAM, and in the JJA
season
Reduction in rainfall
during the summer and
Increasing in rainfall
Habagat seasons in
during DJF for 2020 and
2020 and 2050
2050
Increase during Amihan
Decreasing in rainfall
season, but amount of
during MAM for 2020
rain expected to be lesser
and 2050
than the Habagat and
Decreasing during JJA for
transition seasons
2020 and 2050
Increasing in rainfall
during the MAM and JJA
during SON for 2020 but
months
decreasing in 2050
Wetter Amihan months
DJF and SON
383 days
4,539 days exceeding 35OC in

2020
6,180 days exceeding 35OC in
2050
Increasing number of hot

days (exceeding 35OC)
Signi cant increase in the

number of hot days
expected in 2020 and
2050
8,251 days
6,413 days with <2.5 mm of rain

in 2020
7,060 days with <2.5 mm of rain
in 2050
Decreasing number of
dry days (<2.5 mm of
rain)
There will be more days

with rainfall (less days
without rainfall compared
to baseline)
10 extreme rainfall
events exceeding
150mm
13 days with rainfall > 150 mm in

2020
2050
Heavy daily rainfall

>150 mm increasing in
2020 and decreasing by
2050
More extreme daily

rainfall expected
(>150mm) in 2020 but
more or less the same in
2050 compared to
baseline.
Projected change by 2100 relative to

1986-2005 Global mean sea level.
A potential increase in
global sea level by a
range of 0.26 ro 0.82m
Potential increase in the
by 2100. Note that
current sea level by 2100
municipal projected sea
level rise may vary from
global estimates.
0.26 to 0.55 m for RCP2.6,

0.32 to 0.63 m for RCP4.5,
0.33 to 0.63 m for RCP6.0,
0.45 to 0.82 m for RCP8.5
1 IPCC, 2013: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovern- mental
Panel on Climate Change [Stocker, T.F., D. Qin, G.-K. Plattner, M. Tignor, S.K. Allen, J. Boschung, A. Nauels, Y. Xia, V. Bex and P.M. Midgley (eds.)].
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA, p. 11.
61
Task 1.2 Collect and organize hazard information

This task involves gathering and analyzing hazard information to better understand the various
natural hazards affecting the locality. It also involves an inventory of historical disasters to
establish patterns of hazards in terms of its intensity and magnitude, including the scale of
damages to property (i.e. agriculture, houses, socio-economic support infrastructure and
utilities) and how it affected local communities (fatalities, injuries and number of severely
affected families). At the end of this task, LGUs should be able to compile the necessary
hazard maps and describe the hazard susceptibilities of barangays or specific areas within
the city/ municipality.
Sub-task 1.2.1 Gather Hazard Maps and characterize hazards
Gather available hazard maps from mandated agencies (refer to data sources of hazard
maps). Hazard maps depict the spatial extent of hazards at different susceptibility levels and
can also provide other technical information such as the magnitude/intensity, and in some
cases, include information on the frequency or probability of the hazard occurrence. When
analyzing hazards, the following descriptors should be discussed:
a. Spatial Extent - What areas/barangays within the municipality/city are likely to be
inundated or affected by a particular hazard?
b. Magnitude/Intensity - What is the estimated strength of the hazard that will impact
an area (i.e. flood can be expressed in depth, water flow velocity, and/or duration;
storm surge expressed in wave heights; earthquake ground shaking expressed as
intensity scale)?
c. Frequency - What is the estimated likelihood or the average recurrence interval (expressed
in years) that a hazard event may happen?
d. Duration How long will the hazard occur (expressed in seconds, minutes, days, weeks etc.)?
e. Predictability Can human systems/technologies accurately determine when and where a
hazard might occur including the estimated intensities?
f. Speed of Onset Is the hazard slow/creeping (i.e. SLR, Drought) or rapid/fast (flashfloods,
earthquakes, landslides)?
62
Table
3.1.7Hazard
Hazard Maps
Maps and
Sources
Table
3.1.7
andData
Data
Sources
Hazard Maps
Scale
Remarks
Mines and Geosciences

Bureau
1:50,000
Depicts areas susceptible to oods, classi ed as

high, moderate, and low with supplemental
information on ood heights. Available are
selected regions, provinces and municipalities/
cities. Map availability can be viewed at
http://gdis.denr.gov.ph/mgbviewer/
Philippine Atmospheric,
Geophysical and
Astronomical Services
Administration
(PAGASA), Of ce of Civil
Defense (READY Project)
1:50,000, 1:10,000
Identi es areas prone to oods representing a

worst case scenario. Available are selected
provinces and municipalities/cities generated
through the READY Project. Map availability can
be viewed at http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/
Department of Science
and TechnologyNationwide Operational
Assessment of Hazards
Project (DOST-NOAH)
Various Map Scales
Flood hazard maps of selected areas within 18

major river basins. Provides ood inundation
zones are based from 5, 10, 25, 50, and 100
year rainfall recurrence interval, with indicative
ood heights. Map availability to selected areas
can be veri ed at http://noah.dost.gov.ph/

Bureau (MGB)
1:50,000
Depicts areas susceptible to rain-induced

landslide, classi ed as high, moderate, and low.
Available are selected regions, provinces and
municipalities/cities. Availability can be viewed
at http://gdis.denr.gov.ph/mgbviewer/

Bureau (MGB), Of ce of
Civil Defense (READY
Project)
1:50,000
Depicts areas susceptible to rain-induced

landslide, classi ed as high, moderate, and low.
Available are selected provinces and
municipalities/cities generated through the
READY Project. Map availability can be viewed
at http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/
Storm Surge
Philippine Atmospheric,
Geophysical and
Astronomical Services
Administration
(PAGASA), Of ce of Civil
Defense (READY Project)
1:50,000
Depicts areas prone to storm surge. Available

are selected provinces and municipalities/cities
generated through the READY Project. Map
availability can be viewed at
http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/
Ground Rupture
Philippine Institute of
Volcanology and
Seismology (PHIVOLCS),
Of ce of Civil Defense
(READY Project)
1:50,000
Depicts areas with known and inferred faults.

Available are selected provinces and
1:250,000
Regional Active Faults and Trenches Map.

Depicts areas with known and inferred active
faults and trenches. Map availability can be
viewed at http://www.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph/
Flood
Susceptibility
Rain-Induced
Landslide
Source/s
63
Table
3.1.7
HazardMaps
Maps and
Table
3.1.7
Hazard
andData
DataSources
Sources
Hazard Maps
Source/s
Scale
Remarks
Ground Shaking
Volcanology and
(READY Project)
1:50,000
Composite ground shaking levels based on

hypothetical maximum credible earthquake
scenarios. Available are selected provinces and
at http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/ and
http://www.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph/
National Scale
Thenhaus Ground Shaking Maps of the

Philippines. Estimated ground acceleration (g)
for rock, hard, medium, and soft soils. Values
expressed in g with a 90% probability of not
being exceeded in 50 years.
Liquefaction
Earthquake
Induced
Landslide
Tsunami
64
Volcanology and
(READY Project)
1:50,000
Composite liquefaction susceptibility map based

on hypothetical maximum credible earthquake
scenarios. Available are selected provinces and
and http://www.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph/
Volcanology and
Seismology (PHIVOLCS)
1:250,000
Indicative regional scale susceptibility map

depicting areas prone to liquefaction. Map
available can be viewed at
Volcanology and
(READY Project)
1:50,000
Composite earthquake induced landslide map

based on hypothetical maximum credible
earthquake scenarios. Available are selected
provinces and municipalities/cities generated
through the READY Project. Map availability can
be viewed at http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/ and
Volcanology and
1:250,000
Indicative regional scale susceptibility map

depicting areas prone to earthquake induced
landslide. Levels of susceptibility expressed as
the minimum critical acceleration to trigger
landslide. Map availability can be viewed at
Volcanology and
1:50,000
Areas depicting tsunami inundation zones with

supplemental information on ood heights
based modeling parameters (i.e. maximum
credible earthquake magnitude and earthquake
source). Available for selected Provinces. Map
Table
3.1.7Hazard
Hazard Maps
Maps and
Sources
Table
3.1.7
andData
Data
Sources
Hazard Maps
Source/s
Scale
Remarks
Volcanic Hazard
Maps
Volcanology and
(READY Project)
1:50,000
Areas depicting tsunami inundation zones with

supplemental information on ood heights
based modeling parameters (i.e. maximum
credible earthquake magnitude and earthquake
source). Available are selected Provinces. Map
Volcanology and
Various Scales
Areas depicting volcanic associated hazards (i.e.

lahar and pyroclastic ow). Available are
selected active volcanoes. Map availability can
be viewed at http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/ and
When gathering hazard maps refer to following:

Gather maps from the mandated agencies. The LGUs should seek assistance from
the mandated agencies and establish communication and procedures (protocol) for
the request of available hazard maps or generation of municipal level hazard maps and
national agencies to respond to such requests;
In all cases, conduct ground truthing / validation should be conducted;
Conduct community-based hazard mapping, Document findings based on data,
information, and evidences gathered through consultations with local stakeholders and
experts and reviewed by the mandated hazard mapping agencies;
Obtain current local studies and materials (e.g. technical reports, maps) initially
from the mandated agencies to build information that identify and characterize
the hazards. Gain more understanding on the hazard information provided through
opinions, interpretations, and advice from the experts of these agencies and seek their
recommendations on the possible hazard mitigation strategies that is applicable
and can be implemented in the area/locality;
Participate in trainings and workshops by sending representatives from the planning
group who will later relay the findings and learnings, and provide inputs into the risk
assessment.
Seek assistance from the climate change community of experts to provide an
indication, and if possible, a localized formal assessment of future impact scenarios and
if impacts can be more or less severe, relative to current climate situation.
65
Pursue special studies such as hazard analysis, delineation of flood outlines, and
distribution of flood depth to reduce uncertainty in information and improve map
accuracies.
Figure 3.1.1 Sample Flood and Rain-Induced Landslide Hazard Map, MGB-Region 10, 2011
Figure 3.1.1 Sample Flood and Rain-Induced Landslide Hazard Map, MGB-Region 10, 2011
The Mines and Geosciences Bureau also generates flood hazard maps. These are usually available at 1:50,000 scale with
selected areas at 1:10,000 scale. The map indicates areas where flood and landslides might occur, categorized as high,
moderate, and low with information of the technical description on flood heights (refer to Figure 3.1.1). These are based
The Mines and Geosciences Bureau also generates flood hazard maps.
on field verification using geomorphological considerations, field surveys, and interviews. The map, however, does not
These are
usually
scale
with
areas
indicate the antecedent
rainfall
that canavailable
trigger floodsat
and1:50,000
landslide which
can be
used selected
to estimate the
returnatperiods/
Theevent.
map
indicates
areas where
flood
likelihood of 1:10,000
occurrence of scale.
the hazard
Establishing
the likelihood
of occurrence
may and
requirelandslides
further verification,
expert judgment,
and other
anecdotal
accounts. as high, moderate, and low with information of
might
occur,
categorized
the technical description on flood heights (refer to Figure 3.1.1). These

are based on field verification using geomorphological considerations,
field surveys, and interviews. The map, however, does not indicate the
antecedent rainfall that can trigger floods and landslide which can be
used to estimate the return periods/ likelihood of occurrence of the hazard
event. Establishing the likelihood of occurrence may require further
verification, expert judgment, and other anecdotal accounts.
66
Figure 3.1.2 Flood Susceptibility Map of the Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Figure 3.1.2 shows an example of a flood hazard map obtained from MGB, Region 10. It
shows the susceptibility or proneness to floods of barangays in the Municipality of Opol.
From the figure, the following can be observed:
Coastal and low-lying barangays of the Municipality which include Barra,
Igpit, Malanang, Poblacion, Taboc, Bonbon, and Luyong Bonbon are susceptible
to flooding;
Areas within the highly susceptible areas may experience flood heights, equal or
above one meter;
Areas within the low to moderately susceptible areas may experience flood
heights of less than one meter;
Floods in the Municipality are mostly due to the overflowing of the Iponan River,
Buncalalan Creek. Some portions of low lying coastal communities, wetlands, and
fish also experience coastal flooding as a result of inundation of sea water due to
storms.
67
Sub-task 1.2.2 Prepare a summary hazard inventory matrix

Upon gathering the various hazard maps, prepare a matrix indicating the various information
derived from the hazard maps. These can be complied and summarized using the sample
table (refer to Table 3.1.8).
Table 3.1.8 Sample Inventory of Hazards and their description
Map Information
Source
Scale
Format/
Date/
Reference
System
Hazard
Flood
Hazard Description
MGB
1:50,000
Susceptibility
Magnitude
/Intensity
Speed of
Onset
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Areas
Covered
1 meter
Sudden
and above
Floods
triggered
by 180mm
one- day
rainfall
with an
estimated
recurrence
of 50-70
years
Barra
Igpit
Taboc
Malanan
g
less than
1 meter
Floods may
be
triggered
by
>180mm
one-day
rainfall
with an
estimated
recurrence
of >100
years
Poblacion
Luyong
Bonbon
JPEG/2011/ High
UTM Zone
51, Luzon
Datum
Moderate to
Low
Source: Adopted Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and Land Use/Physical Planning in the Philippines, NEDA-UNDP-EU, 2008
68
Sub-Task 1.2.3 Analyze previous disasters

The analysis of disaster events in the past provides a better understanding of hazards,
specifically their pattern of occurrence, observed magnitude/intensity, and areas often
affected. Historical disaster/damage data are available at the local Disaster Risk Reduction
and Management Office and other provincial and regional sources (Office of Civil Defense,
Provincial Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Office). At a minimum, disaster data
should contain statistics on the date of occurrences of hazards by type; the affected areas
indicated on a map; estimated casualties in terms of the number of fatalities, injuries, and
individuals missing; number of houses totally and partly damaged; and estimated value of
damages to property such as agriculture, private, and commercial buildings and infrastructure
(refer to Table 3.1.9).
69
70
14
14
12
14
2009 Tail end of the cold

front
July 11, 2009
Typhoon Ramon
October 11, 2011
Typhoon Sendong
December 2011
Typhoon Pablo
Dec 3, 2012
Hazard Events and Description
Affected
Barangays
Dead
Injured
Missing
No. of casualties (Number of

Individuals)
3,065
155
167
12,948
Persons
613
43
41
2,548
Families
No. of
affected
51
27
63
Totally
562
138
71
Partially
No. of
houses damaged
13,466,390
Infra
1,100,000
7,946,980
25,950
29,898,000
Agri
1,500,000
1,611,800
Inst.
1,700,000
2,500,000
5,810,000
Private/ Comml
Damage to properties in Philippine Pesos (PHP)
Table 3.1.9 Records of Previous Disasters, Municipality of Opol (2009-2012)
Table 3.1.9 Records of Previous Disasters, Municipality of Opol (2009-2012)
2,800,000
11,946,980
25,950
50,786,190
Total
Disaster
report
Disaster
report
Disaster
report
Disaster
report
Source of
Information
Sub-Task 1.2.4 Prepare a hazard susceptibility inventory matrix

Based on the hazard maps, and climate change projections, prepare a hazard inventory matrix
in order to describe the susceptibilities of the municipality/city for sudden and slow onset
hazards. Hazard susceptibility attributed to climate change (i.e. sea-level rise), including past
extreme weather events (drought) experienced by the municipality, can also be included
(refer to Table 3.1.10).
Table 3.1.10 Sample Hazard Susceptibility Inventory Matrix
Barangay
Flood
Rain-Induced Storm Surge

Landslide
Drought
Sea Level
Rise
Barra
Igpit
Taboc
Poblacion
Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Patag
Awang
Bagocboc
Tingalan
Nangcaon
Cauyonan
Limunda
Malanang
Source: Adopted from the Reference Manual on Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation in the
Comprehensive Land Use Plans Project Report, NEDA-UNDP-HLURB, 2012
71
Step 2. Scoping the potential impacts of disasters and

climate change
Objectives
Scope the potential impacts of climate change and hazards on
relevant sectors;
Outputs
Summary of potential climate change impacts and potentially
exposed units;
Impact Chain Diagrams
Process
Task 2.1Identify the various climate stimulus;
Task 2.2 Prepare sectoral impact chain diagrams;
Task 2.3 Summarize findings;
Adaptation to climate change and mitigation of risks to natural hazards involves a very
broad range of measures directed at reducing vulnerability to a range of climatic stimulus
(changes in means, variability, and extremes) and risks to sudden onset hazards. It is therefore
important to first identify the potential impacts and the spatial manifestations of climate
change. Impacts are used to refer to the effects on natural and human systems of physical
events, of disasters, and of climate change18, which can be illustrated through impact chains.
Climate impact chains are general cause-effect relations that describe how, in principle,
climatic changes are expected to cause impacts on the sectors of concern19.
This step summarizes the initial scoping of potential hazards, including the associated impacts
of climate change and hazards, affecting the locality. These are based from the significant
findings based on the initial information on climate change, compilation of hazard maps
and historical damage/disaster reports.
IPCC, Managing the Risks of Extreme Events and Disasters to Advance Climate Change Adaptation. A Special Report of
Working Groups I and II of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2012
18
National Economic Development Authority, Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and
Land Use/Physical Planning in the Philippines, 2008.
19
72
Task 2.1 Identify the various climate stimulus

Based on the projected changes in the mean climate variables due to climate change
identified in Step 1 (Table 3.1.6), derive the relevant climatic stimuli that would likely affect
the locality and key sectors. These are indicated in columns 4 and 5 of Table 3.2.1. Indicate
key sectors likely to be affected to facilitate the identification of potential impacts using
sectoral or multi-sectoral impact chains.
73
74
Sea Level
events exceeding
150mm
10 extreme rainfall
8,251 days
Number of
Dry Days
Extreme
Daily Rainfall
Events
383 days
296.0 during MAM

615.7 during JJA
581.1 during SON
DJF
442.5 during the
DJF
26.8oC during
MAM
26.9oC during JJA
26.5oC during SON
Number of
Hot Days
Rainfall
Temperature
25.4oC during the
Observed Baseline
(1971-2000)
Climate
Variable
Projected change by 2100 relative to

1986-2005 Global mean sea level.
0.26 to 0.55 m for RCP2.6,
0.32 to 0.63 m for RCP4.5,
0.33 to 0.63 m for RCP6.0,
0.45 to 0.82 m for RCP8.5
2020
2050
2050
7,060 days with <2.5 mm of rain in
2020
6,413 days with <2.5 mm of rain in
4,539 days exceeding 35OC in 2020

6,180 days exceeding 35OC in 2050
2050 during DJF

265.22 by 2020 and 243.31 by
2050 during MAM
592.92 by 2020 and 597.9 by 2050
during JJA
597.95 by 2020 and 522.9 by 2050
during SON
462.86 by 2020 and 450.47oC by
2050 during MAM

28.1oC by 2020 and 29.3oC by
2050 during JJA
27.5oC by 2020 and 28.5oC by
2050 during SON
28.0oC by 2020 and 29.1oC by
2050 during DJF
26.4oC by 2020 and 27.3oC by
Speci c Change Expected and

Reference Period
sea level by 2100
Potential increase in the current
increasing in 2020 and

decreasing by 2050
Heavy daily rainfall >150 mm
(<2.5 mm of rain)
Decreasing number of dry days
(exceeding 35OC)
Increasing number of hot days
and 2050
Increasing rainfall during SON
for 2020 but decreasing in
2050
Decreasing during JJA for 2020
for 2020 and 2050
Decreasing rainfall during MAM
for 2020 and 2050
Increasing rainfall during DJF
seasons expected in 2020 and

2050
Increasing in temperature for all
General Changes Expected in

Climate Variables
a range of 0.26 to 0.82m by 2100. Note

that municipal projected sea level rise may
vary from global estimates.
A potential increase in global sea level by
(>150mm) in 2020 but more or less the

same in 2050 compared to baseline.
More extreme daily rainfall expected
days without rainfall compared to baseline)
There will be more days with rainfall (less
days expected in 2020 and 2050
Signi cant increase in the number of hot
amount of rain expected to be lesser than

the Habagat and transition seasons
Reduction in rainfall during the MAM and
JJA months
Wetter Amihan months DJF and SON
Increase during Amihan season, but
and Habagat seasons in 2020 and 2050
Reduction in rainfall during the summer
JJA season
Slightly more warming in MAM, and in the
Information About
Patterns of Change
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Population
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Natural
Resourcebased
Production
Areas
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Critical Point
Facilities
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Urban Use
Areas
Table 3.2.1. Summary of Projected Changes in Climate Variables and potential affected exposure unit/s, Municipality of Opol
Yes
Yes
Yes
10
Infrastructure
and Utilities
Task 2.2 Prepare sectoral impact chain diagrams

Based on the identified climate stimuli (including its impacts on the behavior of natural
hazards that affect the locality), identify the potential direct and indirect impacts to the
various thematic sectors such as agriculture, built-up/physical assets, water, health, coastal,
and forestry. LGUs can develop impact chains by either focusing on one thematic sector or
covering several sectors. Impact chains provide the most important chains of cause and
effect leading to the potential impacts relevant in the planning area. This can help identify
the key development areas/sectors where climate change and disasters will likely impact
and guide the detailed study of establishing the level of risks and vulnerabilities of the area.
Figure 3.2.1 Sample Climate Change Impact Chain Multiple Sectors
Increased Temperature
Tropical Cyclone
Extreme Precipitation
Sea Level Rise
Flood
Landslide
Damaged Trees
Buried production
area
Drought
Buried lowland
/settlements
Water Loss
Flooded Facilities
Flooded production
area
Cut off services

Damaged Facilities
Loss of income
Loss of food
supply
Increased Poverty
Increased
morbidity/
mortality
Source: Mainstreaming CCA-DRR in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan, HLURB

Wednesday, August 7, 2013
75
FigureFigure
3.2.23.2.2
Sample
Agriculture
Sector
Impact
Chain
Sample
Agriculture Sector
Impact
Chain
Increase incidence of
pest and diseases
Increase in temperature
Shift in seasons
Decrease in rainfall
Increase intensity of
tropical cyclones
Storm Surge
Impacts on fisheries
and aquaculture
Crop damage
Decrease water
availability
Productivity loss
Land degradation/soil
erosion
Siltation due to runoff

Land Loss
Sea-level rise
Salt water intrusion
Water use conflict: Domestic vs.

irrigation
Food Insecurity
Loss of Income
Increase poverty
Malnutrition
Migration
Wednesday, August 7, 2013

Source: Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, Climate Change Commission, Manila Observatory, Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Internationale Zeusammenarbeit, CLUP Resource Book, Integrating
Climate Change Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction and Management, 2012.

Enumerate identified potential impacts in Table 3.2.2 using the sectoral and/or
multi-sectoral
impact
chainimpacts
diagrams.
the using
end the
of this
step,
LGUs
will haveimpact
an initial
Enumerate identified
potential
in TableAt3.2.2
sectoral
and/or
multi-sectoral
chain
diagrams.ofAtthe
the potential
end of this manifestations
step, LGUs will have
an initial change
scoping of
thethe
potential
manifestations
climate
scoping
of climate
and
various
direct and ofindirect
change
and
the
various
direct
and
indirect
impacts
to
the
relevant
land
use
planning
sectors.
This
will
facilitate
impacts to the relevant land use planning sectors. This will facilitate the identification of
the identification of relevant sectors in the municipality which will be covered in the climate and disaster risk
relevant
sectors in the municipality which will be covered in the climate and disaster risk
assessment.
assessment.
60
76

Number of
Hot Days
Extreme
Daily Rainfall
Events
Heavy daily rainfall

>150 mm increasing
in 2020 and
decreasing by 2050
Increasing number
of hot days
(exceeding 35OC)
Increasing rainfall
during DJF for 2020
and 2050
Decreasing rainfall
during MAM for
2020 and 2050
Decreasing rainfall
during JJA for 2020
and 2050
Increasing rainfall
during SON for 2020
but decreasing in
2050
Rainfall
General Changes
Expected in Climate
Variables
Climate
Variable
More extreme daily

rainfall expected
(>150mm) in 2020 but
more or less the same in
2050 compared to
baseline.
Signi cant increase in the

number of hot days
expected in 2020 and
2050
during the summer and
habagat seasons in 2020
and 2050
Increase during Amihan
season, but amount of
rain expected to be lesser
than the Habagat and
transition seasons
during the MAM and JJA
months
Wetter Amihan months
DJF and SON
Information About Patterns of

Change
possible deaths,
injuries triggered
by extreme rainfall
events (i.e. oods,
landslides)
Increased poverty
incidence due to
loss of income and
damaged dwelling
units;
Increased energy
consumption for
cooling
More heat-related
stress, particularly
among the elderly,
the poor, and
vulnerable
population;
Potential reduction
in available
potable water
which may impact
quality of life and
well-being;
Population
More frequent ooding

resulting to damage to
crops
Soil erosion and
excessive run-off
resulting to potential
loss in soil fertility
Reduced food supply
Reduced food supply
Higher costs of inputs

to sustain crop and
livestock production
Reduction in food
supply
Reduced crop yield,

sheries, and livestock
production due to heat
stress
Reduced soil moisture

(temperature with
reduced rainfall)
Reduced volume and

quality of yields due to
changes in seasonal
patterns and reduction
in the projected total
annual accumulative
rainfall;
Natural,
Resource-Based Production
Areas
Possible damages or
disruption to social
support services/
facilities as a result of
more frequent oods
and landslides
Potential reduction in
available supply and
quality delivery of
social support facilities
Increased energy
consumption for
cooling for the
provision of key
services (i.e. hospitals,
governance, schools
etc.)
Reduced availability of
potable water supply
to sustain key services
Critical Point Facilities
Reduced quality of life
Reduction in overall
economic outputs
Disruption of economic
activities
Property damage
Increased energy
consumption for
cooling
Increased temperatures
in urban areas
Reduced availability of
potable water supply
to sustain urban use
areas
Urban Use Areas
Table 3.2.2 Summary of Climate change Impacts, Municipality of Opol
Potential changes in
water quality
Potential damages or
disruption of key
transportation
infrastructure (bridges
and roads) affecting
area access and
linkages
Potential damage and
disruption of
distribution networks
and services (i.e.
power, water and
communication)
None
Potential problems in
water supply allocation
for competing users
Reduced water
recharge rates
Reduced water
availability
10
Infrastructure and Utilities
Coastal areas
Rain induced
landslide
prone areas
Identi ed
brgys within
ood prone
areas
All brgys
All brgys
11
Potential Impact
Area/s
77
78
Potential increase in
the current sea level
by 2100
Sea Level
General Changes
Expected in Climate
Variables
Climate
Variable
A potential increase in
global sea level by a
range of 0.26 ro 0.82m
by 2100. Note that
municipal projected sea
level rise may vary from
global estimates.
Information About Patterns of

Change
Potential increase
in residential areas
exposure to storm
surges including
magnitude due to
the potential
increase in sea
level;
Increased level of
damages due to
storm surges and
coastal ooding
Population
Reduction in farmers
income
Reduced food supply
Loss of coastal
wetlands and other
coastal habitats such
as mangroves
Reduced areas for crop

production
Intrusion of salt water

into rice lands
Natural,
Resource-Based Production
Areas
Possible damages or
disruption to existing
social support services/
facilities due to sea
inundation
Potential increase in
urban use area
exposure to storm
surges and coastal
ooding including
magnitude due to the
potential increase in
sea level;
Salt water intrusion in
coastal areas resulting
to reduction in
available potable
ground water;
Loss of available lands
along the coastal
areas;
Sea water inundation
within existing urban
use areas along lowlying coastal areas.
Potential relocation of
low-lying settlements
to higher ground;
Potential coastal
erosion
Changes in high and

low tide patterns
where sea water may
inundate further
inland;
Urban Use Areas
Table 3.2.2 Summary of Climate change Impacts, Municipality of Opol
Potential damage and

disruption of
distribution networks
and services (i.e.
power, water and
communication) along
coastal areas
Potential damages or
disruption of key
transportation
infrastructure (bridges
and roads) affecting
area access and
linkages along coastal
areas
10
Infrastructure and Utilities
Coastal areas
(within 1
meter above
sea level or
areas within 1
km. from the
coastline.
11
Potential Impact
Area/s

Objectives
Prepare an exposure database that will contain baseline
information on potentially affected elements covering population,
urban use areas, natural resource production areas, critical point
facilities and lifeline utilities/infrastructure
Describe the vulnerabilities/sensitivities of the elements using
indicators
Describe the adaptive capacities of elements using indicators
Provide the baseline information for the conduct of the Climate
Change Vulnerability Assessment and Disaster Risk Assessment
Outputs
Exposure Maps (Population, Urban Use Areas, Natural Resourcebased Production Areas, Critical Points, lifeline/infrastructure)
Attribute information on exposure, sensitivity/adaptive capacity of
the various exposure units
Process
Task 3.1 Prepare the Population Exposure Maps and compile attribute
information
Task 3.2 Prepare Urban Use Area Exposure Maps and compile exposure,
sensitivity/adaptive capacity information
Task 3.3 Prepare Natural Resource Production Area Exposure Maps and
compile exposure, sensitivity/adaptive capacity attribute information
Task 3.4 Prepare Critical Point Facilities Exposure Maps and compile
exposure, sensitivity/ adaptive capacity attribute information
Task 3.5 Prepare Lifeline Facilities Area Exposure Maps and compile
exposure, sensitivity/ adaptive capacity attribute information
The Exposure Database provides the baseline information pertaining to the elements at risk.
It shall provide the location, vulnerability/sensitivity, and adaptive capacity attributes of
the exposed elements which are necessary information when conducting a climate change
vulnerability assessment (CCVA) and climate and disaster risk assessment (CDRA). Ideally,
the exposure database should be map-based, indicating the approximate field location of
the various elements and will be the bases in estimating the exposed elements expressed in
terms of area, number and/or unit cost. Other area/element based information should also
be gathered to establish the sensitivity/vulnerability and adaptive capacity of the exposed
elements which will be the bases for estimating the level of risks and vulnerabilities.
79
Task 3.1 Prepare the population exposure maps and compile attribute
information
Prepare a population exposure map by using the existing land use map. Extract all
residential areas per barangay. Data can be aggregated at the barangay level. It is assumed
that majority of the population resides and are located within residential areas. A sample
population exposure map is presented below (refer to figure 3.3.1) and a sample attribute
table (refer to Table 3.3.1) containing the exposure, sensitivity/ vulnerability and adaptive
capacity indicators.
Figure 3.3.1 Sample Existing Population Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol

Figure 3.3.1 Sample Existing Population Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
Using
indicators
exposure,
sensitivity/vulnerability,
and
adaptive
capacity
Usingthe
the suggested
suggested indicators
for for
exposure,
sensitivity/vulnerability,
and adaptive
capacity
identified
in
identified
Chapter
3 population
when assessing
population
vulnerability
Municipality
Chapter 3 in
when
assessing
vulnerability
and risks, the
Municipality ofand
Opolrisks,
derivedthe
barangay
level
data
from
the
Community-based
Monitoring
System
(CBMS)
database,
National
Statistics
Office
Census
(NSO),
of Opol derived barangay level data from the Community-based Monitoring System (CBMS)
and focus group discussions with municipal and barangay level sectoral representatives. A sample table on
database,
National Statistics Office Census (NSO), and focus group discussions with municipal
population exposure database for the municipality of Opol is presented in Table 3.3.1.
and barangay level sectoral representatives. A sample table on population exposure database
for the municipality of Opol is presented in Table 3.3.1.
80
2,918
Taboc
1Population
3,690
Poblacion 14.53
229
254
172
238
276
4.45%
4.06%
7.27%
3.13%
1.06%
8.74%
6.08%
1.75%
5.06%
0.84%
35.67%
32.24%
36.3%
34.31%
33.58%
0.89%
2.23%
0.7%
1.01%
0.7%
31.29%
21.29%
27.16%
35.86%
14.55%
0.59%
1.5%
1.06%
2.2%
0.61%
There is
willingness to
relocate subject
to assistance
from the local
government.
There is also
willingness to
retrofit existing
highly
vulnerable
structures but
may take them
medium to
long-term.
Majority of nonresidential
structures/property
owners have
current property
insurance coverage
or have capacities
to purchase within
the short term.
Majority of
residential
structures do not
have property
insurances
PhilHealth
Coverage
Government
Capacity to
Generate Jobs
Local government
resources are very
Alternative sites
limited but funds
are still available
for adaptation
within the
can be sourced
municipality
from the regional
which can
and national
accommodate
governments or
existing land uses
through public
if needed
private
partnerships.
Household
Financial
Capacities to
Relocate or
Retrofit
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Government
Resources
Majority of nonresidential
structures can
conform with
added zoning
regulations in the
medium term.
Majority of
residential
structures may
have difficulties
conforming to the
added regulations
and may take them
medium to long
term to conform to
new regulations
Density per Hectare of Residential Area = Barangay Population / Residential area in hectares. This will be used to compute for the estimated population exposure depending on the area (in hectares) affected/exposed.
12.75
10,123
58.72
Igpit
2,698
11.34
Bonbon
14,334
51.94
Barra
Barangay
SENSITIVITY / VULNERABILITY
Percentage
of
Population
Percentage
Population
Living in
Percentage Percentage
of
Residential
Density per Percentage
Percentage Access to Post
Barangay
Dwelling
of Young
of Persons Households
Area
Hectare of of Informal
Malnourished
Disaster
Population
Units with
and Old
with
Living Below
(Hectares)
Residential
Settlers
Individuals
Financing
Walls Made Dependents Disabilities the Poverty
Area1
from Light to
Threshold
Salvageable
Materials
EXPOSURE
Table 3.3.1 Sample Existing Population Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
81
Task
3.2 Prepare the urban use area exposure map and attribute information
Task
3.2 Prepare
urban use
area exposure
mapland
anduses
attribute
The
urban
use areathe
exposure
database
will cover
suchinformation
as commercial, residential,
industrial,
tourism, parks and recreation, cemetery and other urban uses unique to the
The urban use area exposure database will cover land uses such as commercial, residential, industrial, tourism,
locality
(Note:
Institutional
covered
in critical
point
facility
map).
parks and
recreation,
cemeteryuses
and will
otherbeurban
uses unique
to the
locality
(Note:exposure
Institutional
uses will be
covered in critical point facility exposure map).
Sub-task 3.2.1 Prepare the urban use area exposure map

Sub-task 3.2.1 Prepare the urban use area exposure map
The exposure map can be prepared using the existing land use map by extracting the above
The exposure map can be prepared using the existing land use map by extracting the above mentioned urban
mentioned
urban use area categories. At the minimum, data should be aggregated per
use area categories. At the minimum, data should be aggregated per barangay per urban use area category
barangay
per urban
useTable
area3.3.2).
category (refer to Figure 3.3.2 and Table 3.3.2).
(refer to Figure
3.3.2 and
Figure 3.3.2
Sample
Existing
Urban
UseUse
Areas
Map,Municipality
Municipality
of Opol
Figure
3.3.2 Sample
Existing
Urban
AreasExposure
Exposure Map,
of Opol
URBAN USE AREA EXPOSURE MAP
82

65
5.3
9.48
Parks and Play Ground
Residential
Cemetery
Commercial
Light Industries
Residential - Informal
Settlement
Residential
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
0.03
Infrastructure and
Utilities - Transmitter
Bonbon
5,400
3,543
8,672
8,672
1,500
5,400
3,254
1,000
8,672
High
Very High
Very Low
Low
Residual
High
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
High
Very Low
Low
Residual
Moderate
Low
Low
Moderate
High
Very High
Moderate
Moderate
Very High
Moderate
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Percentage
Structures
Percentage of
Not
Buildings in
Employing
Dilapidated/
HazardCondemned
Resistant
Condition
Building
Design
SENSITIVITY / VULNERABILITY1
Very High = >50%, High >30-50%, Moderate >15-30%, Low >5-15%, Very Low >2-5%, Residual 0-2%
35.84
4.22
1.27
11.34
0.05
0.08
Commercial
Existing Land Use

(Specific Use)
Percentage of
Replacement
Total Area
Buildings
Cost
Allocation per
with Walls
Land Use Per (PHP per Sq. with Light to
Meter)
Barangay
Salvageable
Materials
Bonbon
Barangay
EXPOSURE
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Insurance
Coverage
Majority of
nonresidential
There is
structures/
willingness to
property
relocate
owners
subject to
have current
assistance
property
from the local
insurance
government.
coverage or
There is also
have
willingness to
capacities to
retrofit existing
purchase
highly
within the
vulnerable
short term.
structures but
Majority of
may take them
residential
medium to
structures
long-term.
do not have
property
insurances
No Access/
Capacity And
Area
Willingness to
Coverage to
Retrofit or
Infrastructure
Relocate or
- Related
Conform with
Hazard
New
Mitigation
Regulations
Measures
Local
government
resources are
very limited
Alternative
sites are still but funds for
adaptation
available
can be
within the
municipality sourced from
the regional
which can
accommodate and national
existing land governments
uses if needed or through
public
private
partnerships.
Available
alternative
sites
Majority of
nonresidential
structures can
conform with
added zoning
regulations in
the medium
term. Majority
of residential
structures may
have
difficulties
conforming to
the added
regulations
and may take
them medium
to long term
to conform to
new
regulations
Local
Government
Capacity to
Government
Impose/
Resources
Implement
Zoning
Regulations
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Table 3.3.2 Sample Existing Urban Use Areas Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
83
Sub-task 3.2.2 Gather indicators related to vulnerability/sensitivity and

adaptive capacity of urban use areas
At the minimum, exposure will be expressed in terms of hectares. If data is available,
exposure can be further described in terms of replacement value (expressed as the unit
cost of replacement per square meter) or assessed value. Vulnerability/sensitivity indicators
can be aggregated at the barangay level per urban use category vulnerability/sensitivity,
and adaptive capacity indicators can be expressed quantitatively as proportion or number.
However, proportions can be described qualitatively using percentage range (refer to the
recommended range and qualitative description). Given that data are aggregated at the
barangay level, it assumes that these indicators are evenly distributed within particular land
use category per barangay which may not necessarily reflect the actual site conditions.
Task 3.3 Prepare the Natural Resource Production Areas Exposure Maps and
compile attribute information
Natural resource production areas refer to areas used for agricultural, fisheries, and forestrybased production. These shall cover areas such as croplands, livestock production areas,
fishery areas, production forests, and other resource production areas unique to the locality.
Sub-task 3.3.1 Prepare a Natural Resource Production Area Exposure Map
Natural resource-based production exposure map can be derived from the existing land
use map of the locality. This can be done through field surveys or barangay level land
use mapping. The exposure map covers crop production areas, fishery areas, production
forests, and other natural resource production areas unique to the locality. At the minimum,
information can be aggregated to the barangay level to account for the differences in the
vulnerability/sensitivity and adaptive capacity indicators per barangay (please refer to Figure
3.3.3 and Table 3.3.3)
84
able 3.3.3).
Figure 3.3.3 Sample Existing Natural Resource-based Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
Figure 3.3.3 Sample Existing Natural Resource-based Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
NATURAL RESOURCE PRODUCTIION AREAS EXPOSURE MAP
NDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX
85
86
127
10
18
123
14
657
50
Barra
Barra
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Malanang
Poblacion
Barangay
Number of
Farming
Dependent
Households
53.26
1750.28
64.32
281.75
13.56
108.93
30.67
58.66
Total Area
Allocation
(Hectares)
EXPOSURE
150,000
32,843
91,605
32,843
91,605
32,843
91,605
91,605
Vegetable
Tilapia/
Bangus
Rice
Tilapia/
Bangus
Rice
Tilapia/
Bangus
Rice
Rice
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
0%
2%
0%
4%
0%
0%
0%
0%
100%
35%
20%
20%
100%
100%
27%
27%
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
25%
36%
100%
40%
100%
0%
100%
0%
0%
0%
20%
20%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Percentage
Number of
of Farming Percentage Percentage Percentage
Average
Farming
Percentage
Dominant Crop/
Families
of Famers of Production Areas
Output Per Families who
Areas
Variety of
Using
with Access Areas with
with
Hectare
Attended
with Water
Produce
Sustainable to Hazard Infrastructure Irrigation
(PHP)
Climate Field
Impoundment
Production Information Coverage
Coverage
School
Techniques
Only 37% of
the farming
Approximately families have
15% of
access to
farming
agricultural
families can
extension
afford crop
services of the
insurance.
local
Cost sharing
government.
to cover key
However, the
production
LGU has the
areas with
capacity to
crop insurance develop and
can be
fund programs
pursued by the on extension
Local
to cover the
Government. remaining
farming
families.
Access to
Insurance
Approximately
37% of
farming
families have
access to early
warning
systems (EWS)
related to
agricultural
production.
However, EWS
can be further
improved to
cover the
remaining
farming
communities.
Only 15% of
farming
families have
access to
alternative
livelihood
opportunities.
Current rate of
job creation in
the LGU is not
enough to
provide
adequate
opportunities
to farming
communities.
Alternative
Livelihood
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Agricultural
Extension
Early Warning
Services of the
Systems
Local
Government
Table 3.3.3 Sample Natural Resource Production Area Exposure Attributes
Available
government
resources are
not enough to
fund
infrastructure
related
projects
Government
Resources

adaptive capacity
At the minimum, exposure will be expressed in terms of hectares. However, if data is available,
exposure can be further expressed in terms of replacement value (cost for replanting per
hectare). Vulnerability/sensitivity and adaptive capacity can be expressed quantitatively
in terms of proportion or number or qualitatively, described as a range. At the minimum,
vulnerability/sensitivity indicators should be aggregated at the barangay level per land use
category.
Task 3.4 Prepare Critical Point Facilities Exposure map and compile
attribute information
Critical point facilities map will cover the various critical point facilities associated with
the delivery of basic social services such as hospitals, schools, social welfare facilities,
government buildings, protective services; point facilities associated with water, power,
communication, bridges, evacuation centers, seaports, airports, food storage facilities; and
other unique critical point facilities in the locality.
Sub-task 3.4.1 Prepare Critical Point Facilities Exposure map
The critical exposure map can be prepared using available inventory/thematic maps
generated by the locality. These can be compiled into one map where the spatial distribution
of the facilities by type are indicated (refer to Figure 3.3.4). Sample thematic maps that
can be used to prepare the exposure database on critical point facilities include inventory
of schools, health related facilities, social welfare facilities, government buildings (i.e.
barangay halls, municipal/city hall, ), water-related point facilities (i.e. pumping stations,
potable water point sources), power-related point facilities (sub-stations, power plants, etc),
communication facilities (cell sites/towers), transportation (sea ports, airports, bridges), and
recreation buildings and facilities (gymnasiums, covered courts).
Sub-task 3.4.2 Gather indicators related to exposure, vulnerability/sensitivity
and adaptive capacity
Exposure will be expressed in terms of capacity (i.e number of classrooms, bed capacity),
area allocation (expressed in terms of hectares or floor area), construction cost (total cost
of the structure) and/or replacement value per square meter floor area, where the total
replacement cost can be derived based on the total floor area of the structure. Vulnerability/
sensitivity attributes are determined on a per structure basis for critical point facilities (refer
to Table 3.3.4).
87
Figure 3.3.4 Sample Existing Critical Point Facilities Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
Figure 3.3.4 Sample Existing Critical Point Facilities Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
70
88
50
10,000
50
4845
75
Elementary School Barra Elementary School
Luyong Bonbon Day Care

Center
Opol Grace Christian

School
Bonbon Senior Citizen
Luyong Bonbon
Elementary School
Luyong Bonbon Health

Center
Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Elementary School
Senior Citizen
Building
Elementary School
Health Center
Elementary School
Elementary School SDA Elementary School
Barra
Barra
Bonbon
Bonbon
Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Poblacion
Opol Central School
Barra Day Care Center
Barra Day Care Center 2
8034
9879
6404
50
50
Day Care Center
Barra
Barra Bridge
Bridge
Area (Sq.
Meters)
Barra
Name
Type
Barangay
EXPOSURE
12 Classrooms
6 Classrooms
4 Bed Capacity
8 Classrooms
6 Classrooms
15 Classrooms
20 Tons
Capacity
(Classrooms,
Bed Capacity,
Loading
Capacity)
Concrete
Mixed
Wood
Concrete
Mixed
Wood
Mixed
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Wall Materials
Used
needs repair
Good
Poor
needs repair
Poor/needs
major repair
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Poor/needs
major repair
needs repair
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority of the
exposed critical
points (i.e. schools,
rural heath units,
barangay health
centers and local
governance
buildings) are not
covered by property
damage insurance.
Only the Barra day
care centers (1 and
2) are covered by
property damage
insurance.
For LGU owned buildings,

the LGU does not have
available resources for
retrofitting and relocation.
However, funds can be
set aside for such
purposes but it may
significantly affect the
implementation of other
local development
programs and projects.
Majority of the schools
are either privately owned
or managed by the
Regional DepEd. Funds
for planned adaptation
(i.e. retrofitting and
relocation) can be coursed
through the regional
agencies with possible
counterpart funding from
the LGU. Existing Bridges
are mainly under the
jurisdiction of the DPWH,
retrofitting or
establishment of new
bridges may be coursed
through DPWH.
Local Government
Resources for Risk
Mitigation
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Structure
Employing Hazard Insurance Coverage
Resistant Design
Good
Good
Good
Good
Existing
Condition
Table 3.3.4 Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
89
Task 3.5 Prepare Lifeline Utilities Exposure map and compile attribute
information
Lifeline facilities refer to major linkage and distribution systems associated with transportation
access systems and power, water, and communication distribution/line systems. At the
minimum, LGUs can focus on roads linking the municipality/city to other important nodes
within the Province/Region, linkage systems within major functional areas within the city/
municipality, and those, major water, power and communication distribution networks.
Sub-task 3.5.1 Prepare a lifeline utilities exposure map
An exposure map for lifeline utilities can be derived from existing road, power, water, and
communication inventory maps available on the municipality and city. These can also be
prepared through GPS-assisted surveys and derived secondary data from provincial and
regional level agencies (refer to Figure 3.3.5).
adaptive capacity
Information on vulnerability/sensitivity and adaptive capacity can be compiled using existing
inventory tables prepared in socio-economic profiling. However, supplemental information
should also be gathered such as replacement cost (average cost per linear kilometer),
hazard design standards, and other anecdotal accounts to describe the adaptive capacity
of the locality (i.e. presence of alternative routes/back-up systems, available government
resources for the establishment and retrofitting of the various lifelines (refer to Table 3.3.5).
90
Figure 3.3.5 Sample Existing Lifeline Utilities Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
Figure 3.3.5 Sample Existing Lifeline Utilities Exposure Map, Municipality of Opol
73
91
92
11,036,000
11,036,000
11,036,000
Provincial road
Provincial road
Provincial road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Highway-Junction Tulahon Road
National Highway to Narulang Road
Poblacion to Limunda Road
Roan Road
National highway to Zone 1 Road
National highway to Pag-ibig Citi Homes
National Road to Malingin
National Highway
18,000,000
National road
Old National Road
23,000,000
11,036,000
National road
Barangay Road
18,000,000
18,000,000
23,000,000
No Information
Water Pipe
Main Water Distribution Line
23,000,000
Replacement Cost per

linear kilometer
National road
Road Classification
Metro Cagayan Road
Road Name
EXPOSURE
Dirt Road
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Poor
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Needs Major
Repairs
Concrete
No
Needs Major
Repairs
Concrete /
Gravel
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hazard
Resistant
Design
Good
Good
Good
Existing Condition
Concrete
Steel
Concrete
Surface Type
Local Government do not have

available resources to fund road
improvements, and or establishment
All existing roads do not of new roads (barangay and
have damage insurance municipal). Regional DPWH,
however, has available financial
coverage. Addressing
damages are mostly done resources to fund national road
improvements or retrofitting within
through repairs using
either local government the municipality but fund availability
fund resources or those will depend on their current
funded by regional line priorities. Also, LGU can impose
special levy taxes for projects
agencies.
benefiting local constituents but local
capacities may not be able to pay the
additional taxes.
Available Government Resources
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Insurance Coverage
Table 3.3.5 Sample Lifeline Utilities Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol
Step 4. Conduct a Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment

(CCVA)
Objectives
Determine exposed elements to the various climate stimuli
Analyze and determine sensitivities
Identify potential impacts of climate change to the system
Analyze adaptive capacities
Determine level of vulnerabilities
Identify land use planning decision sectors and/or areas
Outputs
CCVA summary decision areas and issues matrix
CCVA vulnerability assessment map
Process
Task 4.1 Identify the System of Interest, Climate Stimuli,
and Impact Area
Task 4.2 Determine Exposed Units
Task 4.3 Conduct a Sensitivity Analysis
Task 4.4 Enumerate the Potential Impacts and rate the Degree of Impact
Task 4.5 Evaluate and rate the Adaptive Capacity
Task 4.6. Compute for the Vulnerability Index
Task 4.7 Prepare a Vulnerability Assessment map
Task 4.8 Identify Decision Areas issues matrix
The Climate ChangeVulnerabilityAssessment (CCVA) is a tool which assesses the vulnerabilities

of the locality to various climate- related stimuli. The tool is qualitative in approach in order
to determine the level of vulnerability and the underlying factors contributing to vulnerability
by looking into the extent of exposure, and analyzing sensitivities and adaptive capacities.
This will facilitate the identification of decision areas, planning implications, and policy
interventions.
93
Task 4.1 Identify Climate Stimuli and potential System of Interest, and
determine the Impact Area
Based on the initial scoping Step 2 and taking off from the summary matrix, select and
list down the various climate stimuli in column 1 (refer to Table 3.4.1: Sample Impact Area
and Climate Stimuli). Determine the estimated impact area where the climate stimuli will
manifest (column 2). An impact area can be mapped out to represent the area coverage
and facilitate the identification of potentially affected areas. Impact area can represent a
particular area such as those within one meter of the current mean sea level to represent
sea level rise impact area or it may cover the whole municipality (i.e. changes in the rainfall
pattern, changes in temperature, increase in the number of dry days). List down the potential
systems of interest, which will be assessed.
Table 3.4.1 Sample Impact Area and Climate Stimuli

Climate Stimuli
Impact area
System/s of Interest
(1)
(2)
(3)
Potential 0.82 using the RCP 8.5

increase in the current mean sea
level by 21001
94
Coastal areas 1 meter above the

mean sea level
Population
Natural resource based production areas
Urban use areas
Critical point facilities
Infrastructure and lifeline utilities
832'0"N
Figure 3.4.1
Impact
Area
SeaLevel
Level
Rise,
Municipality
Figure Sample
3.4.1 Sample
Impact
AreaMap
Map for
for Sea
Rise,
Municipality
of Opolof Opol
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.25
0.5
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Bonbon
831'0"N
LEGEND
Poblacion
Barra
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
830'0"N

Malanang
12434'0"E
12436'0"E
12435'0"E
Task 4.2 Determine the exposed units
Task 4.2 Determine the exposed units
The exposure database serves as source of information on exposure which includes the location and attributes
of theexposure
system of database
interest. Exposure
gatheredofin information
Step 3 serves as
baseline information
to describe
The
servesdata
as source
onthe
exposure
which includes
the
elements
in
the
impact
area.
Based
on
the
overlay
of
the
exposure
maps
and
the
impact
area,
identify
location and attributes of the system of interest. Exposure data gathered in Step 3 serves the
as
exposed elements for each system of interest.
the baseline information to describe elements in the impact area. Based on the overlay of
the
exposure
and the
impact Exposure
area, identify the exposed elements for each system of
Sub-task
4.2.1maps
Determine
Population
interest.
Overlay the population exposure map with the impact area map (refer to Figure 3.4.2a). The map overlaying
will determine the extent of area exposed where the number of exposed individuals can be computed,
including the sensitivity and adaptive capacity attributes of the elements exposed (refer to Table 4.4.2a).
Determining exposure can be facilitated using Geographic Information System (GIS) or overlay mapping using
paper maps and transparencies (refer to Figure 3.4.2a),
76
Compute for the residential area to population density by dividing the barangay population by
the total estimated residential areas (Column D)
Estimate the affected area using GIS (Column E)
Compute for the affected population by multiplying the the estimated affected area by the
residential area to population density (Column F).
Determine the exposure percentage of affected population relative to the total barangay
population by dividing the affected population and the total barangay population (Column G)
A sample computation of exposure is presented below (refer to table 3.4.2a).
Note: Columns H-M are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure database.
95
Sub-task 4.2.1 Determine Population Exposure

Overlay the population exposure map with the impact area map (refer to Figure 3.4.2a). The
map overlaying will determine the extent of area exposed where the number of exposed
individuals can be computed, including the sensitivity and adaptive capacity attributes
of the elements exposed (refer to Table 4.4.2a). Determining exposure can be facilitated
using Geographic Information System (GIS) or overlay mapping using paper maps and
transparencies (refer to Figure 3.4.2a),
Compute for the residential area to population density by dividing the barangay
population by the total estimated residential areas (Column D)
Estimate the affected area using GIS (Column E)
Compute for the affected population by multiplying the the estimated affected
area by the residential area to population density (Column F).
Determine the exposure percentage of affected population relative to the total
barangay population by dividing the affected population and the total barangay
population (Column G)
A sample computation of exposure is presented below (refer to table 3.4.2a).
Note: Columns H-M are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure
database.
96
SUPPLEMENTAL
GUIDELINES
ON MAINSTREAMINGCLIMATE
CLIMATE CHANGE
CHANGE AND
RISKS
IN THE
LAND USE
PLAN
SUPPLEMENTAL
GUIDELINES
ON MAINSTREAMING
ANDDISASTER
DISASTER
RISKS
IN COMPREHENSIVE
THE COMPREHENSIVE
LAND
USE PLAN
Figure 3.4.2a Sample Population Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
832'0"N
832'0"N
Figure 3.4.2a Sample Population Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Luyong Bonbon
POPULATION EXPOSURE MAP
Luyong Bonbon


1:18,028
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866


LEGEND
LEGEND
Poblacion
0.5

Bonbon
831'0"N
831'0"N
Bonbon
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Residential Areas
Poblacion
Barra
Barra
Taboc
Taboc
Igpit
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
Map Sources:


830'0"N
830'0"N
Patag
Malanang
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N
12434'0"E
Malanang
POPULATION EXPOSURE TO SEA LEVEL RISE
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
Bonbon
LEGEND
Poblacion
Exposed Population to SLR

Barra
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
830'0"N

Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
97
98
3,768
3,369
2,868
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
EXPOSURE
12.75
14.53
13.48
58.72
11.34
51.94
224.92
231.84
279.58
163.98
265.19
251.06
B/C
0.93
0.36
5.25
7.29
0.99
0.54
209
83
1,468
1,195
263
136
DxE
Population
Estimated
Density per
Affected
Residential
Hectare of
Exposed
Area
3
Area
Residential
Population
(Hectares) 2
(Hectares) Area (Persons/
Hectare)1
7.29%
2.48%
38.95%
12.42%
8.73%
1.04%
I/E
Exposure
Percentage
Area Population Density derived by dividing the estimated population and residential areas.
Estimated exposed areas expressed in hectares are GIS derived.
3 Estimated affected population derived from multiplying the exposed areas by the estimated Residential area to population Density.
4 Exposure percentage derived by dividing the estimated exposed population to the barangay population
9,628
Igpit
1Residential
3,008
Bonbon
Barangay
13,040
Barangay
Population
Barra
Table 3.4.2a Sample Population Exposure Estimation
4.45%
4.06%
2.00%
7.27%
3.13%
1.06%
Percentage
of Informal
Settlers
8.74%
6.08%
8.55%
1.75%
5.06%
0.84%
35.67%
32.24%
35.43%
36.30%
34.31%
33.58%
0.89%
2.23%
0.40%
0.70%
1.01%
0.70%
Percentage
of Persons
with
Disabilities
SENSITIVITY
Percentage
of
Population
Living in
Percentage
Dwelling
of Young
Units with
and Old
Walls Made Dependents
from Light to
Salvageable
Materials
Table 3.4.2a Sample Population Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
31.29%
21.30%
41.51%
27.16%
35.86%
14.55%
0.59%
1.50%
1.80%
1.06%
2.20%
0.61%
Percentage
of
Percentage
Households
Malnourished
Living Below
Individuals
the Poverty
Threshold
Sub-task 4.2.2 Determine Natural Resource-based Production Area Exposure

Similar to population exposure, overlay the natural resource-based production area exposure
map prepared in Step 3 (exposure database) with the impact area (refer to Figure 3.4.2b).
The impact area map will be used to determine the extent of area exposed by type of natural
resource-based production area per barangay. Based on the map overlaying, the estimated
exposed elements can be computed and summarized, including the sensitivity and adaptive
capacity attributes of the elements exposed (refer to Table 3.4.2b). Proceed and compute for
the estimated affected area and value, including the exposure percentage:
Estimate the exposed natural resource-based production areas per barangay in
hectares (Column D);
Determine the exposure percentage of exposed natural resource-based production
area relative to the total area allocation by dividing the exposed area and the
barangay allocation by dominant crop (Column E);
Compute for the exposed value by multiplying the estimated flooded area by the
estimated average annual output per hectare (Column G);
Note: Columns H-M are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure
database;
Sample computation is presented below (refer to Table 3.4.2b).
99
Compute for the exposed value by multiplying the estimated flooded area by the estimated
averageSUPPLEMENTAL
annual output
perONhectare
(Column
G).
GUIDELINES
MAINSTREAMING
CLIMATE
CHANGE AND DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN
Note: Columns H-M are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure database.
Figure 3.4.2b Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise,
Luyong Bonbon
NATURAL RESOURCE BASED PRODUCTION

EXPOSURE MAP
832'0"N
832'0"N
Figure 3.4.2b Sample Natural Resource-based Production

Area
Municipality
ofExposure
Opol Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol


1:18,028
1:18,028
Kilometers
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
0.5
0.25
831'0"N
831'0"N
LEGEND
LEGEND
Natural Resource Production Areas
Agricultural
Poblacion
0.5


Bonbon
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Fishpond Areas
Grass Land
Protected Forests
Barra
Quary Areas
Taboc
River/ Creeks
Swamp Areas
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
Map Sources:
830'0"N
830'0"N

Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N

EXPOSURE TO SEA LEVEL RISE
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
Bonbon
LEGEND
Agricultural
Poblacion
Fishpond Areas
Grass Land
Barra
Protected Forests
Taboc
Quary Areas
River/ Creeks
Igpit
Swamp Areas
Patag
Map Sources:
830'0"N

Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
100
79
Table 3.4.2b Sample Natural Resource Production Area Exposure Table
Dominant Crop
Vegetable
Rice
Rice
Corn
Rice
Rice
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Area by
Dominant
Crop
(Hectares)
58.66
108.93
281.75
3.75
1,750.28
149.28
30.67
13.56
64.32
2.46
9.40
Barangay
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Malanang
Taboc
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Taboc
90.11%
86.59%
95.38%
95.21%
84.45%
1.55%
0.01%
43.47%
0.54%
0.85%
11.73%
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
91,605.00
91,605.00
70,200.00
91,605.00
91,605.00
278,180
69,956
2,014,918
424,003
850,634
211,608
16,489
114,426
138,324
85,193
150,000.00 1,032,000
FxD
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Number of
Average
Farming
potential
Exposed Value Families who
income per
(Php) 3
Attended
hectare per
Climate Field
year (PHP)
School
Estimated exposed areas expressed in hectares based on overlay is GIS derived

Exposure percentage derived by dividing the affected area by the total barangay allocation
3 Estimated affected value derived by multiplying average output per hectare with the affected area.
8.47
2.13
61.35
12.91
25.90
2.31
0.18
1.63
1.51
0.93
6.88
D/B
Exposed
Exposure
Area1
Percentage 2
(Hectares)
EXPOSURE
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
15%
2%
0%
4%
0%
0%
35%
35%
20%
100%
27%
35%
35%
35%
20%
100%
27%
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
35%
36%
0%
40%
0%
0%
30%
0%
20%
0%
0%
30%
0%
0%
20%
0%
0%
Number of
Percentage
Percentage
Production
Areas
Areas
Areas with
with Irrigation with Water
Infrastructure
Impoundment
Coverage
Coverage
SENSITIVITY
Percentage of
Percentage of
Farming
Famers with
Families Using
Access to
Sustainable
Hazard
Production
Information
Techniques
Table 3.4.2b Sample Natural Resource Production Area Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
101
Sub-task 4.2.3 Determine Urban Use Area Exposure

Overlay the urban use area exposure map prepared in Step 3 with the impact area map to
determine the extent of area exposure by type of land use category (refer to Figure 3.4.2c).
Based on the map overlaying, the estimated exposed area can be determined, including
other exposure statistics and summarized, including the sensitivity and adaptive capacity
attributes of the elements exposed (refer to Table 3.4.2c).
Proceed and compute for the estimated exposed area and value, including the exposure
percentage:
Estimate exposed area per urban use area per barangay in hectares (Column D);
Determine the exposure percentage of affected urban use area relative to the
total barangay allocation by dividing the affected population and the total
barangay population (Column E);
estimated replacement cost per square meter multiplied by 10,000 (Column G);
Note: Columns H-K are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure
database;
Sample computation is presented below (refer to table 3.4.2c).
102
Compute for the exposed value by multiplying the estimated flooded area by the estimated
replacement
cost perCLIMATE
square
meter
byIN10,000
(ColumnLAND
G);USE PLAN
SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES
ON MAINSTREAMING
CHANGE
ANDmultiplied
DISASTER RISKS
THE COMPREHENSIVE
Note: Columns H-K are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure database.
Sample computation is presented below (refer to table 3.4.2c)

Figure 3.4.2c Sample Urban Use Areas Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
832'0"N
832'0"N
Figure 3.4.2c Sample Urban Use Areas Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Luyong Bonbon
URBAN USE AREA EXPOSURE MAP
Luyong Bonbon


1:18,028
1:18,028
Kilometers
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
0.5
0.25
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866


LEGEND
Bonbon
831'0"N
831'0"N
Bonbon
0.5
LEGEND
Agri-Industrial
Poblacion
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Cemetery
Poblacion
Commercial
Dumpsite
Barra
General Residential Areas
Barra
Taboc
Informal Settlers
Institutional
Taboc
Light Industries
Igpit
Igpit
Patag
Quary Areas
Patag
Socialized Housing
Tourism Areas
Transmitter
Vacant
Warf
Map Sources:
Map Sources:
830'0"N
830'0"N


Malanang
Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N
URBAN USE AREA EXPOSURE

TO SEA LEVEL RISE
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
Bonbon
LEGEND
Agri-Industrial
Cemetery
Poblacion
Commercial
Dumpsite
Barra
Informal Settlers
Taboc
Institutional
Light Industries
Igpit
Patag
Socialized Housing
Tourism Areas
Transmitter
Vacant
Warf
830'0"N
Map Sources:
Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
81
103
104
0.20
Settlements
Settlements
Settlements
Settlements
Residential Areas
Residential Areas
Residential Areas
Residential Areas
Residential Areas
Barangay
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
12.55
14.39
12.85
35.84
11.34
0.63
9.48
8.33
4.47
7.51
9.37
4.30
0.20
0.15
0.55
9.29
66%
31%
58%
26%
38%
100%
98%
88%
98%
D/C
5,400
5,400
5,400
5,400
5,400
3,543
3,543
3,543
3,543
449,998,931
241,184,827
405,678,850
505,674,413
232,378,046
7,061,199
5,186,952
19,660,107
329,027,781
D x 10000 x F
Low
Low
Moderate
High
High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Percentage of
Replacement
Buildings with
Exposed Value
Cost per Sq.
Walls with Light
(PHP) 3
Meter(PHP)
to Salvageable
Materials
Low
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
High
High
High
Percentage of
Buildings in
Dilapidated/
Condemned
Condition
High
Moderate
Moderate
High
Moderate
High
High
Very High
Very High
Percentage of
Structures Not
Employing
HazardResistant
Building Design
SENSITIVITY
Estimated exposed areas expressed in hectares based on hazard overlay is GIS derived
3 Estimated exposed value derived by multiplying replacement cost per square meter and the estimated exposed area in hectares multiplied by 10000 (one hectare = 10000 sq. meters).
0.15
Existing Land Use

(Speci c Use)
EXPOSURE
Area per land Exposed

%
use Category Area in
2
Exposure
in Hectares Hectares 1
Table 3.4.2c Sample Urban Use Area Exposure to Seal Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Table 3.4.2c Sample Urban Use Area Exposure to Seal Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
No Access/Area
Coverage to
InfrastructureRelated Hazard
Mitigation
Measures
Sub-task 4.2.4 Determine Critical Point Facility Exposure

Overlay
the critical point facility exposure map prepared in Step 3 with the impact area
map
to determine
the exposed
point facilities
Sub-task
4.2.4 Determine
Criticalcritical
Point Facility
Exposure(refer to Figure 3.4.2d). Based on the
map overlaying, the estimated exposed critical points can be determined and summarized,
Overlay thethe
critical
point facility
map
preparedattributes
in Step 3 with
the impact
area exposed
map to determine
including
sensitivity
andexposure
adaptive
capacity
of the
elements
(refer tothe
exposed
critical
point
facilities
(refer
to
Figure
3.4.2d).
Based
on
the
map
overlaying,
the
estimated
exposed
Table 3.4.2d).
critical points can be determined and summarized, including the sensitivity and adaptive capacity attributes of
the elements exposed (refer to Table 3.4.2d).
Figure 3.4.2d Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Luyong Bonbon
CRITICAL POINT FACILITIES

EXPOSURE MAP
832'0"N
832'0"N
Figure 3.4.2d Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866


LEGEND
1:18,028
Kilometers
831'0"N
831'0"N
Bonbon
0.5
0.5
LEGEND
JY
Barra
Taboc
JY
Igpit
0.25
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

;
;
Poblacion

;J
;
Y

0.5
Patag
Barangay Hall
Bridge
Day Care Center
Elementary School
Secondary School
Tertiary School
Health Center
Hospital
Municipal Government Building
Senior Citizen Building
Map Sources:
Map Sources:
830'0"N
830'0"N


Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N

EXPOSURE TO SEA LEVEL RISE

1:18,028
Kilometers
Y
;
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Y
831'0"N
;
;
Y
LEGEND
Bridge
Y Day Care Center
Elementary School
Secondary School
Tertiary School
Health Center
830'0"N
Map Sources:
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
105
106
Luyong Bonbon Senior Citizen
Senior Citizen
Senior Citizen
Building
Senior Citizen
Building
Secondary School
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
Taboc
Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Taboc
Bonbon
1
2
Luyong Bonbon Day Care

Center
Poblacion Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Luyong Bonbon Elementary

School
Luyong Bonbon Elementary School
Igpit
Opol Grace Christian School
Elementary School
N/A
Bonbon
Bungcalalan Foot Bridge
Foot Bridge
Luyong Bonbon Health Center
Storeys
Igpit
Senior Citizen
Building
Bonbon
ONSTS
Temp. OCC School
Name
EXPOSURE
Senior Citizen
Building
Type
Barangay
Taboc
50 sq meters
100 sq meters
50 sq meters
4845 sq. meters
10000 sq meters
75 sq. meters
10.01 Hectares
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
Area
8 Classrooms
6 Classrooms
3 Tons
4 Bed Capacity
Capacity
(Classrooms, Bed
Capacity, Loading
Capacity)
Mixed
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Poor/needs major repair
Good
Poor
needs repair
needs repair
Needs minor repair
Steel Centered Cable

Wire
Wood
Poor
Needs repair
Needs repair
Good
Poor/needs major repair
Good
Existing Condition
SENSITIVITY
Wood
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Mixed
Concrete
Wall Materials Used
Table 3.4.2d
PointPoint
Facilities
Exposure
SeaLevel
Level
Rise,
Municipality
of Opol
Table Critical
3.4.2d Critical
Facilities
Exposure to
to Sea
Rise,
Municipality
of Opol.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Structure Employing
Hazard Resistant
Design
Sub-task 4.2.5 Lifeline Utilities

Exposure can be expressed in the linear kilometers exposed and the construction cost/
replacement
values. At the minimum, LGUs can limit exposure to major or significant access/
distribution
networks (refer to Figure 3.4.2e).
Exposure
can bethe
expressed
theexposed
linear kilometers
and the construction
cost/replacement
At

Estimate
lengthinof
lengthexposed
per segment
per susceptibility
level values.
in
the minimum, LGUs can limit exposure to major or significant access/distribution networks (refer to Figure
kilometers (Column D);
3.4.2e).
Compute for the exposed value by multiplying the estimated exposed segment
the
Estimate
the length
of exposed length
per segment
per susceptibility
level inE);
kilometers (Column
with
estimated
replacement
cost per
linear kilometer
(Column
D);
Note: Columns F-H are the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure
Compute for the exposed value by multiplying the estimated exposed segment with the
database;
estimated replacement cost per linear kilometer (Column E);
Sample
computation
presented
below
(refer
to Table
Note:
Columns F-Hisare
the gathered
sensitivity
indicators
in the3.4.2e).
exposure database;
Sample computation is presented below (refer to Table 3.4.2e)
Luyong Bonbon
LIFELINE UTILITIES EXPOSURE MAP
832'0"N
832'0"N
3.4.2e
Sample Utilities
Lifeline Utilities
Exposure
Mapto
to Sea
Sea Level
Rise,
Municipality
of Opol of Opol
Figure 3.4.2e Figure
Sample
Lifeline
Exposure
Map
Level
Rise,
Municipality
Luyong Bonbon

1:18,028
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866


LEGEND
Bonbon
0.5
LEGEND
National Road
Provincial Road
Municipal Road
Barangay Road
Poblacion
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
831'0"N
Bonbon

Poblacion
Barra
Barra
Taboc
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
Igpit
Patag
Map Sources:
Map Sources:
830'0"N
830'0"N


Malanang
Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N
LIFELINE UTILITIES EXPOSURE

TO SEA LEVEL RISE
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
Bonbon
LEGEND
Poblacion
Barra
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
830'0"N
Map Sources:
Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
GOVERNMENT
I PROJECT
TWIN PHOENIX
GOVERNMENT
I PROJECT
CLIMATECLIMATE
TWIN PHOENIX
85
107
108
Road
Classi cation
National road
Barangay Road
Road Name
Metro Cagayan road
Barra Landless Road
18,000,000.00
11,036,000.00
11,036,000.00
11,036,000.00
Provincial road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Zone 1 Road
National highway to Zone 1

Barangay Road
road
Barangay Road
Poblacion to Limunda road
NIA to Bible Camp Road
0.27
0.20
0.06
0.15
0.04
0.26
0.47
0.29
0.03
2,979,720
2,196,716
611,725
1,641,936
698,580
4,665,060
5,153,812
3,145,260
782,000
G*I
Value of exposed
Lifeline2
Estimated exposed lifelines expressed in linear kilometers are GIS derived.

Estimated affected value derived by multiplying replacement cost per linear kilometer and affected linear distance.
11,036,000.00
18,000,000.00
Luyong Bondon Access Road Barangay Road
11,036,000.00
23,000,000.00
11,036,000.00
Exposed
Replacement Cost
length (Linear
per linear kilometer
Kilometers)1
EXPOSURE
Barangay Road
Malingin Road
Dirt Road
Concrete/Gravel
Concrete
Concrete/Gravel
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete/Gravel
Concrete/Gravel
Concrete
Surface Type
Table 3.4.2e Lifeline Utilities Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol.
Table 3.4.2e Lifeline Utilities Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
No
No
Needs Major
Repairs
Poor
No
No
Needs Major
Repairs
Good
Yes
Good
No
No
No
Needs Major
Repairs
Needs Major
Repairs
Needs Major
Repairs
Yes
Hazard Resistant
Design
Good
Existing Condition
SENSITIVITY
Task 4.3 Conduct a Sensitivity Analysis and describe the Potential Impacts
Given the exposed units, LGUs can further describe the intrinsic characteristics of the exposed
elements using the gathered sensitivity indicators in the exposure database. Analyze the
sensitivity indicators and determine important ones that contribute to the area/element
sensitivity to the expected climate stimuli. Discuss among the group the potential impacts
and expound further the identified impacts and impact chains prepared in Step 2 (scoping
the potential impacts of disasters and climate change). This shall facilitate the rating of the
degree of impact in the succeeding step.
Task 4.4 Rate the Degree of Impact
Based on the estimated exposure, the degree of sensitivities of the exposed units, and
identified potential impacts, qualitatively determine the degree of impact score using the
suggested rating scale (see Table 3.4.3). The impact rating represents the level and kind of
impacts the system is likely to experience, and time and resources needed for interventions
LGUs can organize workshop sessions and seek the participation of local stakeholders,
members of the Planning and Development Council (C/MPDC), representatives/experts
from mandated hazard mapping related agencies and representatives from the Disaster
Risk Reduction and Management Office. Participants shall be asked to give their subjective
degree of impact scores (Table 3.4.4a), guided by the information on exposure, sensitivity,
and list of potential impacts. Estimating the degree of damage can be qualitatively assigned
using the degree of impact score. The final composite degree of damage score will be the
average of scores derived, representing the consensus of the participants. Assign the degree
of impact score for population, urban use areas, natural resource production area, critical
points, and lifeline infrastructure (refer to Tables 3.4.4a to 3.4.4e).
109
Table 3.4.3 Degree of Impact Score

Degree of
Impact
Description
Estimated direct impacts in terms of number of fatalities, injuries and value of

property damage will be disastrous given the extent of exposure and current
sensitivity of the system. Medium to long term indirect impacts will also be
experienced which may affect development processes. Signi cant costs needed
Moderate
Moderate direct impacts in terms of terms of number of fatalities, injuries and

value of property damage are expected given the extent of exposure and current
sensitivities of the system. Short to medium term indirect impacts will also be
experienced which may affect development processes. Medium to low cost
needed to return to pre-impact levels within a short to medium time period.
Low
Estimated direct and indirect impacts are low to negligible which can be felt
within a short term period. Minimal impacts to development processes and no
signi cant cost needed to return to pre-impact levels.
High
110
Degree of
Impact
Score
0.99
7.29
5.25
0.36
0.93
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
209
83
1,468
1,195
263
136
Exposed
Population 3
7.29%
2.48%
38.95%
12.42%
8.73%
1.04%
Exposure
Percentage
4.45%
4.06%
2.00%
7.27%
3.13%
1.06%
8.74%
6.08%
8.55%
1.75%
5.06%
0.84%
35.67%
32.24%
35.43%
36.30%
34.31%
33.58%
0.89%
2.23%
0.40%
0.70%
1.01%
0.70%
31.29%
21.30%
41.51%
27.16%
35.86%
14.55%
0.59%
1.50%
1.80%
1.06%
2.20%
0.61%
Group 2
3
2
2
3
2
3
Group 1
3
3
3
3
3
2
Group 3
Degree of Impact
Percentage
of
Percentage
Population
of
Living in
Percentage Percentage
Households Percentage
Dwelling
Percentage
of Persons
of Young
Malnourishe
Living
of Informal Units with
with
and Old
Below the d Individuals
Walls Made
Settlers
Dependents Disabilities
Poverty
from Light
Threshold
to
Salvageable
Materials
J
IMPACT
I
SENSITIVITY
Note: Columns N-P are the assigned scores per group. Column Q represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus degree of impact score
0.54
Barra
Affected
Area
(Hectares) 2
Barangay
EXPOSURE
Table 3.4.4a Population Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
3.00
Average
111
112
Rice
Rice
Corn
Rice
Rice
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Malanang
Taboc
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Taboc
100.01%
99.81%
64.20
9.40
99.98%
13.56
99.94%
100.01% 1,007,446
30.67
2.46
14.78%
22.06
308,744
80,748
2,108,376
445,246
2,020,678
22,800
0.01%
106,655
3,141,346
0.25
12.17%
34.29
476,080
40.51%
4.77%
5.20
3,864,570
1.52
43.92%
Exposure
Exposed
Percentage 2 Value (Php) 3
25.76
Exposed
Area1
(Hectares)
EXPOSURE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Number of
Farming
Families who
Attended
Climate Field
School
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
15%
2%
0%
4%
0%
0%
Percentage
of Farming
Families
Using
Sustainable
Production
Techniques
I
SENSITIVITY
35%
35%
20%
100%
27%
35%
35%
35%
20%
100%
27%
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
35%
36%
0%
40%
0%
0%
30%
0%
20%
0%
0%
30%
0%
0%
20%
0%
0%
Percentage
Number of
Percentage
Percentage
of Famers
Production
Areas
Areas
with Access Areas with
with
with Water
to Hazard Infrastructure Irrigation
Impoundment
Information
Coverage
Coverage
J
IMPACT
Degree of Impact
2.67
2.00
2.67
2.00
2.67
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Average
Note: Columns N-P are the assigned scores per group. Column Q represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus degree of impact score
Vegetable
Dominant Crop
Barangay
Barra
Table 3.4.4b Natural Resource based Production Areas, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
9.37
7.51
4.47
Informal Settlers
Informal Settlers
Taboc
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon General Residential Areas
Poblacion
Poblacion
Taboc
66%
31%
58%
26%
38%
100%
98%
88%
98%
449,998,931
241,184,827
405,678,850
505,674,413
232,378,046
7,061,199
5,186,952
19,660,107
329,027,781
Exposed Value
(PHP) 3
Low
Low
Moderate
High
High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Low
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
High
High
High
High
Moderate
Moderate
High
Moderate
High
High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
Very High
2
3
3
2
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1.00
1.33
1.00
3.00
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
Group 2 Group 3 Average
Group 1
Degree of Impact
Percentage of
No Access/Area
Percentage
Percentage of Structures Not
Coverage to
of Buildings
Employing
Buildings in
Infrastructurewith Walls
HazardDilapidated/
Related Hazard
with Light to
Resistant
Condemned
Mitigation
Salvageable
Building
Condition
Measures
Materials
Design
J
IMPACT
I
SENSITIVITY
Note: Columns L-N are the assigned scores per group. Column O represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus degree of impact score
8.33
4.30
0.20
0.15
0.55
Informal Settlers
Luyong Bonbon
9.29
Exposed
%
Area in
2
Exposure
Hectares 1
Informal Settlers
Land Use Category
EXPOSURE
Igpit
Barangay
Table 3.4.4c Urban Use Area, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
113
114
Elementary School
Day Care Center
Foot Bridge
Day Care Center
Health Center
Elementary School
Secondary School
Day Care Center
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
ONSTS
Senior Citizen
Temp. OCC School
Luyong Bonbon Elementary School
Day Care Center
Luyong Bonbon Day Care Center
Name
EXPOSURE
N/A
Storeys
100 sq meters
10.01 Hectares
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
4845 sq. meters
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
10000 sq meters
50 sq meters
Area
8 Classrooms
4 Bed Capacity
3 Tons
6 Classrooms
Capacity
(Classrooms
, Bed
Capacity,
Loading
Capacity)
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Wood
Concrete
Concrete
Good
Needs repair
Needs repair
Good
needs repair
Poor
Good
Poor
Needs minor
repair
Steel Centered
Cable Wire
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Poor/needs
major repair
Mixed
Poor/needs
major repair
No
No
Existing
Condition
Structure
Employing
Hazard
Resistant
Design
SENSITIVITY
needs repair
Wood
Mixed
Wall
Materials
Used
Note: Columns J-L are the assigned scores per group. Column M represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus degree of impact score
Type
Barangay
Bonbon
IMPACT
Degree of Impact
3
3
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
1.00
1.00
1.33
1.00
2.00
3.00
2.00
2.67
3.00
3.00
2.33
2.67
Table 3.4.4d Critical Point Facilities, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
0.2850
0.4670
0.2592
0.0388
0.1488
0.0554
0.1991
0.2700
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Provincial
road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barra Landless Road
Malingin Road
Luyong Bondon Access Road
Zone 1 Road
National highway to Zone 1 road
2,979,720
2,196,716
611,725
1,641,936
698,580
4,665,060
5,153,812
3,145,260
782,000
Value of
exposed
Lifeline3
Dirt Road
Concrete/
Gravel
Concrete
Concrete/
Gravel
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete/
Gravel
Concrete/
Gravel
Concrete
Surface Type
Poor
Needs Major
Repairs
Good
Needs Major
Repairs
Good
Needs Major
Repairs
Needs Major
Repairs
Needs Major
Repairs
Good
Existing
Condition
SENSITIVITY
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Hazard
Resistant
Design
H
IMPACT
Degree of Impact
2.67
2.33
1.00
2.00
1.00
3.00
3.00
2.67
1.00
Note: Columns I-K are the assigned scores per group. Column L represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus degree of impact score
0.0340
National
road
Exposed
length
Classi cation
(Linear
Kilometers)1
EXPOSURE
Metro Cagayan road
Name
Table 3.4.4e Lifeline Utilities, Degree of Impact Rating to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
115
Task 4.5 Evaluate the Adaptive Capacity

Evaluate the various adaptive capacities of the system being studied by referring to the
adaptive capacity indicators in the exposure database. These indicators of adaptive capacities
can describe whether the system is able to accommodate or cope with the impacts with very
minimal disruption or short to long term detrimental effects/impacts (refer to Table 3.4.5).
Similar to the step in assigning of degree of impact score, organize stakeholders and experts
to qualitatively assign the adaptive capacity score for each element exposed using the
suggested scoring system (refer to Table 3.4.5). Low adaptive capacities can be described as
systems/areas where the transformation/adaption process will be medium to long term and
far exceeds local capacities requiring national to international intervention. High adaptive
capacities are areas where transformation can be implemented on the short term where
the costs/resources, knowledge are within the capacities of the element exposed requiring
minimal intervention from the local government (refer to Tables 3.4.5a to 3.4.5e for sample
worktables).
Table 3.4.5 Adaptive Capacity Scores and Descriptions
Degree of
Adaptive Capacity
Low
Moderate
High
1Higher
116
Adaptive Capacity
Rating1
Description
The system is not exible to accommodate changes

in the climate. Addressing the impacts will be costly.
The LGU and property owners will require external
assistance to address the impacts.
Addressing the impacts will require signi cant cost

but it is still within the capacity of the system to
adapt to potential impacts. It can accommodate
within its resources the cost for adapting and
mitigating impacts.
The system is able to accommodate changes in

climate. There are adaptation measures in place to
address impacts.
adaptive capacity is given a low rating/score while lower adaptive capacities are given higher rating/score.
EXPOSURE
G
IMPACT
0.99
7.29
5.25
0.36
0.93
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
209
83
1,468
1,195
263
136
7.29%
2.48%
38.95%
12.42%
8.73%
1.04%
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
3.00
There is
willingness to
relocate
subject to
assistance
from the
local
government.
There is also
willingness to
retro t
existing
highly
vulnerable
structures
but may take
them
medium to
long-term.
Majority of
nonresidential
structures/
property
owners have
current
property
insurance
coverage or
have
capacities to
purchase
within the
short term.
Majority of
residential
structures do
not have
property
insurances
PhilHealth
Coverage
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Local
government
Alternative resources are
sites are still very limited
available
but funds for
within the
adaptation
municipality can be
which can
sourced from
accommodat the regional
e existing
and national
land uses if governments
needed
or through
public private
partnerships.
Majority of
nonresidential
structures
can conform
with added
zoning
regulations in
the medium
term.
Majority of
residential
structures
may have
dif culties
conforming
to the added
regulations
and may take
them,
medium to
long term.
Household
Financial
Government
Government
Capacities to Capacity to
Resources
Relocate or Generate Jobs
Retro t
Group 2
Group 3
2.67
2.67
1.67
3.00
3.00
3.00
Average
Group 1
Note: Columns R-V are the the adaptive capacity indicators in the exposure database
Columns W-Y are the assigned scores per group. Column Z represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus adaptive capacity score
0.54
Degree of Access to Post

Affected
Exposed
Exposure
Impact
Disaster
Area
3
Population Percentage
Score
Financing
(Hectares) 2
Barra
Barangay
Table 3.4.5a Population, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
117
118
EXPOSURE
0.93
1.51
1.63
0.18
2.31
25.90
12.91
61.35
2.13
8.47
Rice
Rice
Corn
Rice
Rice
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Malanang
Taboc
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Bonbon
90.11%
86.59%
95.38%
95.21%
84.45%
1.55%
0.01%
43.47%
0.54%
0.85%
11.73%
278,180
69,956
2,014,918
424,003
850,634
211,608
16,489
114,426
138,324
85,193
1,032,000
2.67
2.33
2.67
2.33
2.67
3.00
3.00
3.00
Available
government
resources are
not enough to
fund
infrastructure
related projects
2
3
3
Only 15% of
farming
families have
access to
alternative
livelihood
opportunities.
Current rate of
job creation in
the LGU is not
enough to
provide
adequate
opportunities
to farming
communities.
2.67
1.33
2.67
2.33
2.67
3.00
2.67
2.33
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
Alternative Government
Livelihood Resources
Approximatel
y 37% of
Only 37% of the
farming
Approximately farming families
families have
15% of
have access to
access to
farming
agricultural
early
families can
extension
warning
afford crop
services of the
systems
insurance.
local
(EWS)
Cost sharing
government.
related to
to cover key
However, the
agricultural
production
LGU has the
production.
areas with
capacity to
However,
crop insurance develop and
EWS can be
can be
fund programs
further
pursued by the on extension to
improved to
Local
cover the
cover the
Government. remaining
remaining
farming families.
farming
communities.
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
3.00
Early
Warning
Systems
Agricultural
Extension
Services of
the Local
Government
Access to
Insurance
3.00
Degree of
Impact
IMPACT
Note: Columns R-V are the the adaptive capacity indicators in the exposure database
Columns W-Y are the assigned scores per group. Column Z represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus adaptive capacity score
6.88
Vegetable
Taboc
Exposed
Exposure
Exposed
Dominant Crop
Area1
Percentage 2 Value (Php) 3
(Hectares)
Barra
Barangay
Table 3.4.5b Natural Resource based Production Areas, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
IMPACT
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
58% 405,678,850
31% 241,184,827
66% 449,998,931
7.51
4.47
8.33
1.00
1.33
1.33
3.00
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
There is
willingness
to relocate
subject to
assistance
from the
local
government.
There is also
willingness
to retro t
existing
highly
vulnerable
structures
but may
take them
medium to
long-term to
conform to
new
regulations
Majority of
nonresidential
structures/
property
owners
have current
property
insurance
coverage or
have
capacities to
purchase
within the
short term.
Majority of
residential
structures
do not have
property
insurances
Local
government
Alternative resources are
sites are still very limited
but funds for
available
adaptation
within the
municipality can be
sourced from
which can
accommodat the regional
and national
e existing
land uses if governments
or through
needed
public private
partnerships.
Majority of
nonresidential
structures can
conform with
added zoning
regulations in
the medium
term.
Majority of
residential
structures
may have
dif culties
conforming
with added
regulations
and may take
them medium
to long term.
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
1
3
Group 2
Group 3
3.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.33
3.00
3.00
3.00
Average
Group 1
Note: Columns P-T are the the adaptive capacity indicators in the exposure database
Columns U-W are the assigned scores per group. Column X represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus adaptive capacity score
Taboc
Poblacion
Luyong
Bonbon
26% 505,674,413
7,061,199
5,186,952
19,660,107
9.37
100%
98%
88%
98% 329,027,781
38% 232,378,046
0.20
Informal Settlers
Taboc
Igpit
4.30
0.15
Informal Settlers
Poblacion
General Residential
Areas
General Residential
Areas
General Residential
Areas
General Residential
Areas
General Residential
Areas
0.55
Informal Settlers
9.29
Luyong
Bonbon
Bonbon
Capacity
Local
and
government
willingness
Degree
capacity to
to retro t
Available
Exposed
Government
Insurance
of
%
Exposed Value
impose/
alternative
or
relocate
Area in
Resources
Coverage
Impact
Exposure
(PHP) 3
implement
sites
or conform
Hectares
Score
zoning
with new
regulations
regulations
Informal Settlers
Land Use Category
EXPOSURE
Igpit
Barangay
Table 3.4.5c Urban Use Areas, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
119
120
Health Center
Elementary School
Secondary School
Day Care Center
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
10000 sq meters
50 sq meters
Area
ONSTS
Senior Citizen
Temp. OCC School
100 sq meters
10.01 Hectares
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
Luyong Bonbon Elementary School 4845 sq. meters
Day Care Center
Bonbon Day Care Center
Name
EXPOSURE
3
3
1.00
1.00
1.33
1.00
2.00
3.00
2.00
2.67
3.00
3.00
3
For LGU owned buildings, the LGU
does not have available resources
for retro tting and relocation.
However, funds can be set aside for
such purposes but it may
Majority of the exposed
signi cantly affect the
critical points (i.e. schools,
implementation of other local
rural heath units, barangay
development programs and
health centers and local
projects. Majority of the schools are
governance buildings) are
either privately owned or managed
not covered by property
by the Regional DepEd. Funds for
damage insurance. Only
planned adaptation (i.e. retro tting
the Barra day care centers
and relocation) can be coursed
(1 and 2) are covered by
through the regional agencies with
property damage
possible counterpart funding from
insurance.
the LGU. Existing Bridges are
mainly under the jurisdiction of the
DPWH, retro tting or establishment
of new bridges may be coursed
through DPWH.
3.00
2.00
2.67
3.00
1.33
2.33
2.67
3.00
3.00
3.00
2.33
1.00
2.33
Available Local
Government Resources
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Insurance
Coverage
2.67
Degree of
Impact
IMPACT
Note: Columns N-O are the the adaptive capacity indicators in the exposure database
Columns P-R are the assigned scores per group. Column S represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus adaptive capacity score
Day Care Center
Igpit
Day Care Center
Bonbon
Foot Bridge
Elementary School
Bonbon
Igpit
Facility Type
Barangay
Bonbon
Table 3.4.5d Critical Point Facilities, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
0.29
0.47
0.04
0.15
0.06
0.20
0.27
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Provincial
road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barangay
Road
Barra Landless Road
Malingin Road
Luyong Bondon Access

Road
Poblacion to Limunda
road
Zone 1 Road
National highway to Zone

1 road
2,979,720
2,196,716
611,725
2,678,040
698,580
4,665,060
10,741,000
570,000
782,000
Value of
exposed
Lifeline3
2.67
2.33
1.00
2.00
1.00
3.00
3.00
2.67
1.00
Degree
of
Impact
IMPACT
Available Government
Resources
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.67
2.00
2.00
1.67
1.67
1.00
ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Local Government do not

have available resources
to fund road
improvements, and or
establishment of new
roads (barangay and
municipal). Regional
All existing roads do not
DPWH, however, has
have damage insurance
available nancial
coverage. Addressing
resources to fund national
damages are mostly done
road improvements or
through repairs using
retro tting within the
either local government
municipality but fund
fund resources or those
availability will depend on
funded by regional line
their current priorities.
agencies.
Also, LGU can impose
special levy taxes for
projects bene ting local
constituents but local
capacities may not be able
to pay the additional
taxes.
Insurance Coverage
Note: Columns M-N are the the adaptive capacity indicators in the exposure database
Columns O-Q are the assigned scores per group. Column R represents the average of group scores which will represent the consensus adaptive capacity score
0.26
0.03
Exposed
length
(Linear
Kilometers)1
National road
Classi catio
n
EXPOSURE
Metro Cagayan road
Name
Table 3.4.5e Lifeline Utilities, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
121
Task 4.6 Compute for the vulnerability index and finalize the CCVA summary
table
Compute for the vulnerability index by multiplying the Impact and Adaptive Capacity Scores
(refer to tables 3.4.6a-3.4.6e). Based on the computed vulnerability index, categorize
the index scores into categories presented in Table 3.4.6. The vulnerability category shall
indicate whether the vulnerability of the system is high or low. Areas with high vulnerability
can be described as areas where the expected impacts of the climate stimuli is high, due
to exposure and sensitivities, and the adaptive capacities are low to accommodate or cope
with the expected impacts. Systems with low vulnerability can be described as systems
where the impacts are considered high but adaptive capacities are also high.
Table 3.4.6 Vulnerability Index Scores

Degree of
Impact Score
Vulnerability
Vulnerability
Index Range
High
(1)
Moderate
(2)
Low
(3)
High (3)
High
>6-9
Moderate (2)
Moderate
>3-6
Low (1)
Low
Task 4.7 Prepare Vulnerability Assessment Maps

Prepare map/s indicating the level of vulnerability of the population, natural resource-based
production areas, urban use areas, critical point facilities, and lifeline utilities. These maps
shall facilitate the identification of areas which should be the subject of land use related
policy and program interventions. Sample output maps are presented below (refer to Figures
3.4.3a-e).
122
832'0"N
831'0"N
100
830'0"N
12434'0"E
Patag
Bonbon
Malanang
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
12435'0"E
Igpit
12436'0"E
Barra
Figure 3.4.3a Sample Population Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.25
Kilometers
1:18,028


Low
Moderate
Vulnerability
High
LEGEND
Map Sources:
0.5
POPULATION VULNERABILITY TO SEA LEVEL RISE
123
124
5.25
0.36
0.93
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
2Vulnerability
209
83
1,468
1,195
263
7.29%
2.48%
38.95%
12.42%
8.73%
3.00
3.00
1.67
2.67
2.00
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
AA
5.33
7.11
4.44
8.00
8.00
9.00
QxZ
Vulnerability
Index1
Index derived by multiplying the Degree of Impact Score (Column Q) and the Adaptive Capacity Score (Column Z)
categorized using the suggested vulnerability index ranges in Table 3.4.6
7.29
Igpit
1Vulnerability
0.99
1.04%
3.00
136
3.00
0.54
Bonbon
Barra
Adaptive Capacity
Score
Degree of
Impact Score
Exposure
Percentage
Exposed
Population 3
Affected Area
(Hectares) 2
Barangay
Table 3.4.6a Population Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Moderate
High
Moderate
High
High
High
Vulnerability
Category2
AB
102
832'0"N
831'0"N
12434'0"E
Patag
Bonbon
Malanang
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
12435'0"E
Igpit
12436'0"E
Barra
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.25
Kilometers
1:18,028

Vulnerability
High
Moderate
Low
LEGEND

Map Sources:
0.5

VULNERABILITY
Figure 3.4.3b Sample Natural Resource based Production Areas Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Figure 3.4.3b Sample Natural Resource based Production Areas Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise,
830'0"N
Figure 3.4.3b Sample Natural Resource based Production Areas Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Municipality of Opol
125
126
30.67
13.56
64.32
2.46
9.40
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Rice
Rice
Corn
Rice
Rice
Vegetable
8.47
2.13
61.35
12.91
25.90
2.31
0.18
1.63
1.51
0.93
6.88
90.11%
86.59%
95.38%
95.21%
84.45%
1.55%
0.01%
43.47%
0.54%
0.85%
11.73%
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
91,605.00
91,605.00
70,200.00
91,605.00
91,605.00
150,000.00
278,180
69,956
2,014,918
424,003
850,634
211,608
16,489
114,426
138,324
85,193
1,032,000
Index derived by multiplying the Degree of Impact Score (Column Q) and the Adaptive Capacity Score (Column Z)
149.28
3.75
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
281.75
Igpit
1,750.28
108.93
Bonbon
Malanang
58.66
1Vulnerability
Average
Area by
potential
Exposed
Exposure
Dominant
Exposed
income per
Dominant Crop Area1
2
Percentage
Crop
Value (Php) 3
(Hectares)
hectare per
(Hectares)
year (PHP)
Barra
Barangay
2.67
2.00
2.67
2.00
2.67
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
Degree of
Impact
2.67
1.33
2.67
2.33
2.67
3.00
2.67
2.33
3.00
3.00
3.00
Adaptive
Capacity
Score
AA
AB
High
High
High
High
High
High
High
Moderate
High
Low
High
9.00
9.00
9.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
7.11
4.67
7.11
2.67
7.11
QxZ
Vulnerability Vulnerability
Index1
Category
Table 3.4.6b Natural Resource based Production Areas Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
832'0"N
831'0"N
104
830'0"N
12434'0"E
Patag
Bonbon
Malanang
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
12435'0"E
Igpit
12436'0"E
Barra
Figure 3.4.3c Sample Urban Use Areas Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
0.5
0.5

Map Sources:
Vulnerbility
Low
Moderate
High
LEGEND
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.25
Kilometers
1:18,028

127
128
0.63
0.15
0.20
11.34
35.84
12.85
14.39
12.55
Informal Settlers
Informal Settlers
Informal Settlers
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
Bonbon
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Taboc
1Vulnerability
9.48
Informal Settlers
Igpit
66%
31%
58%
26%
38%
100%
98%
88%
98%
5,400
5,400
5,400
5,400
5,400
3,543
3,543
3,543
3,543
Replacement
% Exposure Cost per Sq.
Meter(PHP)
449,998,931
241,184,827
405,678,850
505,674,413
232,378,046
7,061,199
5,186,952
19,660,107
329,027,781
Exposed Value
(PHP) 3
Index derived by multiplying the Degree of Impact Score (Column O) and the Adaptive Capacity Score (Column X)
8.33
4.47
7.51
9.37
4.30
0.20
0.15
0.55
9.29
Exposed
Area in
Hectares
Area per land use

Category in
Hectares
Land Use Category
Barangay
1.00
1.33
1.00
3.00
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
Degree of
Impact
Score
Table 3.4.6c Urban Use Areas Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
Y
3.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.33
3.00
3.00
3.00
High
High
High
Moderate
High
High
Low
Low
Low
8.00
8.00
3.56
8.00
9.00
3.00
2.67
3.00
Vulnerability
Category
8.00
OxX
Adaptive
Vulnerability
Capacity
Index1
Score
832'0"N
831'0"N
106
830'0"N
12434'0"E
;
Y
Y
;;
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
0.5
Figure 3.4.3d Sample Critical Point Facilities Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
0.5

Map Sources:
Vulnerability
High
Moderate
Low
; Senior Citizen Building
LEGEND
Bridge
Y Day Care Center
Elementary School
Secondary School
Tertiary School
Health Center
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.25
Kilometers
1:18,028


VULNERABILITY
129
130
Day Care Center
Foot Bridge
Day Care Center
Health Center
Elementary School
Secondary School
Day Care Center
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
ONSTS
Senior Citizen
100 sq meters
10.01 Hectares
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
4845 sq. meters
Luyong Bonbon Elementary

School
Temp. OCC School
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
10000 sq meters
50 sq meters
Area
Day Care Center
Bonbon Day Care Center
Name
1.00
1.00
1.33
1.00
2.00
3.00
2.00
2.67
3.00
3.00
2.33
2.67
Degree of
Impact
Index derived by multiplying the Degree of Impact Score (Column M) and the Adaptive Capacity Score (Column S)
Elementary School
Bonbon
1Vulnerability
Facility Type
Barangay
Bonbon
3.00
2.00
2.67
3.00
1.33
2.33
2.67
3.00
3.00
3.00
2.33
1.00
Low
Low
2.00
3.00
High
7.00
Moderate
Moderate
5.33
3.56
High
8.01
Low
High
9.00
3.00
High
9.00
Low
Moderate
5.44
2.67
Low
Vulnerability
Category
2.67
MxS
Adaptive Capacity
Vulnerability Index1
Score
Table 3.4.6d Critical Points Facilities Vulnerability Coastal Impact Areas
832'0"N
831'0"N
108
830'0"N
12434'0"E
Patag
Bonbon
Malanang
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
12435'0"E
Igpit
12436'0"E
Barra
Figure 3.4.3e Sample Lifeline Utilities Vulnerability Map to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
0.5
0.5

Map Sources:
LEGEND
Vulnerability
High
Moderate
Low
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.25
Kilometers
1:18,028

LIFELINE UTILITIES VULNERABILITY
131
132
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Provincial road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
Malingin Road
Luyong Bondon Access Road
Zone 1 Road
National highway to Zone 1 road
11,036,000.00
23,000,000.00
11,036,000.00
11,036,000.00
18,000,000.00
18,000,000.00
11,036,000.00
11,036,000.00
23,000,000.00
0.2700
0.1991
0.0554
0.1488
0.0388
0.2592
0.4670
0.2850
0.0340
782,000
2,979,720
4,578,150
611,725
1,641,936
698,580
4,665,060
5,153,812
3,145,260
Index derived by multiplying the Degree of Impact Score (Column L) and the Adaptive Capacity Score (Column R)
Barangay Road
Barra Landless Road
1Vulnerability
National road
Value of
exposed
Lifeline
Exposed
length (Linear
Kilometer)
Replacement Cost
per linear Kilometer
Road
Classi cation
Name
Metro Cagayan road
2.67
2.33
1.00
2.00
1.00
3.00
3.00
2.67
1.00
Degree of
Impact
Table 3.4.6e Lifeline Utilities Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol
S
2.67
3.00
2.33
3.00
1.67
2.33
2.67
2.67
1.00
7.11
7.00
2.33
6.00
1.67
7.00
8.00
7.11
1.00
LxR
High
High
Low
Moderate
Low
High
High
High
Low
Adaptive
Vulnerability Vulnerability
Capacity
Index1
Category2
Score
Task 4.8 Identify the Decision Areas and prepare a summary CCVA issues ]
matrix
Sub-task 4.8.1 Identify Decision Areas
Based on the vulnerability maps generated for the various exposure units, highlight and
identify decision areas or elements. Decision areas can be a specific site in the locality or
an area cluster (i.e coastal areas). The derived level of vulnerability can be used to identify
decision areas. These can be enumerated in column A (Tables 3.4.7)
Sub-task 4.8.2 Enumerate technical findings
The technical findings can be derived from the working tables prepared in the previous steps.
List down the significant findings by describing the area or element in terms of the level of
vulnerability, highlighting the various contributing factors such as exposure, sensitivity, and
adaptive capacity in column B.
Sub-task 4.8.3. Enumerate the Implications
List down the planning/development implications when the identified vulnerabilities in the
various decision areas are not addressed in column C. These can be derived from the impact
chain analysis and summary sectoral impact table.
Table 3.4.7 Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix
Decision Area/s
Technical Findings
Implications
Highlight potential
impacts as mentioned in
the sectoral impact
chains;
Identify the various

climate change
adaptation and
mitigation measures to
reduce vulnerabilities to
acceptable and tolerable
levels;
Identify decision
areas in need of
intervention based
on the vulnerability
maps;
This can be identi ed
as high to moderate
vulnerable areas or
may pertain to a
speci c area in the
barangay;
Identify the climate stimuli and

how these may manifest in the
identi ed decision area;
Expound on the exposure
information (i.e. number of

affected population, exposure
percentage, exposed area and
cost);
Highlight future scenario
if vulnerabilities are not

addressed;
Identify future needs
Highlight relevant sensitivities of
the exposed element to the

identi ed climate stimulus;
with emphasis on the

spatial framework plan
of the municipality/city;
Highlight relevant adaptive
capacity indicators of the

exposed element to the
identi ed climate stimuli;
133
Sub-task 4.8.4 Evaluate Vulnerability and identify Policy Interventions to

reduce vulnerabilities
The various policy interventions to be identified should seek to reduce the level of vulnerability
by addressing the exposure, sensitivity, with consideration to the current adaptive capacities.
LGUs should be guided by the acceptability ratings and disaster threshold levels to ensure
that identified land use policy and strategy decisions will contribute to the treatment of
potential impacts that are within acceptable or tolerable levels in the long term (refer to
table 3.4.8). Sample CCVA summary matrixes are presented in Tables 3.4.9a-3.4.9e.
134
Table 3.4.8 Disaster Thresholds and acceptability rating per exposure type
Disaster Thresholds/Exposure Unit
Acceptability
Rating
Population
20% of the
population are
Highly
affected and in need
1
Unacceptable of immediate
assistance
Highly
Intolerable
Tolerable
Acceptable
Critical Point
Facilities
Lifeline Utilities
Damages lead to the

disruption of services
lasting one week or
more
Disruption of service
lasting one week or
more for
municipalities and
one day for highly
urbanized areas
Disruption of services
lasting three days to
less than a week
lasting approximately
ve days for
municipalities and
less than 18 hours
for highly urbanized
areas
lasting for one day to
less than three days
three days for
municipalities and
less than six hours for
highly urbanized
areas
lasting less than one
day
one day for
municipalities and
highly urbanized
areas
Natural Resource
Urban Use Areas
Production Areas
40% of
exposed production
areas/means of
livelihood such as
shponds, crops,
and other
agricultural/forest
products are severely
damaged
>10 - <20% of
affected population
in need of immediate
assistance
20-<40% of exposed
production areas/
means of livelihood
such as shponds,
crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest
damaged
>5%-10% of
affected population
assistance
5-<20% of exposed
production areas/
means of livelihood
such as shponds,
crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest
damaged
5% of the affected
population in need of
immediate
assistance.
5% of exposed
production areas/
means of livelihood
such as shponds,
crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest
damaged
40% of nonresidential structures

are severely damaged
20% of residential
structures are
severely damaged
>20 to <40% of
non-residential
structures are
severely damaged
>10-20% residential
structures are
severely damaged
>10 to 20% nonresidential structures

>5 to10% of
residential structures

5% of residential
structures are
severely damaged
1Disaster threshold percentages based on the criteria of declaring a state of calamity, NDCC Memo
no. 4, series of 1998.
135
Table 3.4.9a Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Population,
Sea Level Rise
Decision
Area/s
Technical Findings
Implications
Potential submergence of lowlying settlement areas and

reduction in available lands for
residential uses (Impact);
Identi cation of new residential

areas to accommodate the
relocation of approximately
1,195 individuals;
Exposure may increase in the

future due to natural population
growth and uncontrolled
growth of informal settlers;
Seek assistance from NGAs in

the provision of housing for low
income families;
Igpit
High population vulnerability to a 1meter SLR

Approximately 7,29 hectares of
residential areas and 1,195 individuals
exposed (Exposure);
High number of exposed elements
located adjacent to coastal areas are
made from light to salvageable
materials (Sensitivity);
Around 27% of individuals living below
the poverty threshold;
Majority are considered informal settlers
with no security of tenure (Sensitivity);
Low awareness among inhabitants
regarding the potential impacts of
climate change and SLR (Sensitivity);
No available government resources to
pursue mitigation-related infrastructure
and relocation (Adaptive Capacity);
Luyong
Bonbon
Establishment of early warning

systems and contingency plans
for coastal-related hazards (i.e.
coastal ooding and storm
surges)
Potential submergence of lowlying settlement areas and

reduction in available lands for
residential uses (Impact);
Majority are considered informal settlers

with no security of tenure (Sensitivity);
Low awareness among inhabitants
regarding the potential impacts of
climate change and SLR (Sensitivity);
No available government resources to
pursue mitigation-related infrastructure
and relocation (Adaptive Capacity);
Inhabitants are willing to be relocated
into safer areas if government provides
assistance (Adaptive Capacity);
Rehabilitate wetlands and

mangrove areas;
Reduction in available lands for

residential uses;
Moderate population vulnerability to a

1-meter SLR
42% of individuals are below the

poverty threshold (Sensitivity);
Reclassify areas to protection or

open space type land uses
Provide alternative livelihood

opportunities for families below
Retaining residential areas may

be too costly to manage and
mitigate in the long term;
Around 10% of exposed elements are

made from light to salvageable
materials (Sensitivity);
Disallow further upgrading of

residential areas in the impact
areas;
Redirection of government
resources for disaster response,
reconstruction/rehabilitation;
Inhabitants are willing to be relocated

into safer areas if government provides
assistance (Adaptive Capacity);
Approximately 5.25 hectares of

residential areas and 1,468 individuals
exposed (Exposure);
136
Increase in mean sea level may

change coastal tidal patterns
and magnitude of sudden onset
hazards affecting coastal areas
(i.e. storm surges and coastal
ooding) and affect residential
structures and its inhabitants;
Exposure may increase in the

future due to natural population
growth and uncontrolled
growth of informal settlers;
change coastal tidal patterns
and magnitude of sudden onset
hazards affecting coastal areas
(i.e. storm surges and coastal
ooding) and affect residential
structures and its inhabitants;
Redirection of government
resources for disaster response,
reconstruction/rehabilitation;
Retaining residential areas may
be too costly to manage and
mitigate in the long term;
Identi cation of new residential

areas to accommodate the
relocation of approximately
1,468 individuals and to seek
assistance from NGAs in the
provision of housing for low
income families;
Rehabilitate impact areas
through wetlands and
mangrove restoration or set
aside for production land uses;
Disallow further upgrading of
residential areas in the impact
areas;
Provide alternative livelihood
opportunities for families below
Reclassify areas to protection or
open space type land uses
systems and contingency plans
for coastal-related hazards (i.e.
coastal ooding and storm
surges);
Table 3.4.9b Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Natural Resource
Production Areas, Sea Level Rise
Decision
Area/s
Technical Findings
Implications
Barra
High agricultural crop vulnerability to 1meter SLR;

Approximately 6.88 hectares or 1.032M
value of vegetable crop production areas
exposed (Exposure) ;
Area with no access to hazard information
and SLR mitigation infrastructure coverage
(Sensitivity);
Low awareness among inhabitants regarding
the potential impacts of climate change and
SLR to crop production, all farming families
did not attend climate eld school and
practices climate resilient/sustainable
production techniques (Sensitivity);
Majority of farmers cannot afford crop
insurance (Adaptive Capacity);
Local government can provide agricultural
extension services (Adaptive Capacity);
Limited alternative livelihood opportunities
(Adaptive Capacity);
Permanent submergence of
crop production areas and
reduction in available areas
for crop production;
Potential reduction in
vegetable crop volume
output/yield and municipal
food suf ciency;
Detrimental effect on the
socio-economic wellbeing of
farming dependent families;
The need to anticipate the
reduction of available
production areas and
production yield;
Reduction in total by
identifying new production
areas for vegetable
production (6.88 hectares);
High inland sheries vulnerability to 1-meter

SLR;
Approximately 61.35 hectares or 2.00M
value of sheries production areas exposed,
representing 95% of total inland sheries
production area of the barangay (Exposure);
Absence of SLR mitigation infrastructure
(Sensitivity);
Absence of sustainable/adaptation sheries
production techniques (Sensitivity)
Limited alternative livelihood opportunities
Limited government resources (Adaptive
Capacity);
Local government can provide extension
services for sheries (Adaptive Capacity);
Identify other natural resource

production areas or tap other
resource areas within the
municipality to provide
alternative livelihood to
potentially affected farming
families;
Maintain existing areas for
production land use and
employ an incremental
adaptation approach to ensure
sustained productivity,
encourage the application of
climate smart production
techniques;
Provide extension services with
emphasis on utilizing area for
sheries production given the
potential changes in the
ecology of the area due to SLR;
A third of the farming communities have

access to EWS for agricultural production
Igpit
Allocation of additional 6.88

hectares of crop production
areas to anticipate potential
losses due to permanent
submersion;
inland sheries production
areas or damage to sh
plots/cages for freshwater
sh production;
Economic losses of inland
sheries dependent families;
Need to shift to sea water/
brackish water-based sh
production;
Reduction of 61.35 hectares
of sh production areas and
potential loss of income;
Provision of alternative
livelihood or utilizing other
resources for agriculture
production for potentially
affected families;
Shift to sustainable sheries

production consistent with
mangrove and wetland type
habitats;
Identify other natural resource
production areas to provide
alternative livelihood to
potentially affected farming
families;
Maintain existing areas for
sheries production and employ
an incremental adaptation
approach to ensure sustained
productivity,
Provide extension services with
emphasis on utilizing area for
sheries production given the
potential changes in the
ecology of the area due to SLR;
137
Table 3.4.9c Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Urban Use Areas,
Sea Level Rise
Decision
Area/s
Technical Findings
Implications
Igpit Informal
settler
areas
9.29 hectares or 98% of

informal settler areas exposed in
the barangay;
Permanent submergence and

possible isolation of informal
settler families;
High proportion of buildings with

light and salvageable materials
(Exposure);
Retaining informal settler areas

will be costly to manage and
maintain;
High proportion of buildings

which are dilapidated in
condition (Exposure);

change tidal patterns and
magnitude of sudden onset
hazards (i.e. coastal ooding,
storm surges) affecting
structures;
High proportion of structures not

employing SLR mitigation design
(Sensitivity);
Willingness to relocate among
informal settler families
Alternative sites can be identi ed
by the local government, ability
of the LGU to seek assistance
from other agencies and private
entities for the provision of
housing (Adaptive Capacity);
4.30 hectares of residential areas

exposed to 1 meter SLR
representing 38% of the
residential areas in the barangay
(Exposure);
High proportion of buildings with
light to salvageable materials
and no protection infrastructure
coverage (Sensitivity);
Bonbon residential
areas
Majority of structures do not

have property insurance (or the
capacity to afford) (Adaptive
Capacity);
Alternative sites can be identi ed
by the local government, ability
of the LGU to seek assistance
from other agencies and private
entities for the provision of
housing (Adaptive Capacity);
There is willingness to relocate if
provided assistance by the
government (Adaptive Capacity);
138
There is an immediate need to

identify relocation sites to
accommodate informal settler
families;
Manage retreat of informal

settler areas by 2025
Designating areas for wetland
and mangrove restoration;
Encourage sustainable resource
production activities within the
area;
Provision of alternative
livelihood to potentially affected
families;
Identi cation of 9.29 hectares of
residential areas to
accommodate displaced families;
Establish EWS and formulation
of contingency plans to prevent
fatalities and injuries due to
potential changes in tidal
pattern during sudden onset
hazards;
residential areas;
Manage retreat of residential

areas by 2025;
Potential backlog of 4.30

hectares of residential areas;
Reclassify areas for protection

land uses;
Need to identify residential

sites to accommodate existing
families;
Encourage sustainable resource

production activities;
Establishing, upgrading and

maintaining access/utility
systems may be costly in the
long term;
change tidal patterns and
magnitude of sudden onset
hazards (i.e. coastal ooding,
storm surges) affecting
structures;
Land swapping for legitimate

land owners;
Provision of tax incentives to
encourage managed retreat and
relocation;
Establish EWS and formulation
of contingency plans to prevent
fatalities and injuries due to
potential changes in tidal
pattern during sudden onset
hazards;
structural mitigation of
buildings and construction of
sea walls will be very costly;
Table 3.4.9d Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Critical Point
Facilities, Sea Level Rise
Decision
Area/s
Technical Findings
Implications
Luyong
Bonbon
Health
Center
75 sq. meters exposed to SLR

(Exposure);
Potential submergence of the

facility due to SLR;
Building considered mixed wood

and concrete (Sensitivity);
Potential reduction in the quality

provision of health services in the
barangay;
Structure does not employ

hazard mitigation design
(Sensitivity);
No property insurance coverage
Relocating the health center will

be a better strategy in the longterm compared to rehabilitation/
retro tting;
LGU will have available funds to

establish new health centers in
the future (Adaptive Capacity);
There is a need to identify an

additional 75 sq. meters for the
relocation of the facility;
Retain facility but discourage

further expansion and
improvement;
Construction of additional health
centers in safer areas to
anticipate potential disruption or
reduction in service capacity for
health related services;
Surrounding areas accessing the

facility will also be submerged
due to SLR making it dif cult and
expensive to maintain/ensure
accessibility;
Igpit
Day
Care
Center
50 sq. meters exposed to SLR

(Exposure);
Potential submergence of the

facility due to SLR;
Building is concrete but in poor

condition (Sensitivity);
Potential reduction in the quality

provision of social welfare
services in the barangay;
Structure does not employ

hazard mitigation design
(Sensitivity);
establish new day care centers in
future (Adaptive Capacity);
Relocating the facility will be a

better strategy in the long-term
compared to rehabilitation/
retro tting;
Retain facility but discourage

further expansion and
improvement;
Construction of additional social
welfare buildings to cater to
senior citizens in safer areas to
anticipate potential disruption or
reduction in service capacity.
Surrounding areas accessing the

facility will also be submerged
due to SLR making it dif cult and
expensive to maintain/ensure
accessibility;
139
Table 3.4.9e Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix for Lifeline Utilities,
Sea Level Rise
Decision
Area/s
Technical Findings
Implications
Approximately 467 meters

exposed and the primary
transportation access of
informal settler families along
the Igpit coastal area
(Exposure);
Malingin
Road
Currently dirt road and poorly

maintained (Sensitivity);
No other alternative access
systems leading to the area
(Sensitivity);
Luyong
Bonbon
Road
Minimal upgrading of the

Malingin Road;
Isolation of communities during

extreme weather events (i.e.
coastal ooding, storm surges)
Strategic location of new roads

to limit access and discourage
further settlement growth in SLR
impact areas;
Upgrading and maintenance will

be very costly in the long term;
Further upgrading of transport
system may lead to unregulated
growth of informal settlements
in the Malingin Area;
Government resources are

limited (Adaptive Capacity);
Cost for upgrading can be used

for other priority transportation
systems;
Approximately 260 meters of

barangay road exposed
(Exposure);
Potential isolation of certain

areas of Luyong Bonbon
residential areas;
Only access system connecting

the settlement areas of Luyong
bonbon to the national road
(Exposure);
There is a need to establish

redundant transportation
system/s to link Luyong Bonbon
and the Poblacion further west
(parallel to the national road);
Currently concrete but in poor

condition and in need of major
repairs (Exposure);
No other alternative access
systems leading to the area
(Sensitivity);
Government resources are
limited (Adaptive Capacity);
140
transportation access system;
Linkage systems should also be

established for the purposes of
evacuation in the event of
sudden onset hazards such as
storm surges or coastal ooding;
Provide EWS and contingency

plans to minimize potential
isolation and encourage preemptive evacuation due to
sudden onset hazards;
Minimal upgrading of the Luyong

Bonbon Road to discourage
further settlement growth in the
area;
Strategic construction of
redundant systems to redirect
urban growth in relatively safer
areas in coordination with
regional line agencies;
Provide EWS and contingency
plans to minimize potential
isolation and encourage preemptive evacuation due to
sudden onset hazards;
Step 5. Disaster Risk Assessment (DRA)

Objectives
To determine the risk areas
To be able to analyze adaptive capacities of identified risk areas
Outputs
DRA summary decision areas and issues matrix
Risk maps
Process
Task 5.1 Assign the likelihood of occurrence
Task 5.2 Determine Exposed Elements
Task 5.3 Consequence Analysis
Task 5.4 Risk Estimation
Task 5.5 Analyze Adaptive Capacities
Task 5.6 Identify the Decision Areas and prepare a summary Disaster
Risk Assessment Matrix
Task 5.7 Identify Policy Interventions to reduce risks to acceptable levels
Task 5.1 Assign the likelihood of occurrence

The likelihood of the hazard is an estimate of the period of time a hazard event is likely to
repeat itself, expressed in years. For simplification purposes, and when certainty is hard to
determine from records, this may be estimated by the likely occurrence of the natural event.
This broadly defines a return period of a hazard. Knowing the time interval for a hazard
event to occur again is important because it gives an idea on how often a threat from a
hazard may be expected.
From the hazard inventory matrix prepared in Step 2, assign an indicative likelihood
occurrence score relative to the recurrence period of the hazard. Table 3.5.1a below provides a
description of the likelihood, the corresponding return period in years, and the corresponding
score. The ranges describe an ordered but descriptive scale which can be assigned to real or
assumed hydro-meteorological or geophysical events. The likelihood score ranges from 1 to
6. A score of 1 is given to very rare events (>200-300 or more years; for example, volcanic
eruptions, very strong ground shaking) while a score of 6 is given to frequently recurring or
very likely recurring hazards (every 1 to 3 years; for example, recurring floods). The higher
the likelihood of occurrence score, the more frequent the hazard may occur.
141
Table 3.5.1a Indicative Likelihood of Occurrence Scores
Measure of Likelihood
Return Period in Years
Likelihood Score
Frequent
Every 1-3 years
Moderate
Every >3-10 years
Occasional
Every >10-30 years
Improbable
Every >30-100 years
Rare event
Every >100-200 years
Every >200 years
Very rare event
When preparing the hazard maps, the attribute information can contain the estimated
flood depth/s and likelihood of occurrence per susceptibility area. Additional columns can
be added to accommodate field observations/data on the flood duration, flow velocity, and
speed of onset (i.e. slow, sudden). The additional hazard information should provide a more
comprehensive description of the hazard which shall be considered in the succeeding steps
(i.e. consequence analysis and risk estimation). Similar Tables can be prepared for other
hazards (refer to Table 3.5.1b).
Table 3.5.1b Sample Flood Hazard Inventory, Municipality of Opol
Estimated Flood
Depth
Likelihood of Occurrence
Likelihood of
Occurrence Score
High
1 meter
One meter ood in the area will be equaled

or exceeded every 10 to 30 years considered
occasional in likelihood
Moderate to Low
<1 meter
Flood depth of <1 meter are triggered by

Rare Event of >100-200 years
Flood Susceptibility
142
Task 5.2 Determine the extent/number of exposed elements

Determining exposure involves the estimation of the number of affected individuals,
structures or the extent of area located within hazard-susceptible areas. This can be done by
overlaying the hazard and the population exposure map. Based on the map overlaying, the
estimated exposed elements can be computed and summarized, including the vulnerability
attributes of the elements exposed. These vulnerability attributes will be the basis for
estimating the severity of consequence in succeeding tasks. Note that all hazard information
(such as susceptibility level, flood depths, and likelihood of occurrence are included in the
processed exposure table).
Sub-task 5.2.1 Determine Population Exposure
Overlay the population exposure map with the hazard map. The map overlying will determine
the extent of area exposed per hazard susceptibility, where the number of exposed individuals
can be computed. Determining exposure can be facilitated using GIS or overlay mapping
using paper maps and transparencies (refer to Figure 3.5.1a). The overlying will append
the information from the hazard map which contains the hazard descriptors (i.e. flood
susceptibility, flood depths, likelihood of occurrence) to the population exposure database
map and table.
Compute for the residential area to population density by dividing the total
barangay population with the total estimated residential areas (Column G);
Estimate the flooded areas per barangay, per susceptibility level in hectares
(Column H);
Compute for the affected population by multiplying the estimated flooded area by
the residential area to population density (Column I);
Determine the exposure percentage of affected population, relative to the total
barangay population by dividing the affected population and the total barangay
population (Column J);
A sample computation of exposure is presented below (refer to Table 3.5.2a).
143
Figure 3.5.1a Sample Population Flood Exposure Mapping
144
MLSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
Igpit
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Malanang
Malanang
Poblacion
Poblacion
Taboc
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
2,918
3,690
3,690
3,593
3,593
3,491
3,491
10,123
10,123
2,698
2,698
14,334
14,334
63.68
58.28
58.28
102.07
102.07
28.09
28.09
252.20
252.20
17.18
17.18
185.26
185.26
EXPOSURE
E/F
45.82
63.32
63.32
35.20
35.20
124.28
124.28
40.14
40.14
157.04
157.04
77.37
77.37
40.63
0.28
68.28
13.77
26.19
0.68
56.95
175.02
2.29
10.02
92.43
88.38
Residential Area
Affected
to Population
Area
Density (Persons/
2
(Hectares)
Hectare)1
GxH
2,572
18
2,404
485
3,254
85
2,286
7,025
360
1,573
7,152
6,838
Exposed
Population 3
1,475
HSA
Bonbon
<1 meter
1 meter
Estimated
Residential
Area
(Hectares)
Taboc
MLSA
2
<1 meter
2,918
63.68
45.82
32.19
1Residential Area Population Density derived by dividing the estimated population and residential areas.
2 Estimated exposed areas expressed in hectares are GIS derived.
3 Estimated affected population derived from multiplying the exposed areas by the estimated Residential area to population Density.
MLSA
Bonbon
Barangay
Population
1,443
MLSA
Barra
Likelihood
of
Flood depth
Occurrence
Score
31.49
HSA
Flood
Susceptibility
HAZARD
Barra
Barangay
Table 3.5.2a Sample Population Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol
50.55%
49.45%
69.71%
0.49%
66.90%
13.49%
93.22%
2.42%
22.58%
69.40%
13.35%
58.30%
49.89%
47.71%
I/E
Exposure
Percentage
145
Sub-task 5.2.2 Determine Natural Resource-based Production Area Exposure

Similar to population exposure, overlay the natural resource production area exposure map
prepared in Step 3. The hazard map will be used to determine the extent of area exposure per
hazard susceptibility by type of natural resource production area (refer to Figure 3.5.1b). Based
on the map overlaying, the estimated exposed elements can be computed and summarized,
including the vulnerability attributes of the elements exposed. These vulnerability attributes
will be the bases for estimating the severity of consequence in succeeding tasks. Note that
all hazard information such as susceptibility level, flood depths, and likelihood of occurrence
are embedded in the exposure table.
Estimate the flooded natural resource-based production areas per barangay, per
susceptibility level in hectares (Column G);
Determine the exposure percentage of exposed natural resource production area
relative to the total barangay allocation by dividing the exposed area and the
barangay area allocation by dominant crop (Column H);
estimated average annual output per hectare (Column I);
146
Figure 3.5.1b Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Flood Exposure Mapping
147
148
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
Barra
Barra
Barra
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
281.75
281.75
281.75
281.75
108.93
108.93
30.67
30.67
58.66
58.66
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
rice
rice
rice
rice
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
vegetable
vegetable
Area by
Flood Depth
Dominant
Dominant Crop
Crop (Hectares)
3 Estimated affected value derived by multiplying average output per hectare with the affected area.
HSA
Flood
Susceptibility
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Score
HAZARD
Barra
Barangay
0.62
73.63
170.53
51.03
15.60
4.86
5.09
26.20
28.58
29.83
0.22%
26.13%
60.53%
18.11%
14.32%
4.46%
16.61%
85.44%
48.72%
50.85%
G/E
Exposure
Percentage 2
EXPOSURE
Exposed Area1
(Hectares)
32,843
32,843
91,605
91,605
91,605
91,605
32,843
32,843
150,000
150,000
Average
potential
income per
hectare per
year (PHP)
Table Table 3 .5.2 b Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol
20,256
2,418,276
15,621,401
4,674,603
1,429,038
445,200
167,302
860,605
4,287,000
4,474,500
GxI
Exposed Value
(Php) 3
Sub-task 5.2.3 Determine Urban Use Area Exposure

Overlay the urban use area exposure map prepared in Step 3 with the hazard map to
determine the extent of area exposure per hazard susceptibility by type of land use category.
Based on the map overlaying, the estimated exposed area can be determined including other
exposure statistics, and summarized, including the vulnerability attributes of the elements
exposed (refer to Figure 3.5.1c).
Proceed and compute for the estimated exposed area and value, including the exposure
percentage:
Estimate the flooded urban areas per barangay, per susceptibility level in hectares
(Column H);
Determine the exposure percentage of exposed urban use area relative to the
total barangay allocation by dividing the affected area and the urban use area
allocation (Column I);
estimated replacement cost per square meter, multiplied by 10,000 (Column K);
Sample computation is presented below (refer to Table 3.2.1c).
149
Figure
3.5.1c
Sample
UrbanUse
UseAreas
AreasFlood
Flood Exposure
Exposure Mapping
Figure
3.5.1c
Sample
Urban
Mapping
150
HSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
Expected
Flood Depth
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Score
3.06
24.16
Residential Areas Socialized Housing
27.79
3.32
Light Industries
Residential Areas
Commercial
7.20
24.16
Residential Areas Socialized Housing
27.79
3.32
3.06
Tourism Areas
15.08
1.74
10.38
1.57
7.20
9.08
1.32
17.24
1.69
H/G
62%
57%
37%
47%
100%
38%
43%
62%
51%
Exposure
Percentage2
EXPOSURE
Area per
land use Exposed Area
description in Hectares 1
in Hectares
Light Industries
Residential
Commercial
Land Use Category

(Speci c Use)
3 Estimated exposed value derived by multiplying replacement cost per square meter and the estimated exposed area in hectares multiplied
by 10000 (one hectare = 10000 sq. meters).
HSA
Barangay
Barra
Flood
Susceptibility
HAZARD
5,400
8,672
5,400
8,672
8,672
5,400
8,672
5,400
8,672
Replacement
Cost per Sq.
Meter(PHP)
Table 3.5.2c Sample Urban Use Areas Flood Exposure Estimation, Barangay Barra, Municipality of Opol
814,262,696
150,895,062
560,480,556
136,152,441
624,393,360
490,285,496
114,472,116
930,894,488
146,558,997
HxJx10000
Exposed Value
(PHP) 3
151
SUPPLEMENTAL
GUIDELINES ONCritical
MAINSTREAMING
CLIMATE
CHANGE ANDExposure
DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN
Sub-task 5.2.4
Determine
Point
Facility
Sub-task the
5.2.4
Determine
Facility
Exposure
Overlay
critical
pointCritical
facilityPoint
exposure
map
prepared in Step 3 with the hazard map to
determine the hazard susceptibility of each critical point facility. Based on the map overlaying,
Overlay the critical point facility exposure map prepared in Step 3 with the hazard map to determine the
the
estimated exposed area can be computed and summarized, including the vulnerability
hazard susceptibility of each critical point facility. Based on the map overlaying, the estimated exposed area
attributes
of theand
elements
exposed
(refer
Figure 3.5.1d
andofTable
3.5.2d).exposed (refer to
can be computed
summarized,
including
the to
vulnerability
attributes
the elements
Figure 3.5.1d and Table 3.5.2d).
Figure 3.5.1d Sample Critical Point Facilities Flood Exposure Mapping
Figure 3.5.1d Sample Critical Point Facilities Flood Exposure Mapping
152
128

HSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
Barra
Barra
Bonbon
Bonbon
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
Luyong Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Poblacion
Poblacion
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
Likelihood
Flood
of
Expected
Susceptibility Occurrence Flood Depth
Score
HAZARD
Barra
Barangay
Bridge
Day Care Center
Rural Health Center
Municipal Hall
Municipal Legislative Building
Day Care Center
Health Center
Day Care Center
Elementary School
Foot Bridge
Day Care Center
Elementary School
Health Center
Bridge
Elementary School
Health Center
Facility Type
EXPOSURE
N/A
N/A
N/A
Storey
N/A
100 sq meters
150 sq meters
50 sq meters
400 sq meters
250 sq.meters
50 sq meters
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
23986 sq. meters
N/A
50 sq meters
10000 sq meters
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
N/A
6404 sq. meters
75 sq. meters
Exposed Area
Table 3.5.2d Sample Critical Point Facilities Flood Exposure, Municipality of Opol
15 Tons
6 Bed Capacity
4 Bed Capacity
8 Classrooms
3 Tons
6 Classrooms
4 Bed Capacity
20 Tons
15 Classrooms
4 Bed Capacity
Number of
Classrooms/Rooms/
Bed Capacity
153

Lifeline utilities cover the transportation, water distribution, drainage, and power distribution
networks. These are also important municipal/city assets which should be assessed to ensure
the delivery of lifeline-related services (refer to Figure 3.5.1e). Exposure can be expressed
in the linear kilometers exposed, and the construction cost or replacement values. At the
minimum, LGUs can limit exposure to major or significant access/distribution networks.
Estimate the exposed length per segment, per susceptibility level in kilometers
(Column G);
Determine the exposure percentage of exposed length relative to the total length
of the segment (Column H);
Compute for the exposed value by multiplying the estimated exposed segment
with the estimated replacement cost per linear kilometer (Column J);
Sample computation is presented below (refer to table 3.5.2e).
154
SUPPLEMENTAL
GUIDELINES
ON MAINSTREAMING
CHANGE
DISASTER
RISKS IN LAND
THE COMPREHENSIVE
LAND USE PLAN
SUPPLEMENTAL
GUIDELINES ON
MAINSTREAMING
CLIMATE CHANGECLIMATE
AND DISASTER
RISKSAND
IN THE
COMPREHENSIVE
USE PLAN
Figure 3.5.1e Sample Lifeline Utilities Flood Exposure Mapping
Figure 3.5.1e Sample Lifeline Utilities Flood Exposure Mapping
130
155
156
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
Metro Cagayan road
Metro Cagayan road
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
Expected
Flood Depth
G
EXPOSURE
National road
National road
National road
National road
Provincial road
Provincial road
Barangay Road
Barangay Road
5.40
5.40
3.08
3.08
5.40
5.40
3.73
3.73
2.84
2.84
3.29
2.10
0.92
2.11
2.81
1.66
1.64
1.62
0.29
2.55
60.9%
38.9%
29.8%
68.4%
52.1%
30.8%
43.9%
43.5%
10.1%
89.9%
G/C
N/A
N/A
23,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
18,000,000
18,000,000
11,036,000
11,036,000
Exposed
Exposure Replacement
Classi cation Length (Km.) length (Linear
2
Percentage
Cost
Kilometers)1
Estimated exposed lifelines expressed in linear kilometers are GIS derived.

% Exposure derived by dividing the exposed segment length with the total segment length.
3 Estimated affected value derived by multiplying replacement cost per linear kilometer and affected linear distance.
MLSA
National highway
MLSA
4
HSA
HSA
HSA
National highway
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Score
HAZARD
MLSA
Flood
Susceptibility
Name
National highway to Pag-Ibig

Citi Homes
National highway to Pag-Ibig
Citi Homes
National highway to Narulang
road
National highway to Narulang
road
Table 3 .5.2e Sample Lifeline Utilities Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol
N/A
N/A
21,107,100
48,424,200
64,692,100
38,288,100
29,469,600
29,165,400
3,180,575
28,192,566
G*I
Value of
exposed
Lifeline3
Task 5.3 Consequence Analysis

Assigning the severity of consequence score shall be based on expected magnitude
of the hazard (hazard characterization), the extent of exposure (determined through
hazard exposure mapping), and the vulnerabilities of the exposed elements (compiled in
the exposure database), the combination of which will be the basis for determining the
severity of consequence rating (refer to Table 3.5.3). Although the indicators selected for
the vulnerability analysis are likely to be interrelated, it has been assumed for the purposes
of these guidelines that each indicator can contribute dependently or independently to the
vulnerability of an individual, community, structures, and natural resource-based production
areas.
LGUs can organize workshop sessions and seek the participation of local stakeholders,
members of the Planning and Development Council (C/MPDC), representatives/experts
from mandated hazard mapping related agencies, and representatives from the Disaster
Risk Reduction and Management Office. Participants shall be asked to give their subjective
opinion on the severity of consequence scores (Table 3.5.2a-5.2e) per exposure unit, guided
by the information generated from the hazard characterization, exposure mapping, and
vulnerability analysis steps. Estimating the degree of damage can be qualitatively assigned
using the degree of damage score matrix. The final composite severity of consequence score
will be the average of scores derived from the participants.
157
158
Moderate
Low
Very High
High
Severity of
Consequence
Score
Category
5% of the affected
immediate assistance.
>5%-10% of affected
immediate assistance
>10 - <20% of affected

immediate assistance
20% of the
population are affected and in
need of immediate assistance
Population
5% of residential structures
or
10% of non-residential
structures are severely
damaged
>5 to10% of residential

damaged
or
>10 to 20% of non-residential

damaged
>10-20% of residential
damaged
or
>20 to <40% of nonresidential structures are

severely damaged
20% of residential structures

or
40% of non-residential
damaged
Urban Use Areas
Damages may lead to the

disruption of service lasting for
one day to less than three days

disruption of service lasting
less than one day
<10% and below of of

exposed production areas/
means of livelihood such as
shponds, crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest products are
severely damaged;
Damages lead may to the

disruption of services which
may last three days to less
than a week

disruption of services which
may last one week or more
production areas/means of
livelihood such as shponds,
crops, poultry and livestock
and other agricultural/forest
damaged;
production areas/means of
livelihood such as shponds,
crops, poultry and livestock
and other agricultural/forest
damaged;
40% of exposed production

areas/means of livelihood such
as shponds, crops, poultry
and livestock and other
agricultural/forest products are
severely damaged;
Natural Resource based

Production Areas
Table 3.5.3 Severity of Consequence Score Matrix
Disruption of service by
approximately one day for
municipalities and less than six
hour disruption for highly
urbanized areas
approximately three days for
municipalities and less than six
urbanized areas
approximately ve days for
municipalities and less than 18
urbanized areas
Disruption of service by lasting

one week or more (for
Municipalities) and one day for
Highly Urbanized Areas
Lifeline Utilities
Sub-task 5.3.1 Determine factors contributing to Population vulnerability

and estimate the severity of consequence score
Before proceeding to the degree of damage scoring, organize the exposure and vulnerability
matrix. The matrix shall provide a brief description of the hazard (i.e. magnitude, susceptibility
levels), the extent or number of exposed elements (i.e number of individuals or households),
and the attributes/characteristics of the exposed elements which contribute to their
vulnerabilities (i.e. number of households below the poverty threshold, number of persons
with disabilities, proportion of informal settlers, access to post-disaster economic protection)
relative to the expected magnitude of the hazard.
Organize workshops with local stakeholders, policymakers, and local experts to
assist in the assigning of the severity of consequence. To facilitate the assigning
of the severity of consequence score, please refer to Table 3.5.3 (Population) for
the severity score and description.
When assigning the severity of consequence score, consider the expected
magnitude of the hazard and relate it to the extent of exposure and the various
vulnerability conditions.
These can be scored by the participants or focus groups (i.e. stakeholders, TWGLGU, Hazard/ Disaster Specialists/Experts). Representatives from the mandated
hazard mapping agencies can be invited to participate such as PAGASA, DOSTNOAH, and MGB for floods; PAGASA for storm surges; MGB for rain-induced
landslides; and PHIVOLCS for seismic and volcanic related hazards.
The average of the various qualitative severity of consequence scores as assessed
by the various participants can be used as the estimated severity of consequence.
Please refer to Table 3.5.3a for a sample working table for the estimation of the
severity of consequence. (Note: This is a continuation of Table 3.5.2a).
159
Sub-task 5.3.2 Determine factors contributing the Natural Resource-based

Production Area vulnerability and estimate the severity of consequence
score
Similar to population vulnerability, organize the exposure and vulnerability matrix for
natural resource-based production areas (from the exposure database). The matrix should
provide a comprehensive baseline information regarding the expected magnitude of the
hazard, the extent of areas exposed (i.e. expressed in area and/or value), and the various
vulnerability attributes that would contribute to damage (crop types, access to insurance,
hazard control measures coverage, access to early warning systems, and climate proofed
production techniques).
Provide a qualitative severity of consequence score based on the expected hazard magnitude,
extent of exposure and the various vulnerability indicators. To facilitate the assigning of the
severity of consequence score, please refer to Table 3.5.3 for the severity score and description.
The average of the various qualitative severity of consequence scores as assessed by the
various participants can be used as the estimated severity of consequence; Please refer to
Table 3.5.3b for a sample working table for the estimation of the severity of consequence.
(Note: This is a continuation of Table 3.5.2b)
160
MLSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
Barra
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Luyong
Bonbon
Luyong
Bonbon
Malanang
Malanang
Poblacion
Poblacion
Taboc
Taboc
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Score
HAZARD
*Depending on the number of groups
HSA
Flood
Susceptibility
Barangay
Barra
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
<1 meter
<1 meter
1 meter
Flood depth
2,918
2,918
3,690
3,690
3,593
3,593
3,491
3,491
10,123
10,123
2,698
2,698
14,334
14,334
Barangay
Population
63.68
63.68
58.28
58.28
102.07
102.07
28.09
28.09
252.20
252.20
17.18
17.18
185.26
185.26
Estimated
Residential
Area
(Hectares)
45.82
45.82
63.32
63.32
35.20
35.20
124.28
124.28
40.14
40.14
157.04
157.04
77.37
77.37
E/F
Residential
Area to
Population
Density
(Persons/
Hectare)1
32.19
31.49
40.63
0.28
68.28
13.77
26.19
0.68
56.95
175.02
2.29
10.02
92.43
88.38
Affected
Area
(Hectares)
EXPOSURE
1,475
1,443
2,572
18
2,404
485
3,254
85
2,286
7,025
360
1,573
7,152
6,838
GxH
Affected
Population
51%
49%
70%
0%
67%
13%
93%
2%
23%
69%
13%
58%
50%
48%
I/E
Exposure
Percentage
4.45%
4.45%
4.06%
4.06%
1.06%
1.06%
2.00%
2.00%
7.27%
7.27%
3.13%
3.13%
1.06%
1.06%
Percentage of
Informal
Settlers
8.74%
8.74%
6.08%
6.08%
0.79%
0.79%
8.55%
8.55%
1.75%
1.75%
5.06%
5.06%
0.84%
0.84%
35.67%
35.67%
32.24%
32.25%
36.37%
36.37%
35.43%
35.43%
36.30%
36.30%
34.31%
34.31%
33.58%
33.58%
0.89%
0.89%
2.23%
2.23%
0.84%
0.84%
0.40%
0.40%
0.70%
0.70%
1.01%
1.01%
0.70%
0.70%
Percentage of
Persons with
Disabilities
VULNERABILITY
Percentage of
Population Living
Percentage of
in Dwelling Units
Young
with Walls Made
and Old
from Light to
Dependents
Salvageable
Materials
31.29%
31.29%
21.29%
21.30%
26.65%
26.65%
41.51%
41.51%
27.16%
27.16%
35.86%
35.86%
14.55%
14.55%
Percentage of
Households
Living Below
the Poverty
Threshold
0.59%
0.59%
1.50%
1.50%
0.32%
0.32%
1.80%
1.80%
1.06%
1.06%
2.20%
2.20%
0.61%
0.61%
Percentage
Malnourished
Individuals
Table 3.5.3a Sample Population Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods

R
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
Group 2
Group 1
Group 3
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
1.00
1.00
3.00
3.00
= (Q+R+S)/3*
Average
SEVERITY OF CONSEQUENCE SCORE
161
162
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Malanang
Poblacion
Taboc
Barra
Igpit
Taboc
Barra
Igpit
HSA
Igpit
Taboc
HSA
Bonbon
HSA
HSA
Barra
Malanang
Flood
Suscept
ibility
Barangay
HAZARD
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Score
Total
Barangay
Area
Allocation
(Hectares)
<1 Meter 281.75
<1 Meter 30.67
>1 Meter 149.28
>1 Meter 281.75
>1 Meter 30.67
<1 Meter 149.28
<1 Meter 53.26
<1 Meter 1,750.28
<1 Meter 281.75
<1 Meter 108.93
<1 Meter 58.66
>1 Meter 149.28
>1 Meter 1,750.28
>1 Meter 281.75
>1 Meter 108.93
>1 Meter 58.66
Flood
Depth
91,605
150,000
91,605
91,605
91,605
91,605
91,605
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
vegetable
rice
rice
rice
rice
rice
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
rice
rice
91,605
rice
91,605
91,605
vegetable
rice
150,000
Dominant
Crop
0.62
5.09
7.65
73.63
26.20
112.51
16.71
131.07
170.53
15.60
28.58
33.38
41.76
51.03
4.86
29.83
Affected
Area 1
(Hectares)
EXPOSURE
Average
output
per
hectare
(PHP)
20,256
167,302
251,279
2,418,276
860,605
10,306,479
1,530,720
12,006,667
15,621,401
1,429,038
4,287,000
3,057,775
3,825,425
4,674,603
445,200
0.22%
16.61%
5.13%
26.13%
85.44%
75.37%
31.37%
7.49%
60.53%
14.32%
48.72%
22.36%
2.39%
18.11%
4.46%
50.85%
H/E
GxH
4,474,500
Exposure
Percentage 3
Affected
Value
(Php) 2
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Number
of
Farming
Families
who
attended
climate
eld
school
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
15.00%
0.00%
1.52%
4.07%
0.00%
0.00%
15.00%
1.52%
4.07%
0.00%
0.00%
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
100.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
35.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
Proportion
of Farming Number of
Families Famers with
access to
using
hazard
sustainable
production information
techniques
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
35.00%
25.00%
36.00%
40.00%
0.00%
0.00%
35.00%
36.00%
40.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20.00%
0.00%
30.00%
20.00%
0.00%
30.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00%
0.00%
20.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
100.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
35.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
Number of
Number of
farming
production
% Areas
families
% Areas with
areas with
with
with access
Water
Irrigation
ood
to Early
Impoundment
infrastructure Coverage
warning
coverage
system
VULNERABILITY
Table 3.5.3b Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
S
4
2
1
4
3
2
4
3
3
4
1
1
4
1
1
2
3
1
4
1
3
4
3
2
Group 2
Group 3
= (R+S+T)/3
Average
Group 1
Table 3.5.3b Sample Natural Resource-based Production Area Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
Sub-task 5.3.3 Determine factors contributing to Urban Use Area

vulnerability and estimate the severity of consequence score
Damage to structures or the building stock can be attributed to several factors namely:
strucutral design, construction materials used, age of the structure, current condition (i.e.
dilapidated, condemened), approved building and zoning permits, and insurance coverge.
These can be gathered and presented at the barangay level depending on the availability of
local data and fund availability for conducting building surveys. At the minimum, a description
of the building characteristics should be presented to inform and guide the estimation of the
severity of conseqeunce.
extent of exposure, and the various vulnerability indicators. To facilitate the assigning of the
severity of consequence score, please refer to Table 3.5.3 for the severity score and description.
The average of the various qualitative severity of consequence scores, as assessed by the
various participants, can be used as the estimated severity of consequence. Please refer to
Table 3.5.3c for a sample working table for the estimation of the severity of consequence.
(Note: This is a continuation of Table 3.5.2c).
Sub-task 5.3.4 Determine factors contributing to Critical Point Facilities
Vulnerability and estimate the severity of consequence score
Vulnerability conditions for critical point facilities should focus mainly on the structural
design characteristics of buildings and structures. LGUs should comprehensively describe
the vulnerability of the structure to damage and look into the existing structural condition,
insurance coverage, wall/roof construction materials, and hazard-specific design employed
(i.e. building designed to withstand a 100-year flood, storm surge, potential earthquake,
intensity/ground acceleration, tsunami, etc.).
severity of consequence score, please refer to table 3.5.3 for the severity score and description.
various participants can be used as the estimated severity of consequence. Please refer to
Table 3.5.3d for a sample working table for the estimation of the severity of consequence.
(Note: This is a continuation of Table 3.5.2d)
163
164
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
Light Industries
Parks and Play

Ground
Socialized
Housing
Tourism Areas
Commercial
Residential
Areas
Light Industries
Parks and Play

Ground
Socialized
Housing
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
HSA
HSA
Residential
Barra
HSA
Commercial
Land Use
Category
Barangay
HAZARD
Likelihood
of
Flood
Susceptibility Occurrence
Score
Barra
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
Expected
Flood Depth
24.16
1.24
3.06
27.79
3.32
7.20
24.16
1.24
3.06
27.79
3.32
Total
Barangay
area
Allocation in
Hectares
5,400
3,254
8,672
5,400
8,672
8,672
5,400
3,254
8,672
5,400
8,672
Replacement
Cost per Sq.
Meter(PHP)
15.08
0.84
1.74
10.38
1.57
7.20
9.08
0.39
1.32
17.24
1.69
Affected
Area in
Hectares
(GIS
Derived)
EXPOSURE
814,262,696
27,333,600
150,895,062
560,480,556
136,152,441
624,393,360
490,285,496
12,690,600
114,472,116
930,894,488
62.42%
67.74%
56.86%
37.35%
47.29%
100.00%
37.58%
31.45%
43.14%
62.04%
50.90%
H/F
HxGx10000
146,558,997
% Exposure
Affected Value
(PHP)
Low
Residual
Low
Low
Low
Moderate
Low
Residual
Low
Low
Very Low
Proportion of
Buildings with
Walls with
Light to
Salvageable
Materials
Very Low
Residual
Low
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Very Low
Residual
Low
Very Low
Very Low
Proportion of
Buildings in
Dilapidated/
Condemned
Condition
High
Residual
Low
High
Moderate
Low
Very High
Residual
Moderate
Very High
Moderate
Structure Not
Employing
HazardResistant
Building
Design
VULNERABILITY
Low
Low
Low
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Group 2 Group 3
= (P+Q+R)/3
Average
No Access/Area
Coverage to
InfrastructureGroup 1
Related Hazard
Mitigation
Measures
Table 3.5.3c Sample Urban Use Area Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
Municipal Hall
Health Center
Health Center
Health Center
Foot Bridge
Elementary School
Elementary School
Elementary School
Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Day Care Center
Bridge
Poblacion
Barra
Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Igpit
Bonbon
Barra
Igpit
Igpit
Taboc
Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Barra
Bridge
MLSA
Municipal Legislative
Building
Poblacion
Taboc
MLSA
Rural Health Center
Taboc
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
Taboc
HSA
Flood
Susceptibility
Facility Type
Barangay
Bonbon
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
N/A
N/A
N/A
Storey
N/A
N/A
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
100 sq meters
50 sq meters
23986 sq. meters
6404 sq. meters
10000 sq meters
N/A
75 sq. meters
75 sq. meters
75 sq. meters
400 sq meters
250 sq.meters
150 sq meters
50 sq meters
50 sq meters
Area
Expected
Flood
Depth
G
EXPOSURE
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Score
HAZARD
15 Tons
20 Tons
8 Classrooms
15 Classrooms
6 Classrooms
3 Tons
4 Bed Capacity
4 Bed Capacity
4 Bed Capacity
6 Bed Capacity
Number of
Classrooms/
Rooms/Bed
Capacity
Concrete
Concrete
Wood
Mixed
Concrete
Concrete
Mixed
Concrete
Good
Good
Yes
Yes
No
No
Poor/needs major
repair
Poor
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Good
Poor
needs repair
Good
needs repair
Needs minor
repair
Steel Centered
Cable Wire
Wood
Poor
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
No
Poor/needs major
repair
Needs repair
No
Existing Condition
Structure
Employing
Hazard
Resistant
Design
VULNERABILITY
Wood
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Mixed
Wall Materials
Used
Group 2
Group 3
= (L+M+N)/3
Average
Group 1
Table 3.5.3d Sample Critical Point Facilities Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
165
Sub-task 5.3.5 Determine factors contributing to Lifeline Utilities

vulnerability and estimate the severity of consequence score
Vulnerability conditions pertain to the structural design characteristics of the lifeline asset/s.
For roads, vulnerability can be described and limited to surface type, current condition,
and whether these roads have unique hazard resistant design specifications. Similar to
transportation, water-related distribution lifelines can also be described depending on its
current condition, pipe materials used, and the unique hazard resistant design specifications
employed. These vulnerability parameters should guide the estimation of the severity of
consequence and determine whether hazards will significantly affect the water and power
distribution and access/linkages systems of the city/municipality.
severity of consequence score, please refer to table 3.5.3 for the severity score and description.
various participants can be used as the estimated severity of consequence. Please refer to
Table 3.5.3e for a sample working table for the estimation of the severity of consequence.
(Note: This is a continuation of Table 3.5.2e).
166
Classi cation
Name
HSA
National road
Provincial road
Provincial road
Barangay Road
National highway to
Narulang road
National highway to PagBarangay Road

Ibig Citi Homes
Provincial road
National highway
road
road
roan road
Government
HSA
National road
National highway
Main Water Distribution

Line
MLSA
National road
Metro Cagayan road
Government
HSA
National road
Metro Cagayan road

Line
MLSA
National highway to PagBarangay Road

Ibig Citi Homes
MLSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
Flood
Susceptibility
Provincial road
National highway to
Narulang road
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Score
HAZARD
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
N/A
N/A
11,036,000
18,000,000
18,000,000
11,036,000
18,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
11,036,000
18,000,000
Expected
Replacement
Flood
Cost
Depth
G*F
Affected
Value2
3.29
2.10
N/A
N/A
0.31 3,467,511
1.03 18,511,200
0.09 1,699,200
0.29 3,180,575
1.64 29,469,600
2.81 64,692,100
1.66 38,288,100
0.92 21,107,100
2.11 48,424,200
2.55 28,192,566
1.62 29,165,400
Affected
Distance
(Linear
Kilometers)1
EXPOSURE
Steel
Steel
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete/
Gravel
Concrete/
Gravel
Surface Type
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Needs minor
repair
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Poor
Needs minor
repair
Existing
Condition
VULNERABILITY
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Hazard
Resistant
Design
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Group 2
Group 3
Average
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
3.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
= (L+M+N)/3
Group 1
Table 3.5.3e Sample Lifeline Utilities Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods
167
Task 5.4 Risk Estimation

Estimate the risks for the various exposure units. Risk is operationalized using the function:
Risk = Likelihood of Occurrence x Severity of Consequence
The risk estimation for the various exposure units involves three major steps namely:
1. Computation of the risk score
2. Reclassifying risk scores into risk categories
3. Preparation of risk maps
The resulting risk score/categories, and risk maps will provide a qualitative index of the
various location of high risk areas in the locality. Using the computed risk score/s, reclassify
them into risk categories using the Risk Score Matrix below (refer to Table 3.5.4). Risk scores
reflect three possible scenarios:
High Risk Areas - Areas, zones or sectors may be considered high risk if hazard
events have very high to moderate severity of consequence, given the scale of
exposure, vulnerability to the potential impacts of the hazards, and the level of
adaptive capacity to endure direct and indirect impacts of the hazard and likelihood
of occurrence ranging from frequent to improbable events. The range of risk score
for this scenario is 12 to 24.
Moderate Risk - Areas, zones or sectors may be considered a moderate risk if
the likelihood of occurrence of a hazard event is improbable to rare with a very high
to moderate severity of consequence. These may also pertain to areas where the
severity of consequence is moderate to minor but with a likelihood of occurrence
that is frequent. The range of risk score for this scenario is 5 to <12.
Low Risk - Areas, zones or sectors may be considered low risk for very rare
hazard events with very high to high severity of consequences. It may also pertain
to moderate to low severity of consequence from an occasional to a very rare event.
Risk scores for this scenario is <5.
168
The suggested risk score matrix adopts the probabilistic risk estimation
approach where the combination of the frequency (likelihood of occurrence)
of the hazard and its resulting damage (severity of consequence) are
used as basis for identifying and prioritizing risk areas for immediate
implementation of risk management options under the notion that
resources are often limited and should be allocated to address chronic
hazards and its impacts. Available resources can be initially allocated
for addressing priority areas (or high risk areas) in need of immediate
interventions characterized by areas where the estimated damage will
be very high to high and the likelihood of occurrence of the hazard is
within 10-100 years. However, in a land use planning perspective, areas
considered as low risk areas where the expected damage is very high/
catastrophic but are triggered by rare to extremely rare events (>100
years) can and should also be addressed within the short term to medium
term when available resources permit.
Table 3.5.4 Risk Score Matrix
Severity of Consequence Score

Indicative
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Likelihood of
Occurrence
Score
Very High
High
Moderate
Low
Frequent
(1-3 Years)
24
18
12
Moderate
(4-10 Years)
20
15
10
Occasional Slight
Chance (11-30
Years)
16
12
Improbable
(31-100 Years)
12
Rare
(101-200 Years)
Very rare
(>200 years)
Land Use Plans Report, NEDA-UNDP-HLURB,2012
169
Sub-task 5.4.1 Derive the Population Risk Score
Taking off from the severity of consequence table (Table 3.5.3a) add two columns that
will contain the risk scores and risk categories. Multiply the likelihood occurrence with the
average
consequence
scoretable
derived
theadd
previous
step (refer
to Table
Taking
off severity
from the of
severity
of consequence
(Tablefrom
3.5.3a)
two columns
that will
contain3.5.4a).
the risk
scores
andscore
risk categories.
Multiply
the likelihoodindex
occurrence
with the average severity of consequence score
The risk
will provide
an indicative
of risk.
Sub-task 5.4.1 Derive the Population Risk Score
derived from the previous step (refer to Table 3.5.4a). The risk score will provide an indicative index of risk.
Sub-task
5.4.1.1
Reclassify
the riskthe
scores
risk categories
Sub-task
5.4.1.1
Reclassify
riskinto
scores
into risk categories
Basedononthethe
derived
risk scores
and corresponding
risk(Table
categories
(Table 3.5.4),
Based
derived
risk scores
and corresponding
risk categories
3.5.4), reclassify
the risk reclassify
scores into
the
risk
scores
into
risk
categories
(refer
to
table
3.5.4a).
risk categories (refer to table 3.5.4a).
Sub-task
5.4.1.2.
Prepare
Risk Maps
Sub-task
5.4.1.2.
Prepare
Risk Maps
Preparea apopulation
population
risk map
indicating
theextent
spatial
and distribution
of Moderate
risk (i.e. High,
Prepare
risk map
indicating
the spatial
andextent
distribution
of risk (i.e. High,
Low).
Moderate
Low).
Thethemap
should guide
the areas
identification
of decision
areassite/area
for a particular
The
map should
guide
identification
of decision
for a particular
hazard, where
issues and
hazard, can
where
site/areaandissues
and concerns
can and
be options
articulated
the general
policy
concerns
be articulated
the general
policy directions
can beand
identified
and enumerated
(refer
to
figure
3.5.2a).
directions and options can be identified and enumerated (refer to figure 3.5.2a).
Figure 3.5.2a Flood Risk to Population Map
Figure 3.5.2a Flood Risk to Population Map
RISK TO POPULATION
Bonbon
1:36,575
Kilometers
Poblacion
0.5 0.25
barra
Taboc
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Igpit
LEGEND
830'0"N
Baranagay Boudary Map

River
Creek
Barangay Road
Municipal road
Patag
Provincial road
National road
RISK CATEGORY
High
Moderate
Low
Map Sources:
Municipal Planning and Development Office
Malanang
Administrative Boundaries, National Roads, Rivers and Spot Elevation, NAMRIA Topographic Map 1:250,000 scale
Jarvis A., H.I. Reuter, A. Nelson, E. Guevara, 2008, Hole-filled seamless SRTM data V4, International Centre for
Tropical Agriculture (CIAT), available from http://srtm.csi.cgiar.org.
Bagocboc
144
170
HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIANGOVERNMENT
GOVERNMENT I I PROJECT
PROJECTCLIMATE
CLIMATETWIN
TWINPHOENIX
PHOENIX
<1 meter 3,491.00
1 meter 3,593.00
<1 meter 3,593.00
1 meter 3,690.00
<1 meter 3,690.00
1 meter 2,918.00
Luyong Bonbon MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
Malanang
Malanang
Poblacion
Poblacion
Taboc
Taboc
MLSA
<1 meter 2,918.00
1 meter 3,491.00
Luyong Bonbon HSA
1 meter 10,123.00
HSA
Igpit
<1 meter 10,123.00
MLSA
Igpit
HSA
Bonbon
1 meter 2,698.00
MLSA
Bonbon
MLSA
Barra
<1 meter 2,698.00
HSA
Barra
Barangay
Population
<1 meter 14,334.00
Flood depth
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Score
1 meter 14,334.00
Flood
Susceptibility
Barangay
HAZARD
63.68
63.68
58.28
58.28
102.07
102.07
28.09
28.09
252.20
252.20
17.18
17.18
185.26
185.26
Estimated
Residential
Area
(Hectares)
2.29
10.02
92.43
88.38
Affected
Area
(Hectares) 2
45.82
45.82
63.32
63.32
35.20
35.20
124.28
124.28
40.14
32.19
31.49
40.63
0.28
68.28
13.77
26.19
0.68
56.95
40.14 175.02
157.04
157.04
77.37
77.37
E/F
Population
Density per
Hectare of
Residential
Area1
EXPOSURE
1,475
1,443
2,572
18
2,404
485
3,254
85
2,286
7,025
360
1,573
7,152
6,838
GxH
Affected
Population 3
50.55%
49.45%
69.71%
0.49%
66.90%
13.49%
93.22%
2.42%
22.58%
69.40%
13.35%
58.30%
49.89%
47.71%
I/E
Exposure
Percentage
4.45%
4.45%
4.06%
4.06%
1.06%
1.06%
2.00%
2.00%
7.27%
7.27%
3.13%
3.13%
1.06%
1.06%
Percentage
of Informal
Settlers
Percentage
of Young
and Old
Dependents
8.74% 35.67%
8.74% 35.67%
6.08% 32.24%
6.08% 32.25%
0.79% 36.37%
0.79% 36.37%
8.55% 35.43%
8.55% 35.43%
1.75% 36.30%
1.75% 36.30%
5.06% 34.31%
5.06% 34.31%
0.84% 33.58%
0.89%
0.89%
2.23%
2.23%
0.84%
0.84%
0.40%
0.40%
0.70%
0.70%
1.01%
1.01%
0.70%
0.70%
Percentage
of Persons
with
Disabilities
VULNERABILITY
0.84% 33.58%
Percentage of
Population
Living in
Dwelling Units
with Walls
Made from
Light to
Salvageable
Materials
Table 3.5.4a Sample Population Risk to Floods
31.29%
31.29%
21.29%
21.30%
26.65%
26.65%
41.51%
41.51%
27.16%
27.16%
35.86%
35.86%
14.55%
14.55%
Percentage of
Households
Living Below
the Poverty
Threshold
0.59%
0.59%
1.50%
1.50%
0.32%
0.32%
1.80%
1.80%
1.06%
1.06%
2.20%
2.20%
0.61%
0.61%
Percentage
Malnourished
Individuals
SEVERITY OF
CONSEQUENCE
SCORE
Low
Low
Moderate
High
Moderate
Low
Moderate
Low
Low
Low
Moderate
2
4
6
12
8
4
8
2
4
2
8
Low
Moderate
High
Risk
Category
RISK
12
=C x T
Risk
Score
171
Sub-task
5.4.2 Derive
theResource
NaturalAreas
Resource
Areas Risk Score
Sub-task
5.4.2 Derive
the Natural
Risk Score
Taking off from the severity of consequence table (Table 3.5.3b) add two columns that
Taking off from the severity of consequence table (Table 3.5.3b) add two columns that will contain the risk
scores and risk categories. Multiply the likelihood occurrence with the average severity of consequence score
average
severity
consequence
derived
(referindex
to Table
derived
from the
previousofstep
(refer to Tablescore
3.5.4b).
The riskfrom
scorethe
willprevious
provide anstep
indicative
of risk3.5.4b).
.
The risk score will provide an indicative index of risk.
Sub-task 5.4.2.1 Reclassify the risk scores into risk categories
Based on the recommended risk scores and corresponding risk categories (Table 3.5.4), reclassify risk scores
on the(refer
recommended
into Based
risk categories
to Table 3.5.4b).risk scores and corresponding risk categories (Table 3.5.4),
reclassify risk scores into risk categories (refer to Table 3.5.4b).
Sub-task 5.4.2.2 Prepare risk maps
Sub-task 5.4.2.2 Prepare risk maps
Prepare a natural resource-based production area risk map indicating the spatial extent and distribution of risk
(i.e. Prepare
High, Moderate
Low).resource-based
This should guideproduction
the identification
decision
for a particular
hazard
whereand
a natural
areaofrisk
mapareas
indicating
the spatial
extent
site/area
issues
and
concerns
can
be
articulated
and
the
general
policy
directions
and
options
can
be
identified
distribution of risk (i.e. High, Moderate Low). This should guide the identification of decision
and enumerated (refer to Figure 3.5.2b).
areas for a particular hazard where site/area issues and concerns can be articulated and
the general policy directions and options can be identified and enumerated (refer to Figure
3.5.2b).
Figure
FloodRisk
Risk
Natural
Resource-based
Production
Figure3.5.2b
3.5.2b Flood
to to
Natural
Resource-based
Production
Areas Map Areas Map
RISK TO PROPERTY
(AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES and FORESTRY)
Bonbon
1:36,575
Kilometers
Poblacion
0.5 0.25
barra
Taboc
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Igpit
LEGEND
830'0"N

River
Creek
Barangay Road
Municipal road
Patag
Provincial road
National road
RISK CATEGORY
High
Moderate
Low
Map Sources:
Malanang
Bagocboc
146
172
HAZARD
HSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
Bonbon
Igpit
Malanang
Taboc
Barra
Bonbon
Igpit
Malanang
Poblacion
Taboc
Barra
Igpit
Taboc
Barra
Igpit
>1 Meter
>1 Meter 1,750.28
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter 1,750.28
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
281.75
30.67
149.28
281.75
30.67
149.28
53.26
281.75
108.93
58.66
149.28
281.75
108.93
>1 Meter
58.66
Total
Barangay
Area
Allocation
>1 Meter
Flood
Depth
Likelihood
Flood
of
Suscepti
Occurrenc
bility
e Score
Barra
Barangay
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
Tilapia/Bangus
rice
rice
rice
rice
rice
vegetable
rice
rice
rice
rice
vegetable
Dominant
Crop
33.38
41.76
51.03
4.86
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
32,843
91,605
91,605
91,605
91,605
91,605
0.62
5.09
7.65
73.63
26.20
112.51
16.71
131.07
170.53
15.60
150,000 28.58
91,605
91,605
91,605
91,605
20,256
167,302
251,279
2,418,276
860,605
10,306,479
1,530,720
12,006,667
15,621,401
1,429,038
4,287,000
3,057,775
3,825,425
4,674,603
445,200
4,474,500
GxH
0.22%
16.61%
5.13%
26.13%
85.44%
75.37%
31.37%
7.49%
60.53%
14.32%
48.72%
22.36%
2.39%
18.11%
4.46%
50.85%
H/E
Affected
Affected
Exposure
Area 1
Value (Php) 2 Percentage 3
(Hectares)
150,000 29.83
Average
output
per
hectare
(PHP)
EXPOSURE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Number
of
Farming
Families
who
Attended
Climate
Field
School
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
15.00%
0.00%
1.52%
4.07%
0.00%
0.00%
15.00%
1.52%
4.07%
0.00%
0.00%
Proportion
of Farming
Families
Using
Sustainable
Production
Techniques
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
100.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
35.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
35.00%
25.00%
36.00%
40.00%
0.00%
0.00%
35.00%
36.00%
40.00%
0.00%
0.00%
% Areas
with
Irrigation
Coverage
VULNERABILITY
Number of
Number of
Production
Famers with
Areas with
Access to
Infrastructure
Hazard
Coverage
Information
20.00%
0.00%
30.00%
20.00%
0.00%
30.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00%
0.00%
20.00%
0.00%
0.00%
% Areas
with Water
Impoundment
Table 3.5.4b Sample Flood Risk to Natural Resource Production-based areas

U
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
20.33%
26.77%
35.00%
100.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
35.00%
34.55%
20.33%
100.00%
26.77%
Number of
farming
SEVERITY OF
families with CONSEQUENCE
access to
SCORE
Early
warning
system
High
Low
High
High
High
Low
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Low
Moderate
Moderate
High
High
Low
Low
16
4
12
12
16
4
2
6
6
4
8
8
12
16
4
4
Risk
Category
RISK
=C x U
Risk
Score
173
Sub-task 5.4.3.1 Derive the Urban Use Areas Risk Score
Sub-task 5.4.3.1 Derive the Urban Use Areas Risk Score
Taking off from the severity of consequence table (Table 3.5.3c) add two columns that
Taking
off from the
the severity
of consequence
(Table 3.5.3c)
add two
that will
contain the with
risk the
will contain
risk scores
and risktable
categories.
Multiply
thecolumns
likelihood
occurrence
average severity of consequence score derived from the previous step (refer to Table 3.5.4c).
derived from the previous step (refer to Table 3.5.4c). The risk score will provide an indicative index of risk .
The risk score will provide an indicative index of risk .
Sub-task 5.4.3.2. Reclassify the risk scores into risk categories
Sub-task 5.4.3.2. Reclassify the risk scores into risk categories
Based on the recommended risk scores and corresponding risk categories (Table 3.5.4), reclassify risk scores
Based
on the recommended
risk scores and corresponding risk categories (Table 3.5.4),
into
risk categories
(refer to Table 3.5.4c).
reclassify risk scores into risk categories (refer to Table 3.5.4c).
Sub-task 5.4.3.3. Prepare risk maps
Sub-task
5.4.3.3.
risk maps
Prepare
an urban
use areaPrepare
risk map indicating
the spatial extent and distribution of risk (i.e. High, Moderate
Low). This should guide the identification of decision areas for a particular hazard where site/area issues and
Prepare an urban use area risk map indicating the spatial extent and distribution of risk (i.e.
concerns can be articulated and the general policy directions and options can be identified and enumerated
High,toModerate
Low). This should guide the identification of decision areas for a particular
(refer
figure 3.5.2c).
hazard where site/area issues and concerns can be articulated and the general policy
directions and options can be identified and enumerated (refer to figure 3.5.2c).
Figure3.5.2c
3.5.2c Flood
Risk
to Urban
Use Areas
Figure
Flood
Risk
to Urban
UseMap
Areas Map
RISK TO PROPERTY (BUILT-UP AREAS)
Bonbon
1:36,575
Kilometers
Poblacion
0.5 0.25
barra
Taboc
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Igpit
LEGEND
830'0"N

River
Creek
Barangay Road
Municipal road
Patag
Provincial road
National road
RISK CATEGORY
High
Moderate
Low
Map Sources:
Malanang
Bagocboc
148
174
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
Light Industries
Parks and Play

Ground
Socialized
Housing
Tourism Areas
Commercial
Residential
Areas
Light Industries
Parks and Play

Ground
Socialized
Housing
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
Barra
HSA
HSA
Residential
Barra
HSA
Commercial
Flood
Susceptibility
Land Use
Category
Barangay
Barra
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
Expected
Flood Depth
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Score
HAZARD
24.16
1.24
3.06
27.79
3.32
7.20
24.16
1.24
3.06
27.79
3.32
Total
Barangay
area
Allocation in
Hectares
5,400
3,254
8,672
5,400
8,672
8,672
5,400
3,254
8,672
5,400
8,672
Replacement
Cost per Sq.
Meter(PHP)
15.08
0.84
1.74
10.38
1.57
7.20
9.08
0.39
1.32
17.24
1.69
Affected
Area in
Hectares
(GIS
Derived)
EXPOSURE
814,262,696
27,333,600
150,895,062
560,480,556
136,152,441
37.58%
31.45%
43.14%
62.04%
50.90%
H/F
62.42%
67.74%
56.86%
37.35%
47.29%
Low
Residual
Low
Low
Low
Moderate
Low
Residual
Low
Low
Very Low
Proportion of
buildings with
% Exposure walls with light
to salvageable
materials
624,393,360 100.00%
490,285,496
12,690,600
114,472,116
930,894,488
146,558,997
HxGx10000
Affected Value
(PHP)
Very Low
Residual
Low
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Very Low
Residual
Low
Very Low
Very Low
High
Residual
Low
High
Moderate
Low
Very High
Residual
Moderate
Very High
Moderate
Structure not
employing
hazard
resistant
building
design
VULNERABILITY
Proportion of
Buildings in
dilapidated/
condemned
Condition
Table 3.5.4c Flood Risk to Urban Use Areas

S
Low
Low
Low
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Structures with
no access/area
SEVERITY OF
coverage to
CONSEQUENCE
infrastructure
SCORE
related
mitigation
measures
12
12
=S x D
Risk
Score
Low
None
Low
Low
Low
Low
High
None
Moderate
High
Moderate
Risk
Category
RISK
175
Sub-task 5.4.4 Derive the Critical Facilities Risk Score

Taking off from the severity of consequence table (Table 3.5.3d) add two columns that
average severity
of consequence score derived from the previous step (refer to Table 3.5.4d).
The Sub-task
risk score
willDerive
provide
an indicative
of risk .
5.4.4
the Critical
Facilitiesindex
Risk Score
Taking off5.4.4.1
from the Reclassify
severity of consequence
tablescores
(Table 3.5.3d)
columns that will contain the risk
Sub-task
the risk
into add
risktwocategories
Based
on from
the the
recommended
risk
scores
andThecorresponding
riskancategories
derived
previous step (refer
to Table
3.5.4d).
risk score will provide
indicative index(Table
of risk .3.5.4),
reclassify risk scores into risk categories (refer to Table 3.5.4d).
Sub-task
Prepare
Based on5.4.4.2
the recommended
risk risk
scores maps
and corresponding risk categories (Table 3.5.4), reclassify risk scores
into risk categories (refer to Table 3.5.4d).
Prepare a critical point facility risk map indicating the risk level (i.e. High, Moderate Low)
per Sub-task
facility. 5.4.4.2
This should
the identification of facilities for a particular hazard where
Prepareguide
risk maps
issues and concerns can be articulated and the general policy directions and options can be
Prepare a critical point facility risk map indicating the risk level (i.e. High, Moderate Low) per facility. This
identified
and the
enumerated
to Figure
3.5.2d).
should guide
identification (refer
of facilities
for a particular
hazard where issues and concerns can be articulated
and the general policy directions and options can be identified and enumerated (refer to Figure 3.5.2d).
Figure 3.5.2d Flood Risk to Critical Point Facilities Map

Figure 3.5.2d Flood Risk to Critical Point Facilities Map
RISK TO CRITICAL POINT FACILITIES
"
/
p
j
k
!!
"
p
q
"
/
k!
jk l
!
"
Bonbon
k
k
Luyong bonbon

1:16,864
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

!
!
LEGEND
j
p
!k
"

Barangay Road
Municipal road
j
!
Poblacion
Provincial road
National road
River
l barrak
Creek
Taboc
!
j
k
"
/
Barangay Hall
!
j
/
!"
l
Igpit
Patag
Elementary School
k
k
Day Care Center
Health Center
Map Sources:
Hospital
!
p
k
Municipal Hall
Rural Health Unit
Secondary School
Tertiary School

830'0"N
Malanang
176
150
GOVERNMENT
I PROJECT
CLIMATE
TWIN PHOENIX
GOVERNMENT
I PROJECT
CLIMATE
TWIN PHOENIX
Health Center
Elementary School
Day Care Center
Foot Bridge
Elementary School
Day Care Center
Bonbon
Bonbon
Bonbon
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
HSA
MLSA
HSA
HSA
HSA
MLSA
HSA
Rural Health Center
Day Care Center
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
Bridge
Municipal Hall
Poblacion
Taboc
Municipal Legislative
Building
Poblacion
HSA
HSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
MLSA
Bonbon
HSA
Luyong Bonbon Day Care Center
Bridge
Barra
HSA
MLSA
Elementary School
Barra
HSA
Flood
Susceptibility
Health Center
Facility Type
Barangay
Barra
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100 sq meters
150 sq meters
50 sq meters
400 sq meters
250 sq.meters
50 sq meters
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
23986 sq. meters
N/A
50 sq meters
10000 sq meters
75 sq. meters
50 sq meters
N/A
6404 sq. meters
75 sq. meters
>1 Meter
4
2
Area
Storey
Expected
Flood
Depth
Likelihood
of
Occurrence
Score
F
EXPOSURE
HAZARD
15 Tons
6 Bed Capacity
4 Bed Capacity
8 Classrooms
3 Tons
6 Classrooms
4 Bed Capacity
20 Tons
15 Classrooms
4 Bed Capacity
Number of
Classrooms/
Rooms/Bed
Capacity
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Concrete
Mixed
Steel Centered
Cable Wire
Mixed
Wood
Concrete
Mixed
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Wall Materials
Good
Good
Good
Needs repair
Good
Good
Poor
Poor
Poor
needs repair
Poor/needs major
repair
Needs minor
repair
needs repair
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Poor/needs major
repair
Good
Yes
No
Yes
Employing
Hazard
Resistant
Design
Good
Good
Good
Existing Condition
VULNERABILITY
Table 3.5.4d Flood Risk to Critical Point Facilities
SEVERITY OF
CONSEQUENCE
SCORE
12
12
12
12
12
11
=D x O
Risk
Score
Low
High
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
High
Low
High
Moderate
High
Low
High
Low
Moderate
Low
Risk Category
RISK
177
Sub-task 5.4.5
Derive the Lifeline Utilities Risk Score
Taking off from the severity of consequence table (Table 3.5.3e) add two columns that
Sub-task
5.4.5
Derive
the Lifeline
Utilities
Risk Score
will
contain
the
risk scores
and risk
categories.
Multiply the likelihood occurrence with the
average
consequence
scoretable
derived
from
the add
previous
step (refer
to Table
Taking offseverity
from the of
severity
of consequence
(Table
3.5.3e)
two columns
that will
contain3.5.4e).
the risk
The
risk
score
will
provide
an
indicative
index
of
risk.
derived from the previous step (refer to Table 3.5.4e). The risk score will provide an indicative index of risk.

Based on the recommended risk scores and corresponding risk categories (Table 3.5.4),
Based on the
recommended
and corresponding
risk categories
reclassify
risk
scores intorisk
riskscores
categories
(refer to Table
3.5.4e).(Table 3.5.4), reclassify risk scores
into risk categories (refer to Table 3.5.4e).
Sub-task
5.4.4.2
Prepare
risk maps
Sub-task 5.4.4.2
Prepare
risk maps
Prepare a critical point facilities risk map indicating the risk level (i.e. High, Moderate Low)
Prepare a critical point facilities risk map indicating the risk level (i.e. High, Moderate Low) per facility. This
per
facility.
Thisidentification
should guide
the identification
of lifeline
utilities
for a and
particular
should
guide the
of lifeline
utilities for a particular
hazard
where issues
concernshazard
can be
where
issues
and
concerns
can
be
articulated
and
the
general
policy
directions
and
options
articulated and the general policy directions and options can be identified and enumerated (refer to Figure
3.5.2e).
can
be identified and enumerated (refer to Figure 3.5.2e).
Figure 3.5.2e Flood Risk to Lifeline Utilities Map
Figure 3.5.2e Flood Risk to Lifeline Utilities Map

RISK TO LIFELINE UTILITIES
Bonbon
1:36,575
Kilometers
Poblacion
0.5 0.25
barra
Taboc
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Igpit
LEGEND
830'0"N

Barangay Road
Municipal road
Provincial road
National road
Patag
River
Creek
RISK CATEGORY
High
Moderate
Low
Map Sources:
Malanang
Bagocboc
178
152
HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIANGOVERNMENT
GOVERNMENT I I PROJECT
PROJECTCLIMATE
CLIMATETWIN
TWINPHOENIX
PHOENIX
MLSA
HSA
National
road
Provincial
road
Barangay
Road
Provincial
road
Provincial
road
Barangay
Road
National highway
National highway to
Narulang road
National highway to PagIbig Citi Homes

road
road
roan road
Government
MLSA
National
road
National highway

Line
HSA
National
road
Metro Cagayan road
Government
MLSA
National
road
Metro Cagayan road

Line
HSA
Provincial
road
Barangay
Road
National highway to
Narulang road
National highway to PagIbig Citi Homes
MLSA
HSA
2
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
HSA
2
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
<1 Meter
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
HSA
MLSA
>1 Meter
<1 Meter
MLSA
4
>1 Meter
Expected
Flood Depth
HSA
Likelihood of
Flood
Occurrence
Susceptibility
Score
Classi cation
HAZARD
Name
N/A
N/A
11,036,000
18,000,000
18,000,000
11,036,000
18,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
23,000,000
11,036,000
18,000,000
Surface Type
3.29
2.10
N/A
N/A
0.31 3,467,511
1.03 18,511,200
0.09 1,699,200
0.29 3,180,575
1.64 29,469,600
2.81 64,692,100
1.66 38,288,100
0.92 21,107,100
2.11 48,424,200
Steel
Steel
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete/
Gravel
Concrete/
2.55 28,192,566
Gravel
G*F
Affected
Value2
1.62 29,165,400
Affected
Distance
(Linear
Kilometers)1
EXPOSURE
Replacement
Cost
Table 3.5.4e Flood Risk to Lifeline Utilities
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Needs minor
repair
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Poor
Needs minor
repair
Existing
Condition
VULNERABILITY
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Hazard
Resistant
Design
12
2
1
12
=C X O
Risk
Score
SEVERITY OF
CONSEQUENCE
SCORE
O
RISK
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
High
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
High
Risk
Category
179
Task 5.5 Analyze Adaptive Capacities

Analyze indicators to describe the adaptive capacities/characteristics of the exposed elements
to implement the necessary interventions and anticipate and reduce risks and/or cope and
anticipate potential risks. Also, the level of adaptive capacities would influence the type of
risk management and adaptation options in the form of spatial policy interventions such as
relocation (minimizing exposure), rezoning of existing urban use areas to production-based,
and open space development and strict protection land uses, establishment of structural
mitigation measures (flood control, sea wall, slope stabilization) including the debt servicing
capacity of the Local Government Unit, and imposition of hazard resistant structural design
regulations that would encourage urban resiliency including the potential conformance of
proponents and local inhabitants (and the costs associated to conform) to said restrictions/
regulations.
Highlight important adaptive capacity assessment for the various exposure units gathered
in the exposure database and include them in the preparation of summary risk assessment
matrix to be prepared in the succeeding step. LGUs can further expound on the level of
adaptive capacities of specific areas through public consultation.
Task 5.6. Identify the decision areas and prepare a summary disaster risk
assessment matrix
Based on the risk maps and risk assessment tables generated for the various exposure units,
highlight and identify decision areas or elements. Decision areas can be a specific site in the
locality or an area cluster (i.e coastal areas). These can be enumerated in column A (Tables
3.5.5a-3.5.5e) including a description of the area in column A1.
List down the technical findings by describing the area or element in terms of the level of
risk and the various contributing factors such as hazard, exposure, vulnerability (severity of
consequence), and level of adaptive capacities. The technical findings can be derived from
the working tables prepared in the previous steps. These can be listed down in column B.
Technical findings can be identified and derived from the working table in the previous
steps. The technical findings shall be used in the risk/vulnerability evaluation and guide the
identification of the implications when risks are not addressed.
A sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Table per exposure unit is presented below
(Tables 3.5.5a-3.5.5e). Note that LGUs can limit and focus on important high to moderate risk
areas or areas where the severity of consequence range from very high to high regardless of
the risk level (mainly applicable for seismic and volcanic related hazards where the severity of
consequence are considered catastrophic/ disastrous) when identifying the various decision
areas.
180
Table 3.5.5a Sample Risk Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix for Population, Flood
Decision Area/s
Decision Area
Description
Technical Findings
A1
Barra
Residential areas
located along the
Iponan River and
portions located
along the coast/river
mouth
Bonbon
Low-lying residential
areas located along
coastal zone of the
barangay.
Population risk categorized as high

Around 6,838 individuals are exposed to high susceptibility oods.
Only a portion have access to early warning systems.
Roughly 44% of the population are below the poverty threshold
LGU does not have enough resources to implement ood control works along Iponan
River. External assistance from national or regional government agencies will be required.
Imposition of hazard resistant structural design regulations may be dif cult considering
the income level of the majority of the population.
Relocation of residential areas can be identi ed within the municipality..
LGU can pursue land banking to accommodate potential zonal changes from residential
to non-residential urban use areas.
Early warning systems and the preparation of ood contingency plans can be pursued by
the local government to minimize potential fatalities and injuries.
Roughly 1,934 individuals exposed to oods (360 in high susceptible areas/1574 in

moderate to low susceptible areas)
Risk to population categorized as moderate
Approximately 38% of households are below the poverty threshold.
Approximately 587 individuals are living in houses with walls made from light, makeshift,
and salvageable materials.
Approximately 60 informal settler individuals (15 households)
LGU does not have enough resources to pursue a total relocation policy. External
assistance from national or regional government agencies will be required.
Imposition of hazard-resistant structural design regulations may be dif cult considering
the income level of the majority of the population.
Relocation of residential areas can be identi ed within the municipality.
LGU can pursue land banking to accommodate potential zonal changes from residential
to non-residential urban use areas.
Existing evacuation sites are enough to accommodate expected severely affected families.
However, additional evacuation sites may be needed in the future.
Early warning systems and the preparation of ood contingency plans can be pursued by
the local government to minimize potential fatalities and injuries
181
Table 3.5.5b Sample Risk Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix for Natural Resource Production Areas, Flood
Decision Area/s
Decision Area
Description
Technical Findings
A1
Barra
Fishpond
production areas
located adjacent to
the coast
Approximately 19 hectares of shpond areas exposed to high to moderate oods

Areas categorized as moderate risk to damage
Existing sh pens susceptible to severe damage due to oods
60% of areas not covered by insurance
No ood control measures in place
Fisherfolks do not practice sustainable/climate proofed shing techniques
Igpit
Fishpond
production areas
located adjacent to
the coast
A signi cant portion of the inland sheries subsector are classi ed as high risk areas.
Fisherfolks do not practice sustainable/climate proofed shing techniques;
Existing sh pens susceptible to severe damage due to oods.
80% of sh production areas do not have insurance
Crop production
areas located in
the ood plains
transected by the
Bungcalalan River
Risk is categorized as high on agricultural crop production

Approximately 32 hectares within high susceptible ood areas, and 103 hectares
susceptible to moderate to low oods
Severity of damage considered high
Estimated value in terms of replacement cost is 11.2 million pesos.
Crop types are predominantly cultivated crops.
A signi cant portion of the population are engaged in farming
Majority of the farmers do not practice climate proofed production techniques.
No early warning systems in place
Majority of the areas are not covered by crop insurance.e
Taboc
Table 3.5.5c Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Urban Use Area, Floods
Decision Area/s
Decision Area
Description
Technical Findings
A1
Barra Commercial
and Residential
areas
Igpit - Tourism
Areas
Igpit Informal settler

settlements
182
The area is located along the Iponan river.

These are areas within the high susceptible ood areas, with an estimated ood height of >
1 meter. The estimated likelihood of occurrence is 10-30 years.
Only a tenth of the structures are made from light to makeshift materials, roughly 153
individuals or 38 structures
Existing commercial
Only 20% have property insurance.
and residential areas
along the Iponan River Majority of the structures have rst oors below the estimated ood depth.
Risk to property damage range from high to moderate.
Hazard resistant restrictions can be imposed to designated non-residential areas but will be
dif cult to implement for residential areas.
Imposing river easements for lots located adjacent to the river can be pursued.
The area is located
along the coast
adjacent to the
Macajalar Bay
The area is located

along the coast
adjacent to the
Macajalar Bay
The major tourism areas of the municipality are located in this area.
Tourism structures are predominantly made from light materials.
Hazard-resistant design regulations can be pursued in the area.
Informal settler areas are at high risk to ooding with disastrous consequences.
Potential increase in exposed population will be expected due to unregulated growth of
informal settler families.
There is consensus among informal settler families that relocation will be needed.
LGU does not have the capacity to relocate all informal settler families within a short term
period. External assistance will be required.
Relocation sites can be identi ed within the municipality to accommodate affected families.
Table 3.5.5d Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Critical Point Facilities, Floods
Decision Area/s
Decision Area
Description
Technical Findings
A1
Igpit Day
Care Center
Located near the

Bungcalalan River
Bonbon
Senior Citizen
Building
Flood plains located

in Barangay Bonbon
Bonbon
Elementary
School
Flood plains located

in Barangay Bonbon
50 sq. meters exposed to oods of >1 meter, occurring every 10-30 years (HazardExposure)
Building is concrete but in poor condition (Vulnerability)
Structure does not employ hazard mitigation design (Vulnerability)
No property insurance coverage (Vulnerability)
LGU will have available funds to purchase lots and construct new day care centers in
future (Adaptive Capacity)
50 sq. meters exposed to oods of >1 meter occurring every 10-30 years (HazardExposure)
Building is made from mixed wood and concrete but in poor condition (Vulnerability)
Structure does not employ hazard mitigation design (Vulnerability)
No property insurance coverage (Vulnerability)
LGU will have available funds to purchase lots and construct new senior citizen buildings
in future (Adaptive Capacity)
Six classrooms with an estimated area of school site area of 10,000 square meters exposed
to oods of >1 meter occurring every 10-30 years (Hazard-Exposure)
Made from mixed wood and concrete but requires major repairs
Facility does not employ hazard mitigation design
Facility not covered by insurance
New school sites can be established
Site can be rezoned to commercial uses where proponents will have the nancial capacity to
conform to hazard mitigation design regulations
Table 3.5.5e Sample Disaster Risk Assessment Summary Matrix Lifeline Utilities
Decision Area/s
Decision Area
Description
Technical Findings
A1
National highway
to Narulang
Road
National highway
to Pag-iIbig
Citi Homes
Categorized as high risk

1.62 Kilometers exposed to high susceptible ood areas, with an estimated ood height
of > 1 meter. The estimated likelihood of occurrence is 10-30 years.
Surface type is mixed gravel and concrete;
Primary access road
leading to the Malingin Disruption of access system may last for ve days, affecting settlements and production
areas
Area
LGU does not have the capacity to pursue road improvement related projects. External
assistance may be required.
Main access road

leading to the Pag-ibig
Citi-Homes residential
areas and crop
production areas

0.29 Kilometers exposed to high susceptible ood areas, with an estimated ood height
of > 1 meter. The estimated likelihood of occurrence is 10-30 years.
Surface type is concrete requiring minor repairs
Disruption of access system may last for ve days, affecting settlements and production
areas
LGU does not have the capacity to pursue road improvement-related projects. External
183
Task 5.7 Identify Policy Interventions to reduce risks to acceptable risks

From the summary risk assessment matrix for the various exposure units prepared in the
previous steps, the derived level of risks for each exposure unit/area is a good indication of
the level of priority where interventions should be implemented to reduce risks to tolerable
or acceptable levels. In these guidelines, the type of risk management options/interventions
should seek to achieve the reduction of risks that are below the thresholds for declaring a
state of calamity for each exposure type (refer to Table 3.5.6), where the highly unacceptable
threshold is based on the NDDRMC criteria for declaring a state of calamity (through the NDCC
Memorandum Order No 4. series of 1998, items 4a-b, items a. to b.) covering the minimum
percentage of severely affected population, minimum percentage damage to means of
livelihood, minimum duration of disruption in the flow of transport and commerce (i.e roads
and bridges), minimum percentage damage to agriculture-based products, and duration of
disruption of lifeline facilities (i.e electricity, potable water systems, communication). LGUs
should be guided by the acceptability ratings and threshold levels to guide land use policy
and strategy decisions and ensure that the level of risks is within acceptable or tolerable
levels. The policy interventions to be identified shall be in the form of risk management
options such risk reduction through elimination/prevention (relocation of at risk elements),
risk mitigation (imposing hazard resistant design regulations, hard and soft risk mitigation
measures, establishment of redundant systems, and disaster preparedness), and risk transfer
(encouraging the use of risk transfer instruments such as property or crop insurance)
184
Table 3.5.6 Disaster thresholds and level of acceptability per exposure type
Disaster Thresholds/Exposure Unit
Acceptability
Rating
Population
20% of the
population are
Highly
affected and in need
Unacceptable1 of immediate
assistance
Highly
Intolerable
Tolerable
Acceptable
Critical Point
Facilities
Lifeline Utilities
Damages lead to the

disruption of services
lasting one week or
more
lasting one week or
more for
municipalities and
one day for highly
urbanized areas
Disruption of services
lasting three days to
less than a week
ve days for
municipalities and
less than 18 hours
for highly urbanized
areas
lasting for one day to
less than three days
three days for
municipalities and
highly urbanized
areas
lasting less than one
day
one day for
municipalities and
highly urbanized
areas
Natural Resource
Urban Use Areas
Production Areas
40% of
exposed production
areas/means of
livelihood such as
shponds, crops,
and other
agricultural/forest
damaged
>10 - <20% of
affected population
assistance
20-<40% of exposed
production areas/
means of livelihood
such as shponds,
crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest
damaged
>5%-10% of
affected population
assistance
5-<20% of exposed
production areas/
means of livelihood
such as shponds,
crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest
damaged
5% of the affected
immediate
assistance.
5% of exposed
production areas/
means of livelihood
such as shponds,
crops, poultry and
livestock and other
agricultural/forest
damaged

20% of residential
structures are
severely damaged
>20 to <40% of
non-residential
structures are
severely damaged
>10-20% residential
structures are
severely damaged
>10 to 20% nonresidential structures

>5 to10% of
residential structures

5% of residential
structures are
severely damaged
1Disaster threshold percentages based on the criteria of declaring a state of calamity, NDCC Memo
no. 4, series of 1998.
185
Sub-task 5.6.1 Identify the development implications

Taking off from the risk and vulnerability evaluation matrix (Tables 3.5.6a-3.5.6e), add two
columns for the implications and the policy interventions. Expound on the possible future
scenario if the Municipality/City adopts a business as usual strategy given the identified
risks and vulnerabilities (refer to tables 3.5.6a-3.5.6e). Enumerate the Implications which
can be statements related to development issues, concerns and problems which needs to be
addressed moving forward (Column C).
Sub-task 5.6.2. Identify the various policy interventions
Based on the implications identified, identify the possible policy interventions that the
LGU should pursue to address such the various issues (refer to tables 3.5.6a-3.5.6e). These
can be in the form legislation-spatial based policies or programs,projects and activities to
reduce exposure, reduce vulnerability and increase adaptive capacity (Column D). Policy
interventions should seek to reduce the level of risks to acceptable levels whenever possible
or reduce risks to tolerable levels considering the costs, time and effort to implement them.
When risk levels can not be significantly reduced to acceptable or tolerable levels, consider
relocation or changing the land uses where the cost for mitigation, time and effort needed
to implement them are sustainable in the long-term (i.e. residential areas to park and open
spaces to reduce exposure, residential to commercial where the costs associated with the
imposition of hazard resistant design regulations can be transferred to proponents with
higher adaptive capacities).
186
Table 3.5.6a Sample Issues Matrix for Population for Flood Hazard
Decision
Area/ Name
Technical Findings
Implications
Population risk categorized as high

Around 6,838 individuals are exposed to high
susceptibility oods.
Only a portion have access to early warning
systems.
Roughly 44% of the population are below the
poverty threshold
LGU does not have enough resources to
implement ood control works along Iponan
River. External assistance from national or
regional government agencies will be required.
Imposition of hazard resistant structural design
regulations may be dif cult considering the
income level of the majority of the population.
Relocation of residential areas can be
identi ed within the municipality..
LGU can pursue land banking to accommodate
potential zonal changes from residential to
non-residential urban use areas.
Early warning systems and the preparation of
ood contingency plans can be pursued by the
local government to minimize potential
fatalities and injuries.
Potential deaths and injuries

due to lack of early warning
system, makeshift houses,
especially in areas located
along the Iponan River and
coastal areas
Signi cant government
resources will be allocated
for rescue and relief
operations
Required post-disaster
assistance for affected
families/individuals far
exceeds available local
nancial resources
Available livelihood
opportunities are not enough
to accommodate affected
families
Implement a mandatory
relocation policy on structures/
dwellings within the 20 meter
coastal and river easements.
Establish open spaces,
recreation areas, or parks
along the Iponan River
Relocation of informal settlers
Develop regulations with
emphasis on hazard resistant
design
Mandatory retro tting of
existing structures
system
Formulation of ood
contingency plan
Provision of comprehensive
housing program for affected
families
Livelihood program for families
below the poverty threshold
Pursue watershed
rehabilitation to minimize
surface water run-off in low
lying areas
Roughly 1,934 individuals exposed to oods

(360 in high susceptible areas/1574 in
moderate to low susceptible areas)
Risk to population categorized as moderate
Approximately 38% of households are below
the poverty threshold.
Approximately 587 individuals are living in
houses with walls made from light, makeshift,
and salvageable materials.
Approximately 60 informal settler individuals
(15 households)
LGU does not have enough resources to
pursue a total relocation policy. External
assistance from national or regional
government agencies will be required.
Imposition of hazard-resistant structural design
regulations may be dif cult considering the
income level of the majority of the population.
Relocation of residential areas can be
identi ed within the municipality.
LGU can pursue land banking to accommodate
potential zonal changes from residential to
non-residential urban use areas.
Existing evacuation sites are enough to
accommodate expected severely affected
families. However, additional evacuation sites
may be needed in the future.
Early warning systems and the preparation of
ood contingency plans can be pursued by the
local government to minimize potential
fatalities and injuries
Potential deaths and injuries

due to lack of early warning
system, makeshift houses
especially in areas located
along the Iponan River and
coastal areas
Signi cant government
resources will be allocated
for rescue and relief
operations
Required post-disaster
assistance for affected
families/individuals far
exceeds available local
nancial resources
opportunities are not enough
to accommodate affected
families
Establish open spaces,

recreation areas, or parks
along the coastal areas
Develop regulations with
emphasis on hazard resistant
design.
Retro tting of existing
structures
system.
Formulation of ood
contingency plan
Provision of comprehensive
housing program for affected
families
Livelihood program for families
below the poverty threshold
Identify additional residential
areas within safer areas
Pursue watershed
rehabilitation to minimize
surface water run-off in low
lying areas.
Change the mix of land use
from residential to other uses
that would encourage the
reduction of exposure
Barra
Bonbon
187
Table 3.5.6b Sample Issues Matrix Natural Resource Production Areas for Flood Hazard
Decision
Area/ Name
Technical Findings
Implications
Approximately 19 hectares of
shpond areas exposed to high to
moderate oods
Areas categorized as moderate risk
to damage
Existing sh pens susceptible to
severe damage due to oods
60% of areas not covered by
insurance
Fisherfolks do not practice
sustainable/climate proofed shing
techniques
Signi cant economic losses in the

inland shery sector expected
Increased poverty among inland
shing dependent families also
expected
Government resources may be
redirected to address the short
term needs of affected families
No available alternative livelihood
to accommodate expected
affected families
Climate proo ng of sh pen areas;

Provision of alternative livelihood
Establishment of mangrove buffers to
protect existing sh cages
Encourage insurance
Improve forest cover in the
Bungcalalan watershed area
system
Extension services for climate
sensitive inland shery production
A signi cant portion of the inland

sheries subsector are classi ed as
high risk areas.
Fisherfolks do not practice
sustainable/climate proofed shing
techniques;
Existing sh pens susceptible to
severe damage due to oods.
80% of sh production areas do
not have insurance
Signi cant economic losses in the

inland shery sector expected
Increased poverty among inland
shing dependent families also
expected
Government resources may be
redirected to address the short
term needs of affected families
No available alternative livelihood
to accommodate expected
affected families
Climate proo ng of sh pen areas;

Provision of alternative livelihood
Establishment of mangrove buffers to
protect existing sh cages
Encourage insurance
Improve forest cover in the
Bungcalalan water shed area
system
Include Igpit as the priority area for
extension services for climatesensitive inland shery production
Risk is categorized as high on

agricultural crop production
Approximately 32 hectares within
high susceptible ood areas, and
103 hectares susceptible to
moderate to low oods
Severity of damage considered high
Estimated value in terms of
replacement cost is 11.2 million
pesos.
Crop types are predominantly
cultivated crops.
A signi cant portion of the
population are engaged in farming
Majority of the farmers do not
practice climate proofed production
techniques.
No early warning systems in place
Majority of the areas are not
covered by crop insurance.e
The damage to crops is expected

to be high due to oods, given
current production practices.
Signi cant portion of the
population are dependent on crop
production. The lack of alternative
livelihood contributes to
sensitivity and adaptive capacities
of farmers.
Lack of ood control measures,
may affect production yields over
time.
Existing forest cover of the
Bungcalalan and Opol River
Watershed is estimated at
40-50%. Lack of forest cover may
contribute to low land ooding.
Extension services for climate

sensitive crop production
Encourage the use of ood-resistant
crop varieties
Encourage crop insurance
system for crop production
Improve forest cover in watershed
areas contributing to Bungcalalan
and Opol Rivers
Establishment of eld demonstration
farms to facilitate technology transfer
on climate/hazard sensitive crop
production.
Provision of alternative livelihoods
Encourage the planting of high value
crops
Bonbon
Igpit
Taboc
188
Table 3.5.6c Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Areas for Flood Hazard
Decision Area/
Name
Technical Findings
Implications
The area is located along the Iponan

river.
These are areas within the high
susceptible ood areas, with an
estimated ood height of > 1 meter.
The estimated likelihood of
occurrence is 10-30 years.
Only a tenth of the structures are
made from light to makeshift
materials, roughly 153 individuals or
38 structures
Only 20% have property insurance.
Majority of the structures have rst
oors below the estimated ood
depth.
Risk to property damage range from
high to moderate.
Hazard resistant restrictions can be
imposed to designated nonresidential areas but will be dif cult
to implement for residential areas.
Imposing river easements for lots
located adjacent to the river can be
pursued.
Signi cant structural damage to

residential areas and informal
settler areas are expected. Death
and injuries are also expected if
no preemptive evacuation is
implemented during extreme
rainfall events.
Lack of ood-resistant design
regulations and increase
exposure due to natural
expansion may lead to increased
risks if not immediately
addressed covering residential
and commercial areas.
There is a need to identify
additional residential areas to
accommodate informal settler
families for relocation
Increased frequency of extreme
rainfall events may result to
signi cant property damage
Potential impacts to the local
economy will be severe due to
economic disruption affecting
commercial and tourism
establishments
Implement a mandatory relocation policy

on structures/dwellings within the 20
meter coastal and river easements along
the Iponan River.
Set aside areas for open spaces,
recreation, or parks.
Provision of comprehensive housing
program for affected families
Develop regulations with emphasis on
hazard resistant design.
Impose a low density development in
areas prone to high levels of ooding.
Mandatory Retro tting of existing
structures within a period of 10 years.
Promote property insurance for dwelling
units located in highly susceptible areas.
Limit further settlement growth in areas
within highly susceptible areas.
Coordinate with Cagayan de Oro City for
the rehabilitation of the Iponan River
Watershed
Conduct site speci c ood hazard
mapping as basis for the establishment of
structural design regulations

estimated ood height of > 1
meter. The estimated likelihood of
Informal settler areas are at high
risk to ooding with disastrous
consequences.
Potential increase in exposed
population will be expected due to
unregulated growth of informal
settler families.
There is consensus among informal
settler families that relocation will
be needed.
LGU does not have the capacity to
relocate all informal settler families
within a short term period. External
assistance will be required.
Relocation sites can be identi ed
within the municipality to
accommodate affected families.
Potential deaths and injuries due

to lack of early warning system
and makeshift houses especially
in zone 1, 2, and 5
Lack of monitoring may result in
increased exposure due to
increase in informal settler
families in the area
Isolation of families have been
observed in the past,
Signi cant government resources
will be allocated for rescue and
relief operations
Required post disaster assistance
for affected families/individuals
far exceeds available local
nancial resources
opportunities are not enough to
accommodate affected families.
Set aside areas for open spaces, recreation

or parks.
Provision of comprehensive housing
program for affected families
Establishment of early warning systems
and formulation of ood contingency plans
Damages and disruption of

tourism-related facilities
Detrimental impacts to the
economy and the property
owners
Mandatory retro tting of structures within

15 years
Imposition of hazard resistant design
standards/regulations within ood
susceptible areas.
Promote property insurance located in
highly susceptible areas.
Conduct site speci c ood hazard
mapping as basis for the establishment of
structural design regulations
Combine mangrove/wetland rehabilitation/
restoration with eco-tourism development
Minimize exposure through low density
tourism development
Barra Commercial
and
Residential
areas
Igpit Informal
settler
Settlements
Igpit Tourism
Areas

estimated ood height of > 1 meter.
The estimated likelihood of
The major tourism areas of the
municipality are located in this area.
Tourism structures are predominantly
made from light materials.
Hazard-resistant design regulations
can be pursued in the area.
189
Table 3.5.6d Sample Issues Matrix Critical Point Facilities for Flood Hazard
Decision Area/
Name
Technical Findings
Implications
Igpit Day
Care Center
50 sq. meters exposed to oods of

>1 meter, occurring every 10-30
years (Hazard-Exposure)
Building is concrete but in poor
condition (Vulnerability)
Structure does not employ hazard
mitigation design (Vulnerability)
(Vulnerability)
purchase lots and construct new
day care centers in future
(Adaptive Capacity)
Signi cant damage is expected to

the Igpit Day Care Center
Possible deaths or injuries
expected if The Day Care Center is
used as an evacuation center;
Potential inadequacies in the
provision of day care services
expected in the barangay;
Establishment of new day care

center that will service the Igpit
area in a more suitable area.
Property insurance coverage for
the existing Igpit Day Care Center
When the Igpit Day Care center is
signi cantly damaged by oods,
consider relocating the service to a
more suitable site.
50 sq. meters exposed to oods of

>1 meter occurring every 10-30 years
(Hazard-Exposure)
Building is made from mixed wood
and concrete but in poor condition
(Vulnerability)
Structure does not employ hazard
mitigation design (Vulnerability)
(Vulnerability)
purchase lots and construct new
senior citizen buildings in future
(Adaptive Capacity)
Signi cant damage is expected

Potential inadequacies or
signi cant service disruption in the
provision of services for senior
citizens expected in the barangay
Retro tting and maintaining the
structure may be costly in the long
run. Costs can be redirected for
the establishment of a new facility
Establishment of a new senior

citizen building that will service
the Bonbon area in a more
suitable site.
Property insurance coverage for
the existing facility
When the building is signi cantly
damaged by oods, consider
relocating the service to a more
suitable site.
Six classrooms with an estimated

area of school site area of 10,000
square meters exposed to oods
of >1 meter occurring every 10-30
years (Hazard-Exposure)
Made from mixed wood and
concrete but requires major repairs
Facility does not employ hazard
mitigation design
Facility not covered by insurance
New school sites can be
established
Site can be rezoned to commercial
uses where proponents will have
the nancial capacity to conform
to hazard mitigation design
regulations
Moderate damage is expected to

the BonBon Elementary School,
resulting in the disruption of
educational services in the area.
Possible deaths or injuries
expected if the Bonbon Elementary
School is used as an evacuation
center
Potential future inadequacies in
the provision of primary level
educational services expected in
the barangay
Retro t the existing school

structure
Future expansion should be
located in more suitable areas
servicing the Bonbon Area.
Bonbon
Senior
Citizen
Building
Bonbon
Elementary
School
190
Table 3.5.6e Sample Issues Matrix Lifeline Utilities for Flood Hazard
Decision Area/ Name
Technical Findings
Implications
Strategic establishment of
alternate/escape routes leading
to relatively safer areas
Climate-proo ng of existing
route through road and
drainage upgrading in
coordination with NGAs
Preemptive evacuation of areas
that will be potentially isolated
during oods.
Formulation of ood
contingency plans targeting
potentially affected communities
Temporary isolation of
communities due to disruption
0.29 Kilometers exposed to
of the access system during
high susceptible ood areas,
oods;
with an estimated ood height
Poses dif culty in evacuation
of > 1 meter. The estimated
and response making which
likelihood of occurrence is
may lead to deaths and injuries
10-30 years.
in isolated areas;
Surface type is concrete
Major disruption in the
requiring minor repairs
transportation of agricultural
Disruption of access system
produce resulting in potential
may last for ve days, affecting
losses
settlements and production
areas
LGU does not have the capacity
to pursue road improvementrelated projects. External
Strategic establishment of
alternate routes access systems
leading the relatively safer
areas;
Climate proo ng of existing
route through road and
drainage upgrading in
coordination with NGAs;
Preemptive evacuation of areas
that will be potentially isolated
during oods.
Formulation of ood
contingency plans targeting
potentially affected communities
National highway to PagiIbig Citihomes
Temporary isolation of
communities due to long-term
1.62 Kilometers exposed to
disruption of the access system
high susceptible ood areas,
during oods
with an estimated ood height
Poses dif culty in evacuation

of > 1 meter. The estimated
and response making which
likelihood of occurrence is
may lead to deaths and injuries
10-30 years.
in isolated areas;
Surface type is mixed gravel
Major disruption in the

and concrete;
transportation of agricultural
Disruption of access system
produce resulting in potential
may last for ve days, affecting
losses
settlements and production
areas
LGU does not have the capacity
to pursue road improvement
related projects. External
National highway to
Narulang Road
191

Objectives
To identify major decision areas based on the combined risks and
vulnerabilities;
To identify a menu of disaster risk reduction and climate change
adaptation options within major decision areas.
Outputs
Identified major decision areas and list of risk management and
adaptation/mitigation measures;
Process
Task 6.1 Identify major decision areas;
Task 6.2 Further detail the identified policy interventions;
Task 6.1 Identify major decision areas
Major decision areas are specific sites within the municipality where level of risks to hazards
can be exacerbated by vulnerability to climate change. Identification of major decision areas
can be facilitated by overlaying risk and vulnerability maps (refer to figure 3.6.1) or can be
tabular in approach especially when certain sites are consistently regarded as decision areas
during the disaster risk assessment and climate change vulnerability assessment (table
3.6.1).
Task 6.2 Further detailing of policy interventions

Risk management options identified during the risk and vulnerability assessments may
differ in approach. This step will ensure consistency of policy interventions to address a
particular major decision area. Based on the identified major decision areas in step 6.1,
review and compare the identified policy interventions in the summary risk and vulnerability
assessments. Select the appropriate policy interventions using a multi-hazard and climate
change perspective to address both risks and vulnerabilities. Refer to Table 3.6.1 for a sample
worksheet. Review and compare all hazard specific policy interventions and consolidate and
retain the major policy interventions that will be implemented in the specific decision area.
192
832'0"N
Figure 3.6.1 Detailing of Major Decision Areas
URBAN USE AREA RISK TO FLOODS
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
0.25
0.5
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

Bonbon

831'0"N
MDA-1
LEGEND
MD
A3
RiskCat
High
Moderate
Low
DA
Taboc
-2
Patag
830'0"N
Map Sources:
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
832'0"N
12434'0"E
the risks to floods and SLR.

Risk management options
and interventions in MDA3 will be mainly focused on
Luyong Bonbon
1:18,028
Kilometers
0.5
Bonbon
0.25
0.5
Figure
Figure
3.6.1 3.6.1
Detailing
of Major of Major
Detailing
Decision Areas.
Decision
Areas
Identification
of major
decision areas (urban
Identification
of major
use areas)
using the
Identified
flood
risk
decision areas (above)
using the Identified
and areas)
Sea Level Rise
vulnerability decision
flood
risk
decision areas
areas (below). In this
example
MDA-1 was
(above)
and Sea Level Rise
considered a MDA due
vulnerability decision areas
to risks associated
with(below).
floods and
In this example
vulnerability associated
MDA-1
was considered
with sea level rise. Risk
management
options
a MDA due to risks
and interventions shall
associated
with floods and
be identified
to
address
both the risks
vulnerability
associated
to floods and SLR. Risk
with options
sea level rise. Risk
management
and management
interventions in
options and
MDA-3 will be mainly
interventions
shall be
focused on reducing
risksidentified
to floods.
to address both
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

831'0"N
MDA-1
A-
LEGEND
MD
DA
Poblacion
-2
Vulnerbility
Low
Moderate
High
Barra
Taboc
Igpit
Patag
830'0"N
Map Sources:
Malanang
12434'0"E
12435'0"E
12436'0"E
167
193
Table 3.6.1 Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Area
Decision Area/s Description

A
Igpit Informal
settler
areas
(MDA-1)
Problems/Hazards
Impacts/Implications
Area
located at
the mouth
of the
Bungcalalan
River
adjacent to
the
Macalajar
Bay
Areas prone to
riverine and coastal
ooding, potential
area submersion
due to sea level rise
in the long term.
Changes in tidal
patterns may
impact storm surge
patterns speci cally
wave heights and
inland inundation.
Severe potential damages

to residential structures
due to oods.
Potential submersion of
settlements due to sea
level rise in the long term.
Potential isolation of
communities, injuries and
casualties during oods
and, storm surges
Establishment of sea walls
and mitigation measures
to retain current land uses
will be costly, costs cannot
be shouldered by affected
families and the LGU;
Future uncontrolled
growth of settlements may
increase exposure and
risks
Relocation of informal settler families, employ

managed retreat or incremental relocation
during the implementation of relocation;
Identi cation of additional 9.29 hectares of
residential land to accommodate potentially
affected families and provision of
comprehensive housing program for affected
families especially the informal settlers
Designating areas for wetland and mangrove
restoration and serve as part of the ecotourism network;
New transportation systems will not be
pursued in the area to discourage future
settlement growth;
Potential severe damage

to settlement areas and
possible deaths and
injuries along the riverside
areas due to oods
Potential submersion of
settlements due to sea
level rise in the long term
especially along the river
mouth
Riverbank erosion and
possible failure of
riverbank slopes affecting
structures;
Future growth in the area
may increase exposure
and risks if no
interventions are
implemented
Establishment of expanded easements along

the river side and changing these areas for
open space development;
Mandatory relocation of structures within the
expanded easements and sea-level rise
impact area;
Low density development shall be employed
within highly susceptible, prone areas to
minimize the level exposure
Change the land use mix from residential to
commercial or any land use mix where cost
for effective mitigation can be shouldered by
proponents/developers
Development of settlement areas shall be
subject to development restrictions with
emphasis on the imposition of hazard
resistant design regulations
Mandatory retro tting of structures within a
period of 10 years
All costs related to the establishment of
mitigation measures such as riverbank
protection structures shall be shouldered by
the property owners through the imposition
of special levy taxes
Conduct of site speci c ood modeling
studies to inform development regulations
Note: Risks to other

hazards can be
incorporated to describe
the area for a more
comprehensive and
multi-hazard approach in
identifying policy
interventions/
recommendations
Barra
Riverside
Settlement
areas
(MDA-3)
194
Major
growth area
with mixed
land uses
located
along the
Iponan River
Mainly riverine
ooding along the
Iponan River with
sea level rise near
the river mouth
195
196
Formulating a Risk
Sensitive Land Use Plan
Integrating climate change and disaster risks to enhance

the CLUP formulation process
This chapter shall demonstrate the integration of climate and disaster risks in the various
stages of the CLUP formulation process. Risk and vulnerability related information articulated
in the climate and disaster risk assessment (CDRA) hopes to enrich the analysis of the
planning environment. A better understanding of the potential risks and the vulnerabilities
allow decision-makers and stakeholders to make informed and meaningful decisions in goal
formulation, strategy generation, and land use policy formulation and development. The
integration of the results of the CDRA intends to guide the formulation of a risk-sensitive
comprehensive land use plan towards a safer and resilient human settlements through
rationalized location of people, assets, economic activities, and sustainable management
of resources to effectively manage risks and address the challenges posed by hazards and
climate change.
Set the Vision

Mainstreaming climate and disaster risks in the vision statement involves the integration
of climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction concepts/principles in describing
the ideal state of locality in terms of the people as individuals and society, local economy,
built and natural environment, and local governance. These can either be expressed as vision
descriptors or success indicators, benefiting from technical findings derived from the climate
and disaster risk assessment.
197
One of the preferred tools in visioning is the Vision-Reality Gap Matrix, where descriptors are
identified for each vision element and a qualitative rating on the current level of achievement
is conducted. It has to be noted that the review of the Vision-Reality gap analysis will be better
if the information on disaster risks and climate change vulnerabilities are prepared prior to
the analysis. Vision descriptors such as a risk resilient population, safe built-environment,
proactive local governance, and ecologically balanced natural environment can be used., A
list of success indicators to further describe/support the vision descriptors (i.e reduction of
exposed population to climate related extreme and slow onset hazards, rate of conformance
to risk mitigation structural development regulations, increased level of awareness and
proficiency of the population in describing natural hazards affecting their locality, presence
of hazard specific mitigation related development regulations, reduction in damages due to
hazards to built-up property and production areas) can also be used. The various indicators
of exposure, sensitivity/vulnerability, and adaptive capacity can be translated into success
indicators to support certain relevant descriptors. Presented below are sample descriptors
and success indicators integrating results of the climate and disaster risk profiling.
198
Table 4.1 Sample Vision Element Descriptors and Success Indicators for Disaster Risk Reduction and
Element
People as
individuals
and as a
society
Descriptor
Reduction of cases of deaths and injuries related to

hazards (i.e. direct/ indirect)
Empowered
Increased provision of special opportunities in

employment and training for increased adaptive
capacity of the population
Increased level of awareness on areas affected and

potential impacts of hazards and climate change,
incorporating DRR-CCA in the local educational
system
Reduced dependence on post-disaster nancing/

assistance
Increased % of population employing household level

adaptation/mitigation measures
Reduction in damages (direct and indirect) in annual

local economic output/productivity due to climatechange related hazards
Increase number of economic/productio- based

structures/areas employing adaptation and mitigation
measures
Firm
High rate of apprehended violators, led cases/

imposed penalties, sanctioned violators
Progressive
Presence of local legislation in support of risk

reduction and climate change adaptation (i.e.
incentives and disincentives)
Reduced annual expenditure for disaster response and

rehabilitation
Increased nancial capacity for disaster and climate

change preparedness, adaptation and mitigation
Resilient
Local
Leadership
Rating
Safe
Vigilant
Local Economy
Success Indicators
Sustainable
199
Table 4.1 Sample Vision Element Descriptors and Success Indicators for Disaster Risk Reduction and
Element
Environment
Management
(Built and
Natural
Environment)
Descriptor
Clean and
Safe
Balanced
Sustainable,
ecologically
sound
200
Success Indicators
Rating
Conformance rate of built related property employing

risk mitigation structural/non-structural regulations
Increase area coverage of on/off-site mitigation and

adaptation measures targeting vulnerable and risk
areas associated with climate change and natural
hazards
Increased % of critical point facilities and lifeline

infrastructures with climate proo ng
Reduction in property damage due to natural hazards

and climate change impacts
Increased green spaces as carbon sinks
Rehabilitation/protection of key biodiversity and

ecologically critical/sensitive areas
Maximizing and managing supply of potable water

resources
Increased use of renewable sources of energy and

reduced consumption of energy
Ef cient and uninterrupted area access/linkage

systems
Uninterrupted provision of basic lifeline utilities (i.e.

power, water and communication)
Uninterrupted delivery of basic social services

(minimize cases due to damaged facilities as a result
of natural hazards and climate change)
GUIDELINES
MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE
CHANGE
AND DISASTER
RISKSclimate
IN THE COMPREHENSIVE
LAND USErisk
PLAN
The climateSUPPLEMENTAL
and disaster
riskON assessment
(CDRA)
provides
the
and disaster
perspectives
for a deeper analysis of the planning environment. The emphasis will be on
the analysis of the implications of climate change and hazards, to the various development
The climate and disaster
assessment (CDRA) provides
the climate
and disaster
perspectives
sectors/sub-sectors
(i.e.riskdemography/social,
economic,
infrastructure
andriskutilities)
and for
thea
deeper
analysis
of
the
planning
environment.
The
emphasis
will
be
on
the
analysis
of
the
implications
land use framework. It shall allow climate and disaster risk concerns to be incorporatedof
climate change and hazards, to the various development sectors/sub-sectors (i.e. demography/social,
in
the identification of issues, concerns and problems and ensure that identified policy
economic, infrastructure and utilities) and the land use framework. It shall allow climate and disaster risk
interventions
both address
current
sectoral
needsconcerns
and anticipate
future
of identified
climate
concerns to be incorporated
in the
identification
of issues,
and problems
andimpacts
ensure that
change
and disasters.
The integration
of climate
disaster
risks
in the
sectoral
studies
policy interventions
both address
current sectoral
needs andand
anticipate
future
impacts
of climate
change
and
disasters.
The integration
of climate for
andadisaster
in the sectoral
studiesinshall
provide thethe
opportunity
for
shall
provide
the opportunity
more risks
integrated
approach
formulating
land use
a
more
integrated
approach
in
formulating
the
land
use
plan.
plan
Figure 4.1 Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the CLUP (Steps 3-5)
Climate and
Disaster Risk
Assessment
CLUP Step 3. Set the

Vision
CLUP Step 4. Analyze the

Situation
(Risk Perspective)
Development Challenges,
Issues, Concerns and Policy
Options/Interventions

Goals and Objectives
Figure ___ Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the CLUP (Steps 3-5)
Listed below are the expected outputs of the climate and disaster risk profile. Information
derived
canare
bethe
used
to further
the analysis
of the
environment.
Listed below
expected
outputsenrich
of the climate
and disaster
riskplanning
profile. Information
derivedThe
can profile
be used
isto intended
to analyze
how
change
and natural
hazards
will potentially
the
further enrich
the analysis
of climate
the planning
environment.
The profile
is intended
to analyzeimpact
how climate
change and
natural development
hazards will potentially
focusofareas
and help in
various
sectoral
focus impact
areas the
andvarious
help sectoral
in the development
identification
development
the
identification
of
development
challenges,
planning
implications,
and
possible
policy
interventions
for
challenges, planning implications, and possible policy interventions for addressing climate
addressing climate change and natural hazards through proper incremental and long-term adaptation and
change
natural
hazards
through
properof incremental
mitigationand
in order
to reduce
or eliminate
the impacts
future disasters.and long-term adaptation and
mitigation in order to reduce or eliminate the impacts of future disasters.
201
Table 4.2 Steps and expected outputs of the Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
Steps1
Key information
Step. 1 Collect and organize

climate and hazard information
Analysis and discussion of projected climate change variables of the locality;

Description of the various natural hazards that would likely affect the locality (i.e. spatial
extent, magnitude, recurrence interval);
Description of the historical damage statistics of past disaster events (amount of
damages, affected population and property);
Descriptive observations of impacts from past disaster events
Step 2. Scoping potential

impacts of climate change and
natural hazards
Illustration and description of potential sectoral impacts of climate change

Supplemental analysis of potential impacts based on historical experiences.
Step 3. Exposure Database
Enhanced baseline exposure maps and attribute information on Population, Urban Use
Areas, Natural Resource-based Production Areas, Critical Point Facilities and Lifeline
Utilities
Indicators of exposure, sensitivity/vulnerability, and adaptive capacity
Step 4.Climate Change

Quantitative analysis on the extent of exposure of population, built and production

related properties, critical point and lifeline facilities
Understanding of indicators contributing to sensitivity
Qualitative analysis of the degree of impact based on exposure and sensitivity
Qualitative analysis of adaptive capacity, understanding factors contributing to adaptive
capacity;
Qualitative assessment on the level of vulnerability, based on the potential degree of
impact and existing level of adaptive capacities
Vulnerability maps indicating the spatial variation on the level of vulnerabilities of
exposed elements
Decision areas, implications and policy interventions in the form of climate change
adaptation and mitigation measures.
Step 5. Disaster Risk

Assessment
Analysis of recurrence interval (likelihood of occurrence) of hazards

Quantitative analysis on the extent of Exposure Population, built and production related
properties, Critical Point and Lifeline Facilities
Qualitative analysis of vulnerability (social and inherent) of exposed elements,
understanding of indicators contributing to vulnerability
Qualitative analysis of the degree of damage based on exposure and vulnerability
Qualitative analysis of adaptive capacity, understanding factors contributing to adaptive
capacity
Qualitative analysis on the severity of consequence, based on the potential degree of
impact and existing level of adaptive capacities
Risk maps indicating the spatial variation on the level of risks of exposed elements
Step 6. Summarize findings
Major decision areas based on the vulnerability and risk maps/ summary tables
Summary of area-based technical findings based on the assessment of risks and
vulnerabilities
Prioritization based on the acceptable level of risks and vulnerability
Identification of implications (emphasis on the implication of risks and vulnerabilities to
local sectoral development)
Identification of policy interventions (legislation, land management policies, programs/
projects)
CDRA Steps from Chapter 3 of the Supplemental Guidelines
202
Incorporation of risk and vulnerability information can enrich sectoral and sub-sectoral
studies in agriculture, environment, economics, social, and infrastructure and utilities. In
general, risks and vulnerabilities can be used to make adjustments in the land demand
projections, policy interventions for mitigating risks in identified high risk/vulnerable areas,
demand for lifeline utilities, and other cross cutting strategies for CCA-DRR.
Adjustments to land demand projections - Pertains to land demand implications of risks
and vulnerabilities associated with the relocation of existing land uses/facilities. It answers
the question, If we are to relocate these land uses in another area, what would be the
additional area requirements apart from the estimated requirements based on population
projection?Area estimates, as a result of relocation, are added in the projected land demand
covering (but not limited to) the following items:

Housing;
Education related facilities (i.e. primary, secondary and tertiary level schools);
Health related facilities (Hospitals, Municipal Health Stations/Centers)
Social welfare related facilities (day care centers, senior citizen centers, PWDs and
women)
Government related facilities (i.e. Barangay Halls, Municipal Level Offices;
Commercial, Industrial, and other production related land uses;
Adjusted demand for lifeline utilities by type - pertains to risk mitigation measures in
addressing current risks/vulnerabilities and measures for anticipating potential problems
related to the transportation access and utility distribution. These may include:
Specific routes on where to allocate the estimated ideal road requirement such as
evacuation routes, alternative/back-up routes
Key road segments/routes for climate proofing or rehabilitation
Demand for key water-related facilities/distribution networks (distribution line,
water pumps, water districts, water storage, etc.)
Demand for power and communication distribution networks and support
facilities
Assessing land supply - This pertains to the incorporation of hazard information in the
criteria for analyzing the level of suitability of buildable areas for urban expansion. It
involves a preparation of a decision matrix which considers the characteristics of the hazard
(i.e. susceptibility level, magnitude, return periods) and the required cost and feasibility to
sustainably manage risks within identified hazard prone for urban use purposes.
203
Policy interventions or options for risk reduction and management - This pertain to
policies and strategies for risk reduction and management (e.g. mitigation measures that
are structural or non-structural in nature) imposed to hazard prone areas to ensure that risks
are managed within acceptable levels. These interventions may range from the imposition
of building structural design standards and mandatory retrofitting (for identified high risk/
vulnerable areas which will be retained); determining relevant projects for disaster prevention/
preparedness (priority areas to be targeted by disaster evacuation/preparedness measures
that are not structural measures); construction of risk mitigation related infrastructure (i.e.
flood control works, sea walls, slope stabilization); establishment of agriculture production
support facilities (i.e. water impoundment, irrigation network); programs and projects to
reduce population sensitivity/vulnerability and enhance adaptive capacities (i.e. livelihood
programs targeting identified highly at risk and vulnerable groups); and rehabilitation and
protection of ecological areas, both for enhancing natural adaptive capacities of environments
(ensuring ecological stability to reduce impacts of climate stresses to natural environments)
and contributing to mitigation of hazards (reforestation in upland areas to mitigate low land
floods, establishment of rehabilitating mangrove areas to mitigate storm surges and coastal
erosion).
Social Sector
Housing
In the estimation of housing needs, CDRA can identify priority/decision areas for further
detailing and validation. This will allow a detailed counting of households/families within
hazard-prone areas that are considered high risk/vulnerable, where the preferred mitigation
option is through relocation (applying risk reduction through risk elimination and avoidance).
Estimated value for relocation shall be added in the number of displaced families item as
housing backlogs. Number of housing units considered at risk or vulnerable to hazards where
the preferred measure is to retain the residential area/s and mitigate by employing hazard
resistant structural retrofitting will be added under estimates for upgrading.
204
Table 4.3 Adjustments in housing requirements for 2022
Housing Needs
A. Housing Backlog
Present/
Future
Needs
Future Housing
2014
2016
2018
2020
2022
Total
5,241
1050
1050
1050
1050
1041
5241
439
88
88
88
88
87
439
In Danger Areas
2,761
553
553
553
553
549
2761
Affected units due to land

earmarked for govt
Infrastructure
1,332
267
267
267
267
264
1332
371
75
75
75
75
72
372
338
68
68
68
68
66
338
6,420
1250
1250
1250
1250
1420
6420
405
100
150
155
12,066
2,400
2,450
2,455
2,300
2,461
12,066
2,761
553
553
553
553
549
2761
405
100
150
155
Double Occupancy
Displaced
Evicted/for demolition
Homeless
B. Household Formation due to
increase
C. Upgrading
TOTAL
Additional housing needs from
CDRA1
New Construction2
Retrofitting/Upgrading3
405
405
1Subject
to validation for possible inclusion in Items A. and C.

2Subject to validation for possible inclusion in item A estimates for displaced housing units in danger areas
3Subject to validation for possible inclusion in Item C estimates subject to upgrading with emphasis on structural risk mitigation of housing units
205
Education
Adjustments in the projected land area requirements for schools will depend on the number
of educational facilities which will be relocated from its current location. Specific school
structures, where relocation will be the option for risk reduction, shall be added to the
projected area requirements (Column G). Educational structures that will be retained in their
current locations shall be retrofitted based on hazards affecting the site/structure. Results
of the CDRA can be summarized and presented in the sample matrix provided, indicating
which structures will be relocated and the estimated area needed.
Table 4.4. Area requirements for educational facilities for 2020
School
Projected
Classroom
Existing
Requireme Classrooms
nts1
Gap
Classrooms
For
Relocation
CDRA2
Available
classrooms
after CDRA
= C- E
Adjusted
Area
Projected
Barangay Requirements
Classrooms Classification
(Hectares)3
Requirements
=B-F
Awang Elem. School
15
15
Rural
0.75
Bagocboc Elem. School
17
12
12
Rural
0.75
Barra Elem. School
42
15
27
15
42
Urban
2.12
Cauyonan Elem. School
10
Rural
0.50
Igpit Elem. School
71
63
63
Urban
3.75
Limunda Elem. School
10
Rural
0.50
Luyong Bonbon Elem. School
53
44
53
Urban
4.42
Malanang Elem. School
11
Rural
0.50
Rural
1.50
Nangcaon Elem. School
11
11
Rural
0.75
Patag Elem. School
21
14
14
Rural
4.00
Opol Central School
99
19
80
19
80
Urban
10.67
Megdaha Elem. School
Rural
0.50
Tingalan Elem. School
12
Rural
0.50
Salawaga Elem. School
11
11
Rural
0.75
TOTAL
31.96
Binubongan Elem. School
1Based
Sectoral Studies
2Based
on the CDRA
3For
Urban Areas: One-half hectare (1/2 ha.) for a central school which has six classes, for a non-central school which has from three to four classes.
One and one half hectare (1 1/2 ha.) for schools which have from seven to ten classes.
Two hectares (2 has.) for schools which have more than 10 classes.
For Rural Areas: One-half hectare (1/2 ha.) for central school with 6 classes and non-central schools with 7-10 classes.
Three fourth of a hectare (3/4 ha.) for eleven to twenty classes.
One hectare (1 ha.) for twenty one or more classes. (Source: ANNEX SE-10, eCLUP Guidebook, page 176)
206
Social Welfare
Estimation of projected day care centers can be done to determine current backlogs due
to hazards. In this example, day care facilities for relocation are indicated in column F
(expressed in square meters). Adjustments on the available day care centers after the CDRA
can be computed in column G. Net projected area requirements for the planning period can
be computed in column H which incorporates the identified backlog. This approach can also
be applied to other social welfare related facilities such as senior citizen buildings, and other
structures catering to the needs of PWDs and OSY.
Table 4.5 Area requirements for Day Care Centers, 2022
Projected
Barangay &
Household
No. DCC
s by 2022
Existing
Projected
Land Area
Day Care
Area
for Day Care Facilities for
Requirements
Facilities (sq. Relocation2
(sq. meters)
meters)
Projected
Day Care
Centers1
Available
Projected
Day Care
Area
Facilities
Requirements
after CDRA
= E-F
=D-G
Awang-
565
300
100
100
200
Bagocboc
640
300
250
250
50
Barra
4,848
10
1500
300
300
1200
Bonbon
1,051
450
150
150
450
317
150
50
50
100
Igpit
3,398
1050
100
50
50
1000
Limonda
Luyong Bonbon
Malanang
225
1,281
1,773
1
3
4
150
450
600
50
50
300
0
50
75
50
100
375
100
350
225
256
150
50
50
100
Patag
1,111
450
350
350
100
Poblacion
1,234
450
100
100
350
Taboc
1,020
450
100
100
200
250
581
300
150
75
225
75
45
6750
2100
100
2200
4550
Cauyonan
Nangcaon
Tingalan
Total
1Based
Sectoral Studies
on the CDRA, day care centers identified for relocation
3One Day Care Center per 500 families, One Day Care Center 150 sq. meters, Opol Municipal Social Welfare Department
2Based
207
Health
This covers critical point facilities such as public and private Hospitals, Barangay Health
Stations, clinics, and other health services related facilities. The risk/vulnerability evaluation
should be able to identify structures to be retained and relocated. Structures to be relocated
shall be considered as current backlogs and will be added in the projected area requirements.
Table 4.6 Adjustments in area requirements for Health related facilities
BHS/MHS
Barra
Projected Projected BHS

Population Requirements1
Current
Facilities
Health
Available
related
Adjusted
Area
Health
Projected
Requirements
related
Facilities
Facilities Requirements (Sq. Meters) 2
for
after
CDRA
Relocation1
= D-E
= C-F
21,816
0.060
4,730
0.015
15,291
0.045
Luyongbonbon
5,765
0.015
Poblacion
5,553
0.000
Taboc
4,590
0.000
Patag
5,000
0.000
Malanang
7,979
0.015
Awang
2,543
0.000
Bagocboc
2,880
0.000
Cauyonan
1,427
0.000
Limonda
1,013
0.000
Nangcaon
1,152
0.000
Tingalan
2,615
0.000
82,354
15
10
0.150
Bonbon
Igpit
Total
1Based
on the CDRA, identified existing facilities for relocation

2Based on 1:5,000 population per BHS. MHS shall cover the whole municipality. BHS space requirement is 150 sq.meter per facility. (Planning Standard)
Other facilities
The same approach can be done for other social support facilities such as protective services
(i.e. police, fire protection, jail), governance (brgy. halls, municipal hall), and sports and
recreation (gymnasiums. indoor sports facilities, etc.), The risk/vulnerability evaluation shall
identify what structures will be relocated and retained. All identified structures for relocation
shall be added in the end of planning period projected area requirements.
208
Economic Sector
This shall cover lands currently allocated for production such as commercial, industrial,
tourism, agriculture and fisheries. However, separate analysis should be done for built up
production areas such as commercial, industrial and tourism related facilities and areas
devoted to natural resource production (i.e. crop, forestry, livestock, inland fisheries
production).
Urban Use Areas
CDRA provides the information on non-residential urban use areas which will be relocated
due to risks and vulnerability. This can be used to fine tune the projected estimated land area
requirements with emphasis on the adjusted land area requirements on cases where some
of the urban use areas will be relocated. When relocating urban areas, these will be added
in the projected end of planning period land demand. Areas to be retained will be subject
to risk mitigation measures either through the structural regulations, mandatory retrofitting
or higher property taxes to fund hazard mitigation infrastructure. A sample urban use area
projection is presented below:
Table 4.7 Adjustments in area requirements for Urban Use Areas
Land Use Category
Existing Areas
Projected Land
Requirements
For Relocation4
Available Urban
Use Areas
Adjusted Land
Requirements
=B-D
=C-E
Commercial1
13.13
15.65
8.831
4.299
11.351
Light Industries2
63.17
66
0.538
62.632
3.368
3.2
12
1.372
1.828
10.172
Tourism3
1.5-3% of Total Urban Use Areas

0.8 Hectares per 1,000 Population
3 Private Sector Commitments
4 Estimated urban use areas for relocation based on the CDRA
1
2
209
Natural Resource Production Areas

When dealing with natural resource production areas (i.e crop production areas, fisheries,
production forests), the CDRA provides the information on the major decision areas in
need of mitigation (adaptation). Mitigation measures can be structural (establishment of
flood control works, slope stabilization, construction of water impoundment and irrigation
facilities, establishment of extension services field offices, retrofitting production support
infrastructure, establishment of warehouses for farm implements and harvests) and nonstructural (i.e. use of hazard resistant varieties, climate sensitive production techniques,
improving farmers access to extension services, crop insurance). Specific measures for
mitigation targeting identified production areas can be guided by the various indicators of
sensitivity/vulnerability and adaptive capacity. These can be reflected in the issues matrix and
policy interventions can be those that would reduce sensitivities/vulnerabilities or enhance
adaptive capacities. These can be further translated into programs, projects, and, in certain
cases, regulation (i.e. requiring farmers to secure crop insurances, higher property taxes to
fund adaptation/ mitigation options).
210
Establishment of warehouses for temporary storage

Establishment of irrigation facilities and water impoundment facilities to sustain 884
hectares of rice production areas
Use of drought resistant varieties and/or those with reduced water requirements
Improve extension services with emphasis on climate and hazard resilient production
techniques
Further expansion of agricultural areas in other upland areas
Reduce surface water run-off through upland watershed reforestation
Establishment of Irrigation and water impoundment facilities
Crop diversi cation
Provision of alternative forest production based livelihood
281.75
1,063.60
High value vegetable crops being produced.

Farmers not familiar with climate sensitive crop scheduling
Flood plain portion of the Barangay

No ood control and water impoundment facilities
Use of drought tolerant varieties can be pursued
Look into possible utilization of ground water sources for irrigation during
droughts
Upland barangay with minimal irrigation and water impoundment facilities

Corn areas mostly rain fed. Among the biggest contributor of corn in the
area
Very minimal Irrigation and water impoundment facilities present
possible extension services on climate sensitive production can be pursued
Igpit
Limonda
58.66
Changing crop and/or use of ood resistant varieties can be pursued

Use of drought and ood resistant varieties and/or those with reduced water
requirements
Establishment of early warning system for agricultural crop production
Crop insurance can also be encouraged
Provide non-agriculture based livelihood opportunities
Establishment of warehouses for temporary storage
Reduce surface water run-off through upland watershed reforestation
Further expansion of agricultural areas in other upland areas
Establishment of irrigation facilities and water impoundment facilities to sustain

3,273 hectares of rice production areas
Establishment of early warning system for agricultural crop production
Encourage the use of risk transfer instruments (i.e. crop insurance)
Provision of forestry based alternative livelihood opportunities
Barra
3,273.04
Mostly rain-fed rice production areas

No available irrigation and water impoundments facilities
Far ung barangay with no immediate access to extension services and
access to early warning systems
Among the highest contributor of rice produce in the Municipality
Establishment of irrigation facilities and water impoundment facilities to sustain 884

hectares of rice production areas
Improve extension services with emphasis on climate and hazard resilient production
techniques
Risk Management Options
Bagocboc
883.56
Area
Allocation
(Hectares)
Interventions needed to address lack of irrigation and water impoundment

facilities
Extension services sorely lacking
Farmers not familiar with crop insurance
Area Description
Awang
Major
Decision
Areas
Table 4.8 Sample summary of Risk Management Options for Natural Resource Production Areas
211
Infrastructure and Utilities Sector

The CDRA would be able to identify existing transportation, power, water and, communication
related point facilities or distribution networks that would need either rehabilitation or
climate proofing mainly to ensure the uninterrupted delivery of power, communication, and
water services and efficient linkages between the various key settlement growth areas/
functional areas of the locality.
Transportation
A summary risk/vulnerability evaluation can be presented in a way that key road segments
in need of immediate action are identified. These important road/access segments are
key to prevent the isolation of communities and ensure efficient movement of supplies
and emergency service during disasters. A sample list of road segments based on the risk/
vulnerability evaluation is presented below which also includes the identification of possible
mitigation measures like upgrading/rehabilitating, existing road facilities, and/or establishing
redundant/alternate routes.
Bridges can also be assessed and evaluated. This can be done through element-based risk/
vulnerability assessment. These are also important access systems which can be damaged
by hazards resulting in major to minor interruptions in linking functional areas in the locality.
Through the CDRA, priority bridges in need of immediate action can be identified so proper
mitigation measures can be identified and implemented.
212
Table 4.9 Sample Risk Management Options for Priority Bridges
Name
Iponan Bridge
Igpit Bridge
Taboc Bridge 2
Tulay ng Pangulo
1Retro
Type
Location
Risk Management Options1
Barra
Establishment of alternate route systems connecting

the Municipal Growth Center of Opol to CDO to
ensure uninterrupted linkage of the two growth areas
Retro tting of existing bridge to accommodate 100
years of oods
Igpit

Poblacion-Igpit/Barra to ensure uninterrupted linkage
within the municipality
years of oods
Concrete
Taboc

Barangay Taboc to Igpit
Retro tting of existing bridge to accommodate high
100 years of oods
Steel
Tapurok,
Malanang

upland barangays with Poblacion
years of oods;
Concrete
Concrete
tting works to mitigate embankment scour, lateral spreading and pilie driving of bridge support columns.
213
214
National road
National road
Provincial road
Barangay road
Barangay road
Barangay road
Metro Cagayan Road
National Highway
National Highway to Narulang

Road
National Highway to Pag-ibig

Citi Homes
National Highway to Zone 1

Road
Tulahon to Tapurok Road
0.3803
2.1897
2.5546
1.6203
1.6647
2.1054
1.0145
Linear
Kilometers
Improve drainage to allow ood waters to ow underneath through box culverts.

Establish road embankment protection.
Diversion road parallel to the national highway near the coastal areas.
Unpassable during extreme ood events leading to isolation of
settlements along the coast.
Establish riverside embankment protection. Establishment of alternate route

parallel to Zone 1 Road.
Road concreting, and increase road elevation above the ood height. Establish
road embankment protection. Improve drainage to allow ood waters to ow
underneath through box culverts.
Main route accessing upper Brgy. Patag from Brgy. Malanang, and
Igpit. Unpassable during extreme ood events.
Only road access leading to Pag-ibig Citi Homes subdivision from the
national road. Possible isolation of Pag-ibig Citi Homes during extreme
ood events.
Main road access parallel to the Iponan River. Possible isolation of

communities during moderate to extreme ood events.
Only road access leading to Youngsville Subdivision from the national

road. Possible isolation of Youngsville Subdivision during moderate to
extreme ood events.
Main road access/linkage to Cagayan de Oro to the Municipal Center is Improve drainage to allow ood waters to ow underneath through box culverts.
often unpassable during extreme events. Isolation of the municipal
Establish road embankment protection. Establishment of alternate route
center to the western part growth areas of the municipality is expected. transecting Igpit Malanang Patag
road embankment protection.
Risk Management Options
Main road access going to upper Poblacion from Brgy Taboc/Lower

Poblacion. Short interruption expected due to severe ood events
Remarks
Major road segments for mitigation can be derived from the identi ed decision areas in the CDRA (lifeline Utilities)
Provincial road
Highway-Junction Tulahon
Road
Classi cation
Major Decision Area (Road

Segment)1
Table 4.10 Summary Risk Management Options for Road Network
The various risk management options identified can be used as added considerations in
refining and designing the transportation network plan of the area with the intention of
ensuring the uninterrupted inter and intra area linkages of various functional areas.
Water/Communication and Power
A risk/vulnerability assessment of power, water, and communication facilities can also be
done to determine impacts of hazards on the uninterrupted provision of water, power, and
communication facilities. However, assessment can be limited to element-based structures
such as power substations, water pumping/storagerelated facilities, and communication
towers. These can be presented similar to bridge risk/vulnerability evaluation listing down
the unique facility indicating the risk/vulnerability evaluation category (high, moderate,
low priority). Point facilities considered high are those in need of immediate action. Risk
mitigation can be done through retrofitting of the structure where the design specifications
are dependent on the hazards affecting the structure, and/or establishment of redundant/
back-up systems. If time and available data permits, an assessment of the utility networks
(where segments rather than point facilities are assessed) can also be done. This is to identify
important key utility segments that need to be mitigated, either through hazard resistant
design specifications/climate proofing, or establishment of redundant/looping systems to
ensure uninterrupted delivery of utility services.
215
Land Demand and Supply Analysis

Results of the CDRA can be used as valuable inputs in land demand and supply analysis,
accounting for the existing urban use areas which will be retained subject to the
implementation of risk management strategies. The results can also be used to inform
decision makers on priority areas for urban expansion by analyzing the suitability of sites
considering susceptibility to hazards and the cost and effort to sustainably develop and
maintain urban areas in the long run; and facilitate the identification of necessary supply
augmentation strategies through the implementation of risk management options as may
be needed (refer to Figure 4.2).
1. CDRA Adjusted Land Demand - Potential backlogs are associated with the planned
relocation of facilities or urban use areas (i.e. housing units and critical point facilities
for relocation) due to risk and vulnerability considerations, which were analyzed during
the sectoral/sub-sectoral studies. Areas to be relocated shall be incorporated in the final
land demand and they may pertain to residential areas; economic based structures/
establishments; social support infrastructures considered highly at risk and/or vulnerable
with emphasis on the possible structural damage or high possibility of deaths due to their
current location relative to the expected changes in the area; and extent, magnitude, and
recurrence of natural hazards due to climate change (i.e. floods and storm surges being
more severe and frequent, coastal area inundation due to sealevel rise).Areas for relocation
are also associated with areas where interventions (structural and nonstructural) are not
feasible and/or unsustainable (i.e. flood control works, sea walls, reclamation, potential
cost for response, rehabilitation/recovery, financial capacity for implementing major risk
mitigation projects) and areas within prescribed and extended buffer easements (i.e.
coastal and river easements). Adjustments in the projected land requirement per use
are added to estimate the total future land demand by the end of the planning period.
2. Existing Urban Use Areas - CDRA, through the various risk and vulnerability maps,
including the policy interventions to address them, can provide a distinction between
areas/uses which will be relocated (where risks are unmanageable) and areas which
will be maintained (where risks can be managed). Areas where risks are unmanageable
are either added in areas for protection (expanded river easements, high susceptible
landslide areas) or allocated for production type land uses and urban use spaces such
as open space, parks, and buffer. Urban use areas to be maintained are identified risk
or vulnerable areas/ establishments where measures for mitigation can be pursued
(i.e. retrofitting, implementation of major risk mitigation projects) to reduce risks to
acceptable levels and are within the capacities of property owners. Urban use areas to
be retained are then subtracted from the total available land supply.
216
3. Areas for Protection - In the context of climate and disaster risks, when estimating land
supply for urban use area expansion, it should account for the expected changes in
the area extent, magnitude, and recurrence of natural hazards due to climate change.
The estimated land supply should consider whether the associated impacts of hazards
can be managed over time given current capacities for mitigation/adaptation. A better
understanding of the varying degrees of hazard types and level susceptibility in relation
to current and future capacities for short to long-term mitigation, are needed so that
decisions can be made on whether certain hazard-prone areas will be deducted in the
available land supply. Furthermore, the establishment of buffer easements (whether
nationally prescribed or extended to account for the projected impacts of climate change
to existing hazards) can be deducted in the available land supply. Examples include
the extension of coastal easements (from the mandatory 40 meters) to account for the
projected inundation of coastal areas due to sea level rise, extension of river easements
(urban, agricultural areas) to account for change in the flood extent and magnitude.
These high risk areas can be deducted to the available land supply, either allocated for
resource production or open/green spaces.
217
218
Other Uses
Cemeteries
Parks and
playground
Open Space
Infrastructure
Institutional
Industrial
Commercial
Residential
Matched/
Surplus
Deficient
Net Land Supply

(3)
Suitability Analysis
Densification of existing areas

Reclassification of existing urban use areas to other land uses
Imposition and implementation of risk management regulations, structural and
non-structural measures to manage risks within acceptable and tolerable levels
Risk transfer mechanisms
(5)
(2)
Risks are
manageable
No
CDRA risk and vulnerable

decision areas and policy
interventions
Yes
Supply augmentation strategies by implementing risk management options
Identify strategic interventions to ensure the

provision or availability of land to address space
or land requirements
Matched/
Surplus or
Deficient
CDRA Adjusted Land

Demand
(1)
Less existing urban use

areas
Less land for Protection
Estimated Land
Requirements
Determine if modifications or adjustments

are necessary and
decide on the appropriate use(s) of the
remaining land supply to ensure the
achievement of the development thrust.
CDRA risk and

vulnerable decision
areas and policy
interventions
Total Land Area
Vision, Sectoral Needs

and wants
Figure 4.2 Land Demand and Supply Analysis, incorporating results of the Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
(4)
Protected Agricultural
Lands
Biodiversity Areas
Protection Forest
High Risk Areas
ECAs
Cultural Heritage
Non-NIPAS
NIPAS
4. Suitability Analysis - Upon determining the available land supply for expansion, a sieve
suitability analysis/ mapping can be conducted to rank and prioritize areas within the
areas where expansion can occur. When determining suitability, hazards are viewed as
constraints where necessary interventions are needed in order to sustain settlements by
managing risks within acceptable levels. Managing risks within acceptable levels entails
costs (higher development costs associated with mitigating risks) depending on the
characteristics of the hazard. Analyzing suitability allows decision makers to prioritize the
location of important urban use areas (i.e. residential areas, socialized housing, critical
point facilities) in high suitable areas where costs for mitigation will be lower compared
to less suitable areas where the cost for employing risk reduction measures is higher.
Moderate to low suitability areas can be reserved for uses with propensities to generate
revenues/income to offset the cost for mitigation.
a. Preparation of suitability parameters (hazards) - The sieve mapping technique
illustrated in the CLUP HLURB Guidebook (Volume 1) can be enhanced by assigning
suitability indexes for hazard prone areas to prioritize areas for urban expansion. A
suitability matrix can be prepared to assign the suitability score for each hazard per
susceptibility level (or hazard intensities and recurrence when available). Suitability
scores can be discussed and assigned depending on the costs for mitigating risks
within acceptable/tolerable levels (refer to table 4.11-4.12 Suitability score and
sample suitability analysis matrix).
219
Table 4.11 Suitability score and description
Suitability Category
220
Description
Suitability Score
Recommended Land Uses for Allocation
All urban use areas. Priority area for

residential type land uses, essential facilities,
special occupancy structures and hazardous
facilities. Densification is recommended to
maximize land.
All urban use areas. Priority area for
residential type land uses, essential facilities,
special occupancy structures and hazardous
facilities but subject to regulations on site
and hazard resistant design
Highly Suitable
Areas not susceptible to the hazard
Moderately suitable
Area within low susceptible hazard

areas. Required cost for risk
mitigation will be low
Low suitability
Area within moderate susceptible

hazard areas. Required cost for risk
mitigation will be moderate to high
Commercial and industrial uses but subject

to regulations on hazard resistant site and
building design
Highly Unsuitable
Area within high susceptible hazard

areas. Required cost for risk
mitigation will be very high,
infeasible, and impracticable
Parks and open spaces, buffer strips and

areas devoted for natural resource
production
Non-Build able Areas
Areas under strict protection status

from existing national laws and
issuances such as fault easements,
Permanent Danger Zones
100
Protection Land Uses
Table 4.12 Recommended suitability score and description
Suitability Score1
Hazard/Susceptibility
Highly
Suitable
Moderately
Low
Highly
Suitable Suitability Unsuitable
NonBuildable
100
Flood
None
Low
Moderate
High
Rain-Induced Landslide
None
Low
Moderate
High
Storm Surge
None
Low
Moderate
High
Sea Level Rise

Within >1- 2 meter above mean sea level
Within 1 meter above mean sea level
Liquefaction
None
Low
Moderate
High
Ground Rupture
Earthquake Active Fault Zones Easements
100
Ground Shaking
None
Low
Moderate
High
Lahar Flows
Volcanic Permanent Danger Zone
3
100
1 LGUs can assign suitability ratings depending on the current and future capacities of property owners to cover the costs and effort for implementing risk
management options. Refer to Table 4.11 on the suitability descriptions and scores
221
Comprehensive Land Use Plan 2009-2020, Baybay City, Leyte
SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES ON MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE AND DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN
Figure
4.2a
Analysis
Figure
4.2a.Sample
SampleSieve
SieveMapping
Mapping and
and Suitability
Suitability Analysis
Sample
Mapping
and Suitability
Analysis
Figure 11.Figure
Sieve 4.2a
mapping
andSieve
suitability
analysis
framework,
Baybay City, 2009
Easement Areas
Coastal
River
Road Right of Way
Geologic/Volcanic Hazards
Tsunami
Ground Shaking
Liquefaction
Fault Zones
Earthquake induced landslides
Hydro-Meteorologic Hazards
and Climate Change Impacts
Floods
Storm Surge
Rain-induced landslides
Sea level Rise
Assign Suitability Scores
Prepare Aspect Maps
Overlay Mapping and computing the highest observed suitability score
Preparation of suitability maps indicating the highest observed suitability score
HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AusAid I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX
184
69
190
222

b. Overlay mapping - Transparencies can be prepared by translating hazard maps

into aspect maps containing the suitability categories. This can also be facilitated
by using Geographic Information System and conducting spatial analysis/overlays
where suitability ratings can be incorporated in the attribute table per hazard map.
c. Measuring suitability -Suitability can be derived from the sieve mapping analysis.
Suitability index can be represented by the maximum observed suitability score
(MOSS) based on the combination of aspect suitability maps. This will provide an
indication of site suitability. A secondary measure of suitability for further ranking
can be derived from the total suitability score (TSS) using the sum of all suitability
ratings used to indicate the number of complications (combination of suitability
scores) in developing the site. Prioritization can be conducted by sorting values
based on the maximum observed suitability score (MOSS) and the total suitability
score (TSS). The resulting maps can facilitate the identification of priority areas
suitable to accommodate the required land demand and determine areas where
possible densification and further risk mitigation can be employed during the
demand-supply balancing (refer to Figure 4.2b)
5. Supply augmentation strategies - When balancing land demand and supply, risk
mitigation measures can be treated as supply augmentation strategies. Highly susceptible
areas, depending on the hazard type, can still be set aside for settlement development
provided that the necessary mitigation measures are in place. One example is settlement
development within highly susceptible flood areas where structural mitigation measures
can be implemented given the capacities of property owners to conform to structural
design standards (design considers the base flood elevation and velocity based on
modeling and simulation incorporating climate change scenarios) and construction of
flood control measures (where costs for implementation are shared by both the LGU and
beneficiaries).
Another example is the development within storm surge areas where storm surge
heights and magnitude are clearly projected and understood allowing design standards
for structural resilience to be identified and enforced. Another option is through vertical
development or densification of settlement areas (either within expansion or existing
urban areas) where impacts of hazards are manageable.
In cases where the expected magnitude and recurrence of hazards exceed current
capacities to cope and adapt (landslide prone areas where the cost of mitigation like
establishment of slope stabilization works requiring significant financial resources),
these areas can be momentarily left in their natural state until such time when level of
capacities can sustainably overcome these impacts.
223
832'0"N
831'0"N
830'0"N
829'0"N
828'0"N
832'0"N
831'0"N
830'0"N
829'0"N
828'0"N
832'0"N
831'0"N
830'0"N
829'0"N
12432'0"E
12432'0"E
12432'0"E
12433'0"E
Patag
12433'0"E
Patag
12433'0"E
Patag
Malanang
Malanang
Malanang
12434'0"E
Bonbon
Poblacion
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
12434'0"E
Bonbon
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
12434'0"E
Bonbon
Luyong Bonbon
Tuesday, November 17, 15
828'0"N
Taboc
Taboc
Taboc
12435'0"E
12435'0"E
12435'0"E
Igpit
Igpit
Igpit
12436'0"E
12436'0"E
12436'0"E
Barra
Barra
Barra
0.2 0.4
0.2 0.4
0.2 0.4
Barangay Boundaries, MPDO-2014

Climate Adjusted Flood Hazard Map, CCC-PAGASA-UPTCGAP, 2014
Map Sources:
SLR Inundation Areas, Suitability Score
1 Meter SLR Inundation Areas, 3
2 Meter SLR Inundation Areas, 1
LEGEND

SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.20.1 0
Kilometers
1:30,000

SEA LEVEL RISE

Map Sources:
Rain Induced Landslide Susceptibility, Suitability Score
High, 3
Moderate, 2
Low, 1
LEGEND
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.20.1 0
Kilometers
1:30,000

RAIN INDUCED LANDSLIDE

Map Sources:
Flood Hazard Zone, Suitability Rating
High (>1 meter), 3
Moderate (0.5-1.00 meter), 2
Low (<0.5 meters), 1
LEGEND

SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.20.1 0
Kilometers
1:30,000

FLOOD HAZARD
832'0"N
831'0"N
830'0"N
829'0"N
224
828'0"N
12432'0"E
12433'0"E
Patag
Malanang
12434'0"E
Bonbon
Poblacion
Luyong Bonbon
Taboc
12435'0"E
Igpit
Figure 4.2b Sample Suitability Analysis Map
12436'0"E
Barra
0.2 0.4

Map Sources:
Suitabilty Category, MOSS
Moderately Suitable, 1
Low Suitability, 2
Highly Unsutiable, 3
Non-Buildable, 100
LEGEND
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.20.1 0
Kilometers
1:30,000

SUITABILITY MAP FOR

URBAN USE AREA EXPANSION
Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis

Mainstreaming climate and disaster risks in the sectoral analysis provides a risk/vulnerability
perspective in generating the technical findings; enriches the identification of development
challenges, issues, and problems with emphasis on the impacts of hazards and climate
change; the identification of future implications if these issues are not addressed, and the
various mitigation and adaptation options to address which can be reflected and articulated
in the policy interventions. Presented below are some considerations when conducting a
sectoral/cross-sectoral study issues matrix, incorporating the significant findings from
the climate and disaster risk profile and risk/vulnerability enhanced situational analysis.
Presented is a sample risk-enhanced issues matrix.
Table 4.13 Risk and Vulnerability Information in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis
Table 4.13 Risk and Vulnerability Information in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis
Technical Findings
Incorporate technical ndings from the
CDRA when discussing sectoral or crosssectoral analysis:
Risks and vulnerabilities (Priority areas

in need of interventions);
Underlying factors contributing to risks
and vulnerabilities based on the
analysis of exposure, sensitivity/
vulnerability and adaptive capacity;
Impacts of hazards and climate change
to the projected land requirements
(backlogs)
Important parameters such as Climate
Change Projections (extreme weather
events, projected seasonal changes in
temperature and rainfall), and possible
impacts of climate change to existing
hazards (frequency and severity) such
as oods, landslides, storm surges,
drought, etc.
Implications
Identify the possible

implications and
provide statements
related to the
potential impacts to
sectoral development
if the development
challenges (Problems,
issues and concerns)
are not addressed.
Identify possible policy options

and interventions that can
address the development
challenges/issues and problems
with emphasis on interventions
related to risk mitigation; and
climate change adaptation. These
can be in the form of:
This can be further

supplemented by
anecdotal accounts
derived from the
impact chain analysis.
Speci c policies (local legislation,

spatial development policies)
Speci c strategies (Programs,
Projects and Activities)
225
Table 4.14 Risk and Vulnerability considerations in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis, Social Sector
Housing Sub-sector
Table 4.14 Risk and Vulnerability considerations in the Sectoral and Cross-sectoral Analysis, Social Sector Housing Sub-sector
Technical Findings
Implications
Increasing number of households in

highly susceptible areas to ooding, sea
level rise, and storm surge. Provision of
adequate and suitable housing units/
areas within the Municipality
Possible future
deaths are expected
in identi ed hazard
and climate change
hotspots.
Presence of informal settlers within the

highly susceptible areas to ooding, sea
level rise, and storm surge.
Approximately 2,700 households live in
highly vulnerable structures ( oods, sea
level rise, and storm surge) and need to
be relocated,
Uncontrolled future
growth of
settlements in
identi ed hotspots
increases risk to
fatalities and
property damage
Approximately 450 structures in ood

and storm surge areas which will be
retained need to be upgraded/
retro tted.
Redirection of LGU
funds for disaster
response, relief,
and rehabilitation.
Space requirements for approximately

6500 housing units need to be identi ed
and established by 2022
Increased poverty
incidence especially
among highly
vulnerable groups
Behavioral characteristics of vulnerable

group (preferring to live within highly
susceptible to hazards to be near their
place of work) making off-site relocation
problematic ineffective; bene ciaries
unwilling to stay in existing relocation
sites due to lack of income opportunities
and lack of on-site basic utilities,
Identi cation of future expansion areas
within relatively safe areas
Identify suitable relocation sites for
settlers in highly susceptible areas to
ooding, sea level rise, and storm surge;
445 households need relocation; 405
housing units need retro tting
Land banking for in-municipality
relocation.
Consider multi-storey housing units
within relocation sites (as an alternative
to row one oor housings).
Provide budget for relocation site
development
Social preparation of informal settlers
(increase awareness on the potential
impacts of hazards and climate change
to justify actions for mitigation/
adaptation)
Access funds of National Housing
Authority (NHA)
Creation /activation of the local housing
board
Establish a system to periodically
monitor encroachment on public
properties
Lack of nancial capacities of

bene ciaries to participate in relocation,
and LGU to provide affordable
resettlement housing.
Generate economic opportunities

(Alternative Livelihood) to increase the
level of adaptive capacities of the
population
Lack of LGU capabilities for enforcement

and monitoring the growth of informal
settlements.
Imposition of additional development

restrictions/regulations in the location
and development of housing units
(including other structures)
Lack of nancial capacity among the

residential building owners in
conforming to structural regulations to
mitigate oods.
Lack of clear locational and structural
development guidelines in the
establishment and construction of
residential structures.
226
Discourage the construction of utilities

in identi ed informal settler areas
(transportation, water and electricity) to
discourage future growth.
Reforestation in the Watershed areas of
the Iponan and Bungcalalan River
Table4.15
4.15 Risk
Risk and
considerations
in the Sectoral
Cross-sectoral
Analysis, SocialAnalysis,
Sector-Health
Sub-sector
Table
andVulnerability
Vulnerability
considerations
in the and
Sectoral
and Cross-sectoral
Social
SectorHealth Sub-sector
Technical Findings
Increasing demand and ensuring
adequate and ef cient delivery of
quality basic health services
There is a need to provide 10
additional BHS based on the
projected population by 2022,
including three BHS in need of
relocation.
Around 5 existing BHS require
retro tting to mitigate the hazards
affecting the structure.
Signi cant reduction in forest
cover in the Iponan and
Bungcalalan watershed areas have
been observed and may have
contributed to low land ooding
Existing municipal health station

(12 bed capacity) is within a ood
prone area. Past ood occurrences
resulted in the transfer of patients
to the local public market (Jan 11,
2009, Tail end of the cold front at
200mm).
Cagayan de Oro projections of
extreme daily rainfall events
(>150mm) suggest that there will
be 13 events occurring within the
period of 2006-2035 (2020
projection) and nine events
occurring within the period of
2036-2065 (2050 projection).
Implications
Inadequacies in the
provision of BHS in
the future to
accommodate
projected future
population.
No assurances that
these facilities will
be operational
during extreme
rainfall events which
may lead to the
de ciencies in the
delivery of health
related services
Construction of new BHS within relatively
natural hazard safe areas.
Employing structural mitigation/climate
proo ng of new BHS structures.
Rehabilitation and retro tting/climate
proo ng of 5 existing BHS structures
vulnerable to damage against ood.
Reforestation in the watershed areas of the
Iponan and Bungcalalan River
Possible
inadequacies and
major disruption of
provision of health
services
Retro tting is possible by extending vertically

and using the rst oor as parking area. It
will entail signi cant costs but cheaper
compared to establishing a new municipal
health station.
Disaster response
may be ineffective
and may lead to
deaths due to lack
of medical/health
services
Establishment of new hospital to

accommodate projected future population
will be outside ood prone and sea level rise
impact areas
Reforestation in the watershed areas of the

Iponan and Bungcalalan River
227

A goal is a broad statement of the desired outcome in support of a long term vision.
Goals are typically intersectoral in scope and long to medium term in time scale that seek
to address or respond to a general problem. Objectives are more specific statements of
medium toSUPPLEMENTAL
short-term
targets
which seekCLIMATE
to address
specific
problems that
would
GUIDELINES
ON MAINSTREAMING
CHANGE AND
DISASTER sectoral
RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE
LAND USE
PLAN
contribute in the achievement of the identified goal. Informed of the various development
Situational
challenges, Analysis
problems, issues, and concerns, and the various policy interventions (through
theclimate
climateandand
disaster
profile(CDRA)
incorporated
sectoral
cross
studies),
The
disaster
risk risk
assessment
provides in
thethe
climate
and and
disaster
risksectoral
perspectives
for a
the municipality/city
shouldenvironment.
be able toThe
enrich
its sectoral
goals
and objectives
statements
deeper
analysis of the planning
emphasis
will be on
the analysis
of the implications
of
climate
change and principles
hazards, toofthe
various risk
development
(i.e. demography/social,
by incorporating
disaster
reductionsectors/sub-sectors
and climate change
adaptation. The
economic,
infrastructure
and
utilities)
and
the
land
use
framework.
It
shall
allow
climate
andand
disaster
risk
integration of climate and disaster risks in the CLUP, recognizes risk reduction
climate
concerns
be incorporated
the identification
issues, concerns
and problemsand
and ensures
ensure that
identified
changetoadaptation
as in
pre-requisites
to ofsustainable
development
that
these
policy interventions both address current sectoral needs and anticipate future impacts of climate change and
will be among
the priority
long-term
agenda
thesectoral
local studies
government
and guide
the spatial
disasters.
The integration
of climate
and disaster
risks inofthe
shall provide
the opportunity
for
adevelopment
more integratedlocality.
approach in formulating the land use plan.
Climate and
Disaster Risk
Assessment

Vision
CLUP Step 4. Analyze the

Situation
(Risk Perspective)
Development Challenges,
Issues, Concerns and Policy
Options/Interventions

Goals and Objectives
Figure ___ Mainstreaming Climate and Disaster Risks in the CLUP (Steps 3-5)
Listed below are the expected outputs of the climate and disaster risk profile. Information derived can be used
to further enrich the analysis of the planning environment. The profile is intended to analyze how climate
change and natural hazards will potentially impact the various sectoral development focus areas and help in
the identification of development challenges, planning implications, and possible policy interventions for
addressing climate change and natural hazards through proper incremental and long-term adaptation and
mitigation in order to reduce or eliminate the impacts of future disasters.
228
It is assumed that the identified development challenges, issues and concerns derived from
the situational analysis are already cognizant of CCA-DRRM. The sectoral studies are already
a product of the incorporation of the significant findings from the climate and disaster risk
profiling to the various planning sectors. Also, the vision statement already benefits from the
incorporation of CCA-DRRM and provides a good description of the ideal state of the locality
in the future. Development challenges/issues, including vision descriptors, can be restated
as goal statements while policy interventions identified in the sectoral studies can either be
restated as objectives. In the context of CCA-DRRM, as it relates to spatial planning, goals
and objectives should be able to cover the following development concerns:
Ensure optimum economic productivity through resilient and well-adapted
production systems
Address vulnerabilities/sensitivities and enhance adaptive capacities of the
population
Ensuring the uninterrupted access to social support services
Efficient linkage/access, and distribution systems through the establishment of
climate proofed and resilient infrastructure and utilities
More efficient use of public and private investments
Presented below are sample outputs of goals and objectives setting with emphasis on the
outputs derived from the CDRA.
229
Table 4.16 Sample goals and objectives

Table 4.16 Sample Goals and Objectives
Vision Statement
Goals
Objectives
Establishment of 22 new BHS that are disaster
and climate risk resilient by 2023
Ensure the adequate and

ef cient delivery of basic
social support facilities/
services
A vibrant and
sustainable
commercial, industrial,
and tourism based
economy propelled by
proactive and selfreliant citizenry living
in a water -suf cient,
adaptive, and balanced
environment with
competitive and propoor governance.
Retro tting and rehabilitation of 6 existing BHS

and existing Municipal hospital against potential
hazards affecting the structure
Establishment of additional 139 classrooms that
are disaster and climate risk resilient in safe
locations and reduce cases of disruption of
classes due to structural and equipment damage
Retro tting and rehabilitation of 10 existing
classrooms to mitigate potential hazards affecting
the structure.
Increase allocation for urban use areas; generate
jobs in the agri-industrial, tourism industries to
cover 1,200 households by 2022
Ensure human security by

increasing the level of
adaptive capacities of the
population and establishment
of sustainable and well
adapted housing units
Increase level of awareness of local population on

emerging issues related to disasters and climate
change including measures for adaptation and
mitigation
Encourage the retro tting/upgrading of 405
existing housing structures
Relocate 445 informal settler households
considered highly vulnerable and at risk to
ooding, sea level rise and storm surges
Establish new housing units to accommodate
future households (6,420)
230

Vision Statement
Goals
Objectives
Increase areas allocated for agricultural production
Reduce cases of land conversion of prime agricultural
lands to non-agricultural uses
Established climate-proofed/risk resilient food
warehouses
Increase in the average per hectare yield of rice and
corn
A vibrant and
sustainable commercial,
industrial, and tourism
based economy
propelled by proactive
and self-reliant citizenry
living in a watersuf cient, adaptive, and
balanced environment
with competitive and
pro-poor governance.
Established climate-proofed/risk resilient post-harvest

facilities
Ensure local food

security and optimum
productivity of
agriculture and forestbased industries
Reduce damages to farm equipment and post harvest

facilities
Increase in agricultural crop production areas with

access to water impoundment facilities
Identi cation of alternative water sources (surface and
ground) for irrigation
access to irrigation facilities
Decrease amount of damage to crops due to ood,
severe winds, drought through sound, and climateproofed production techniques
Establish forest production areas and ensure

sustainable production/resource extraction techniques
231

Vision Statement
Goals
Objectives
Increase area allocation for economic-based
establishments, tourism, agri-industrial, forestry, and other
service related facilities/establishments
Increase in locally employed residents
Establish climate smart, risk-resilient

and environmentfriendly industries and
services
Increase number establishments employing structural

mitigation measures and/or decrease in the number of
business establishments exposed to hazards
Decrease production losses due to hazards
Increase number of establishments employing water
augmentation practices
Increase number of establishments using on-site
renewable energy technologies
Enact a local ordinance providing incentives to
establishments using eco-ef cient production/operation
practices
A vibrant and sustainable

commercial, industrial and
tourism based economy
propelled by proactive and
self-reliant citizenry living
in a water-suf cient,
adaptive, and balanced
environment with
competitive and pro-poor
governance.
Enact a local ordinance designating portions of

the Bungcalalan River Watershed as protection
forest
Enact a local ordinance designating portions of
the Iponan River Watershed as protection forest
Increase rehabilitation efforts in forest areas
Increase in mangrove areas rehabilitated
Enhance the quality
and stability of
natural environments
Enact a local ordinance designating portions of the coastal

areas as protection mangrove forest
Enact a local ordinance designating portions of the coastal
areas within inland shery areas as production areas
including sustainable resource management regulations in
place
Resolution of con icts arising from the conversion of
mangrove forests into urban use areas
Enact a local ordinance designating key aquatic habitats
as protection areas
Reduction of cases of prohibited resource extraction
activities within identi ed protected areas
232
Table
4.16Sample
Sample Goals
Objectives
Table
4.16
goalsand
and
objectives
Vision
Statement
Goals
Objectives
Established alternate route connecting the urban core to the
Cagayan de Oro and El Salvador
Reduced cases of prolonged isolation of barangays due to
oods, landslides, and storm surges
Number of highly vulnerable and at-risk road segments,
climate-proofed and/or rehabilitated
Establishment of a local water district
Increase volume of locally sourced water
A vibrant and
sustainable
commercial,
industrial, and
tourism based
economy propelled
by proactive and
self-reliant citizenry
living in a watersuf cient, adaptive,
and balanced
environment with
competitive and
pro-poor
governance.
Ensure water quality of potable water (point source)

Area coverage (or households and establishments) with access
to potable drinking water
Establish climatesmart and disaster
risk-resilient
infrastructure
systems
Number of establishments employing water augmentation

practices
Reduced cases of disruption of water distribution services due
to natural hazards
Reduced cases of disruption of water distribution services due
to lack of water supply
Establishment of communal water treatment facilities within
major settlement areas
Enact a local ordinance providing incentives to establishments
using eco-ef cient water management practices
Number of off-grid, decentralized community-based renewable
energy systems to generate affordable electricity
Amount of energy (KwH) derived from renewable energy
sources
Reduced cases of disruption of power distribution services due
to natural hazards
Reduced electricity consumption
233
Selection of the Preferred Development Thrust

The development thrust identifies the type of development the city/municipality wishes
to pursue, which will drive the long term development of the locality. Identification of
development options is based on sectoral studies, SWOT analysis, and other analytical
studies which establish the inherent potentials and opportunities. LGUs are expected to
identify at least three development thrust options (i.e. Agriculture, Industrial, Commercial,
Eco-Tourism, Agri-Tourism) and prepare an evaluation criteria to select the preferred thrust.
The thrust option/s should be consistent with the predefined vision, goals, and objectives.
In the context of integrating CCA-DRR in the CLUP, climate and disaster risk information
give decision makers and stakeholders the opportunity to revisit their current development
thrust. They can choose to identify possible alternative development thrusts and evaluate
and select the preferred development thrust that accounts for the current and potential
implications of climate and disaster risks. In general, items for consideration include:
Ability of the option to generate social and economic benefits to reduce current
and future vulnerabilities/sensitivities and enhance current adaptive capacities of
local residents
Feasibility of pursuing the thrust option/s given the magnitude and spatial extent
of natural hazards
Potential impacts of climate change (i.e. extremes and variability) on the thrust
option and its implications to the sustained economic productivity
Required mitigation and adaptation measures to ensure sustained productivity
The expected impacts of the development thrust to the stability and ecological
balance of the natural environment and its ability to reduce hazards and climate
change associated impacts
Tools for evaluating development thrust/strategy options include Social Cost-Benefit Analysis
(SCBA), Planning and Budgeting System (PBS), Land Suitability Assessment (LSB), Checklist
Criteria, and other innovative techniques. Illustrated below is a sample goal achievement
matrix used for evaluating development thrust options.
234
5%
5%
5%
15%
10%
Will it generate enough local revenues/income in the form of real property taxes and business permits
to support/sustain local development?
Does the local inhabitants have the necessary skills and capabilities to pursue the option?
Does the Local Government have the capacity and capability to support the development thrust in
terms of policy, program and project implementation?
Will it encourage the sustainable and optimal use of local natural resources?
Is the option achievable given the hazard susceptibilities of the Municipality?
Is the option achievable given the projected changes in the climate (extremes and variability)?
Amount of disaster risk management and climate change adaptation measures required to pursue the
development option to be shouldered by the LGU and the private sector
Does it promote ecological balance and sustainability?
10
11
100%
10%
15%
2.95
0.4
0.2
0.45
0.45
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.3
3.4
2
3.6
0.4
0.2
0.6
0.45
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.6
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.45
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.45
0.15
0.4
Weighted
Rating
Rating
Weighted
Rating
Rating
Weighted
Rating
Rating
Scoring System:
1-Low contribution to the achievement of desired goals, very high cost requirements to achieve goals, very limited capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals
2-Moderate contribution to the achievement of desired goals, high cost requirements to achieve goals, limited capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals
3-High contribution to the achievement of desired goals, moderate cost requirements to achieve goals, existing capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals are present
4-Very high contribution to the achievement of desired goals, Low cost requirements to achieve goals, existing capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals are highly compatible
Note: The above evaluation tool is for demonstration purposes only. LGUs can develop or adopt their own evaluation tool.
Rank
Weighted Score
15%
Will the option generate enough economic opportunities and improve income levels of the local
inhabitants (sensitivities and enhance adaptive capacities of households and individuals)?
5%
5%
Is the option consistent with the vision and achievement of identi ed goals and objectives?
10%
Cost of new support infrastructure (i.e. Transportation, Power, Communication, Irrigation)
Weight
Criteria
Light to Medium AgriIndustrial Development
Agro-Forestry Tourism
Development
Intensi ed Crop
Production Development
Alternative 3:
Alternative 2:
Alternative 1:
Table 4.17 Sample Development Thrust Evaluation
235
Selection of the Preferred Spatial Strategy

Spatial strategy generation involves the translation of vision, goals, and objectives and the
preferred development thrust in spatial terms. The spatial strategy serves as framework to
guide the detailed allocation and location of the various land use categories. In the context
of climate and disaster risks, the spatial strategy generation provides an opportunity for
the LGU to look at alternative options for spatial development with information on issues
and concerns related to disasters and climate change. Different options can be generated,
depicting the configuration of the built and un-built environments and considering possible
spatial management options that municipalities can adopt and pursue to address current
risks/vulnerabilities and prevent future ones. Sample risk reduction and management
principles (including addressing vulnerabilities to climate change) can be applied in the
generation of spatial strategy alternatives/options such as:
1. Risk Avoidance or Elimination This strategy involves removing the risk trigger by
locating new expansion areas outside of potential hazard susceptible areas. This can
also be achieved by encouraging open spaces and establishment and extension of buffer
easements (i.e. coastal, river). However, it has to be noted that nationally prescribed
easement regulations can be extended to factor in the possible increase in frequency and
severity of hazards due to climate change (i.e. storm surge, floods, sea-level rise).
2. Risk Reduction through Mitigation This strategy can be implemented if the strategy
of avoidance/ elimination cannot be applied and/or the spatial strategy involves retaining
existing urban use areas and resource production areas in its current location. Measures
for mitigation (or adaptation) can be applied to reduce potential risks/vulnerabilities by
changing physical characteristics or operations of a system or the element exposed to
hazards. It can take on the following subcategories:
a. Mitigation - Imposing building design regulations to enhance structural
resistance/resilience to hazards and implementing engineering-based measures
(i.e. flood control, sea-wall, slope stabilization). However, such measures (which
often entail significant costs) will be dependent on the capacities of the LGU
and property owners to implement and conform to such measures. Nonstructural
mitigation, to some extent, can also be considered as mitigation measures, such
as the rehabilitation of upland and coastal forests to reduce hazards (i.e. renewed
upland forest cover can reduce magnitude and extent of floods in low-land areas
or rehabilitating coastal mangrove areas to reduce magnitude of storm surges),
changing production techniques (climate sensitive agricultural production
practices, shift to climate resilient varieties), and constructing production support
infrastructure such as water impoundments and irrigation.
236
b. Duplication or Redundancy - Increasing system sustainability by providing backup support for systems or facilities that may become nonfunctional/operational
after a hazard impact. This can be applied by establishing redundantaccess/linkage/
distribution systems (i.e. establishment of alternate transportation routes, looping
and back-up systems for water
distribution, and establishing alternative
critical point facilities such as schools and hospitals).
c. Spatial separation - Increasing system capacity and robustness through
geographic, physical, and operational separation of facilities and functions through
multi-nodal spatial development. It proposes a strategy option of not centrally
placing critical services (i.e health, educational, commercial, governance-based
facilities/services) in one location.
d. Preparedness measures - Mostly non-structural measures that reduce the socioeconomic vulnerabilities or improve coping mechanisms of communities at risk by
improving capability to rescue, salvage, and recover; installation of early warning
systems; increasing level of awareness through information, education, and
communication (IEC) programs; and developing contingency/evacuation plans.
These measures can be pursued and implemented in areas potentially exposed to
hazards.
3. Risk sharing or risk transfer Another option that can be pursued for usrban use
areas and natural production areas located in hazard prone areas. It is the shifting of the
risk-bearing responsibility to another party, oftentimes involving the use of financial and
economic measures particularly insurance systems to cover and pay for future damages.
However, this strategy should consider the current and future financial capacities of the
exposed elements in accessing these instruments.
4. Risk retention or acceptance This is the do-nothing scenario where risks are fully
accepted and arrangements are made to pay for financial losses with own resources.
However, this strategy can only be applied if current or future exposed elements will
have the resource capacity to carry the burden of recovering from risks.
237
In the context of climate and disaster risks, when evaluating spatial strategy options, the
evaluation criteria should be able to assess the various options in terms of the following
considerations:

Reduces current and/or prevent future risks;

Ensure the uninterrupted delivery of high quality and basic social support services;
Ensure and maintain inter- and intra area linkages;
Required risk mitigation measures (through the imposition of zoning regulations
and hazard resistant design standards) are within the current and future of the LGU
and the private sector;
Risk can be managed within acceptable thresholds especially when retaining or
expanding built-up areas within the hazard prone areas.
Illustrated below is a sample set of criteria for evaluating spatial strategy options with
emphasis on climate and disaster risks (refer to Table 4.18)
Upon selection of the preferred development thrust, preparation of the structure plan map
can proceed. The structure plan map is a schematic representation of the chosen spatial
strategy. It indicates the approximate location of areas for settlement development, location
of key production systems, areas for protection and the various linkage systems. In the
context of DRR-CCA, in the preparation of the structure plan map, emphasis should be given
to:
Indicative location of new expansion settlement areas in relation to hazard
susceptibilities;
Priority areas where mitigation and adaptation measures should be implemented
for current or future settlement (expansion) areas, including production areas
identified as highly vulnerable to natural hazards and climate change impacts;
Key linkage and distribution systems with emphasis on its role for disaster risk
reduction and climate change adaptation (redundant transportation routes for
improved area access, response and evacuation, back up systems for water
distribution);
Major risk mitigation infrastructure to be established (flood control, sea walls,
slope stabilization, etc.);
Designating highly susceptible hazard areas as protection (buffer easements) or
natural resource production areas (where production can be pursued if feasible);
Indicating key protection areas for rehabilitation and conservation with emphasis
on its contribution to management of climate and disaster risks.
238
10%
10%
15%
Is the ef cient access and linkages between the various functional zones feasible (physically and in
terms of cost and potential impacts of hazards) ?
Will the option encourage the equitable distribution of economic bene ts within the municipality?
Will it contribute to ecological balance and stability?
Will the spatial option signi cantly reduce exposure and promote long term human security from
natural hazards?
Does it ensure the uninterrupted delivery of basic social support services?
Ability of the LGU to effectively monitor and enforce required development regulations and policies
10
11
100%
5%
10%
5%
15%
5%
Rating
2.7
0.15
0.2
0.15
0.3
0.1
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.6
Weighted
Rating
Rating
3.15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.4
0.15
0.6
Weighted
Rating
Rating
3.2
0.15
0.4
0.15
0.45
0.2
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.3
Weighted
Rating
Multi-Nodal
Development
Concentric
Development
Trend Extension
Scoring System:
1-Low contribution to the achievement of desired goals, very high cost requirements to achieve goals, very limited capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals
2-Moderate contribution to the achievement of desired goals, high cost requirements to achieve goals, limited capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals
3-High contribution to the achievement of desired goals, moderate cost requirements to achieve goals, existing capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals are present
4-Very high contribution to the achievement of desired goals, Low cost requirements to achieve goals, existing capacities and/or capabilities of constituents or the government to achieve goals are highly compatible
Note: The above evaluation tool is for demonstration purposes only. LGUs can develop or adopt their own evaluation tool.
Rank
Weighted Score
Will it encourage the preservation of prime agricultural areas?
Potential scale and cost of disaster response, recovery, and rehabilitation, given the potential
exposure
If the option is pursued, are current and future capacities enough to comply with the required risk
reduction and management related land use and structural development regulations (building design,
Floor Area Ratio, risk transfer mechanisms) ?
5%
Impact on general image and attractiveness of the municipality
15%
Financial capacity of the LGU to realize the spatial option (i.e. infrastructure requirements and
available public investments), Including investment requirements for mitigation and adaptation
5%
Weight
Criteria
Alternative 3:
Alternative 2:
Alternative 1:
Table 4.18 Sample Spatial Strategy Evaluation
239
Relocate
100 m
Retreat line <100 m

In 20 years
100 m
Buffer
Retreat line <50 m

In 10 years
Managed retreat, relocate
Figure 4.4 Sample Spatial

Strategy Option. The Spatial
Strategy plan map of the
Municipality of Bacuag, Identi es
the new expansion areas,
establishment of buffer
easements along rivers, and its
incremental approach to
adaptation in addressing current
settlement risks along the coast
and rivers though managed
retreat/relocation. It also
indicates the need to widen the
road to ensure ease of access
during evacuation and response
operations (Source: Reference
Manual on Mainstreaming
Disaster Risk Reduction and
Climate Change Adaptation in
the Comprehensive Land Use
Plans Report, NEDA-UNDP-
?
New Location
Gully/drainage routes
Poblacion, Bacuag
240
Climate and Disaster Risk Sensitive Land Use Planning

At this stage in the planning process, the land use plan will translate the development thrust
and spatial strategy that both describe how, why, when, and where to build, rebuild, and
preserve20. It involves four major steps: balancing land demand and supply; designing the
land and water uses schemes (covering location and allocation); formulating the policies for
land development and resource use management; and identification of priority programs
and projects. At this stage, most of the identified planning challenges issues and challenges
related to CCA-DRR, and how these will be addressed in terms of inventions (whether spatial
and non-spatial in context), have already been articulated in previous steps (i.e. situational
analysis, visioning, goals and objectives setting, development thrust, and spatial strategy).
This would allow decision makers make necessary adjustments in the land use plan, one
that would effectively address the potential impacts of natural hazards and climate change.
Designing the Land Use Scheme and Land Use Policy Options
The land use design scheme deals with the allocation and location of the various land use
suitability studies, costs, aesthetics, accessibility, and other considerations. Land use policies
refer to specific guidelines, methods, procedures, rules, and forms that will guide the use of
lands. In the context of CCA-DRR, emphasis will be given to design approaches/options for
risks reduction and climate change adaptation with emphasis on approaches for reducing
exposure and addressing vulnerability/sensitivity, and enhancing adaptive capacities. These
mitigation and adaptation approaches shall be incorporated in the area location/allocation
and land use policy formulation. Below are some recommended policies in designing the
land use scheme/s and policy statements covering the four general land use policy areas.
Urban Use Areas
The land use design scheme deals with the allocation and location of the various land use
suitability studies, costs, aesthetics, accessibility, and other considerations. Land use policies
refer to specific guidelines, methods, procedures, rules, and forms that will guide the use of
lands. In the context of CCA-DRR, emphasis will be given to design approaches/options for
risks reduction and climate change adaptation with emphasis on approaches for reducing
exposure and addressing vulnerability/sensitivity, and enhancing adaptive capacities. These
mitigation and adaptation approaches shall be incorporated in the area location/allocation
and land use policy formulation. Below are some recommended policies in designing the
land use scheme/s and policy statements covering the four general land use policy areas.
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, CLUP Guidebook: A Guide to Comprehensive Land Use Planning, Volume 1,
2006.
20
241
Minimize hazard exposure

-
This policy approach for settlement area development is an application of risk

avoidance/elimination. It entails the location of settlements where hazards are not
present and/or risks associated with locating within hazard prone areas can be
effectively managed over the long-term by minimizing elements exposed.
This policy option is pursued under the notion that future risks will be averted which
is more sustainable compared to risk reduction through mitigation which may entail
costs.
Minimizing exposure (within hazard prone areas) can be done by designating such
areas as parks and open spaces, buffers, or natural resource production areas.
These development control measures restrict new development in order to significantly
reduce future elements exposed to hazards.
Although in reality, it is widely recognized that very little lands (relatively safe areas)
are available to accommodate future demands. In such cases densification of relatively
safe areas and mitigation of structures within hazard prone areas should be employed.
Densification of identified safe areas

-
Densification of existing and future expansion areas should be encouraged within

identified safe areas (or highly suitable areas where risks can be managed cheaply and
effectively) to maximize utilization of lands.
This approach can be adopted to prevent future expansion in hazard prone areas,
reduce future exposure and/or minimize potential costs for mitigation especially when
very little lands are available to accommodate future urban use areas.
Reduce risks/vulnerabilities through mitigation measures

-
242
When existing and urban expansion settlement areas are within hazard prone areas,
necessary mitigation measures should be in place (through structural and nonstructural measures) to safeguard structures and the population.
To reduce building vulnerabilities/sensitivities, proper building structural design
standards (specific to the type or combination of hazard/s), using national and special
building and structural codes, should be enforced and monitored.
Vulnerabilities can also be reduced through the establishment of off-site risk mitigation
structures (flood control, flood water retention ponds, sea wall, wave breakers, slope
stabilization) whenever feasible.
Enhancing adaptive capacities may involve non-spatial related measures such as
increasing level of awareness, improving income levels, improved capacities to access/
afford post disaster economic protection, and disaster preparedness/evacuation plans.
Decisions to situate urban use areas within hazard prone areas should consider the
feasibility and conformance to the new risk reduction related regulations and whether
it can be sustained over the long term.
Prioritizing Residential areas, Critical point Facilities, and other Government

owned/managed Facilities to be situated in relatively safe areas
-
This is in support of ensuring human security by prioritizing residential areas over other
uses, to be situated within less susceptible hazard prone areas. This is under the notion
that nonresidential uses such as commercial and industrial have a higher capacity to
conform to building/development restrictions and implement disaster management
options.
Aside from residential areas, key infrastructure-related point facilities such as those
related to water (pumping stations, water treatment plants), power (sub-stations,
and power plants) and other institutional facilities (schools, government buildings,
evacuation centers) should also be strategically located to minimize major disruptions
in the delivery of basic utilities and critical social support facilities.
Prioritizing safety over accessibility when it comes to location standards

-
This pertains to the location of propulsive growth areas or central facilities (i.e.
commercial and residential growth centers, schools, hospitals, governance, point
utilities,) being located within hazard prone areas due to location standards that favor
accessibility (convenience) rather than long term safety (performance).
Settlement expansion tends to expand around and in near proximity to these centers
which may increase future risks especially when these propulsive centers are within or
adjacent hazard prone areas.
When locating new propulsive centers/establishments, the overall design should
anticipate the associated settlement growth surrounding it.
Location should lean more towards safety location standards and not on accessibility
standards.
Accessibility can be considered over safety provided that risk mitigation measures (i.e
hazard resistant design standards, major engineering measures) can be enforced and
implemented; and ensuring that current and future private and public capacities can
adapt to potential impacts.
Mitigation measures should account for the expected changes on the

severity and frequency of hazards.
-
The severity and frequency of rapid (floods, landslides and storm surges) and slow
onset hazards (i.e sea level rise) may increase due to climate change.
This may entail the anticipation of future spatial extent and magnitude of hazards
when deciding to retain or extend existing mandatory easement adjacent to existing
and new settlements.
This often requires special studies and may require coordination with the mandated
agencies.
243
Cost for mitigation should be shared by both the LGU and the
community.
-
These can be in the form of the imposition of higher property taxes (disincentive) to
generate revenues to sustain local/autonomous efforts for disaster risk mitigation and
climate change adaptation (i.e. land banking, relocation, rehabilitation/retrofitting of
public facilities).
Encouraging mandatory retrofitting of existing highly vulnerable structures can also be
pursued through incentives (property tax holidays).
Situating settlement areas away from environmentally critical and

sensitive areas
-
This would minimize anthropogenic stresses (i.e. extraction of resource, encroachment,

habitat destruction) to ECAs as a result of being in close proximity to s e t t l e m e n t
areas.
Decisions in locating propulsive growth centers should consider its proximity to these
ECAs.
Incentive instruments to facilitate risk mitigation/climate change

adaptation
-
Pertains to instruments for incentives (i.e. tax discounts/holidays, allowing variances

relative to regulations) for establishments adopting onsite innovative climate smart
and eco-friendly technologies and practices.
This shall cover energy efficiency (using on site renewable energy generation
technologies) and water management (rain harvesting, water recycling/treatment).
These practices should be recognized by the LGUs and incentive packages should be
provided since these promote water sufficiency and the mitigation of greenhouse gases.
Production Areas
These cover the natural resource production areas such as crop production areas, fisheries,
and forest based production areas. These areas can be situated in hazard-prone areas
where implementation of risk reduction and adaptation options are prerequisites to reduce
potential economic losses due to sudden and slow onset hazards.
Changing production practices to anticipate/adapt to potential changes in
climate - Pertains to adopting changes in resource production techniques/practices
that adapt to potential changes in the climate. In the context of
agricultural
production, this may entail a better understanding of seasonal climate parameters
through:
-
244
weather forecasting
early warning systems to influence current planting and harvesting schedules
using hazard resistant and early maturing crops (includes changing spatial location of
crop types relative to hazard) to mitigate climate extremes
encourage crop diversity or pest resistant crops
site preparation (i.e. slope stabilization/control, soil conservation measures)
Strategic location of climate proofed production support facilities

-
This pertains to considerations in locating facilities that house farm inputs, implements,
machinery, and other storage facilities in areas where risks can be managed effectively.
Strategic location of community-level temporary/permanent, climate-proofed holding
facilities can be established to address potential losses as a result of climate extremes.
Encourage agro-forestry production in upland or sloping areas

-
Establishment of agro-forestry production (i.e. long lived fruit and multipurpose

trees as an alternative to cultivated crop types) within sloping areas and forest buffers
can be a good strategy in GHG mitigation, rehabilitation/increase vegetative cover,
watershed management, stabilizing slopes and complement nearby forest ecosystems.
It is also a good way of maximizing idle upland agricultural lands and increase derived
economic benefits to enhance adaptive capacities and reduce sensitivities of farmers.
Resource use within sustainable levels

-
This recognizes the need to regulate extraction and/or activities that are within the
capacity of the environment/s for natural regeneration and carrying capacity levels
Managing water sources

-
In light of the potential impacts of climate change to water resources (specifically

impacts to water supply associated with the decrease in rainfall amount in certain
areas), interventions must be in place to secure water demand requirements for natural
resource production.
Establishment of water impoundment facilities (community-based or farm site-level)
with support irrigation networks should be encouraged.
Innovations in maximizing the use these facilities other than impoundment (i.e. utilizing
them as inland fishponds in certain times of the year) can be encouraged.
Also, tapping ground water reserves, in a sustainable manner, taking into consideration
the recharge levels and the potential variations in rainfall values due climate change,
can also be pursued.
Encouraging post disaster economic protection measures

-
To mitigate potential damages/losses, property owners engaged in resource production

should have the capacity to access/afford post-disaster economic protection/financing
(i.e. crop/property insurances).
245
Protection Areas
Protection areas are private lands, public lands, and water areas that are set aside for
conservation, preservation, and rehabilitation because of their long-term strategic benefit
and because of the observed and projected impact of climate-related events and disasters to
these areas21. Designating protection land uses can significantly contribute to disaster risk
reduction and climate change adaptation using the ecosystem based approach. In general,
the establishment of protection areas can reduce settlement and population exposure to
prevent future risks, enhance the quality of the environment to increase its adaptive capacity
to withstand impacts of climate change, contribute to the mitigation of GHG, and reduce the
impacts of hazards. Here are some considerations in designing the land use scheme and in
the formulation of policies:
Implement easements as an effective strategy in managing risks
-
The establishment of buffer easements (i.e. coastal, river, forest buffer) and designating
certain hazard-susceptible areas as no dwelling units are forms of reducing exposure
to hazards.
Mandatory easements (prescribed minimum easements based on national laws) can
be extended to account for the possible changes in extent and magnitude of hazards
due to climate change which can be determined though empirical studies (i.e. flood
modeling incorporating climate change projections on the one day extreme rainfall
patterns).
One example is exceeding the minimum coastal easement from 20 meters to a distance
that would accommodate the projected change in the coastline associated with sea
level rise, and the run-up distances/inundation areas of storm surges.
Extending easements along rivers (where flood modeling studies can establish peak
flood elevation and velocities) can be set aside as either part of the protection land
uses (as buffer strips/ open spaces left in its natural state), production (if these can
be sustainably utilized for resource production despite the expected intensity and
recurrence of the hazard), or even urban use areas in the form of open spaces such as
linear/forest parks to minimize, prevent and even eliminate population and property
risks.
Field Demarcation/Delineation of hazard prone areas

-
Another form of risk reduction is the demarcation of highly susceptible hazard areas.
The main intention is to prevent encroachment and future exposure/disasters and to
enhance local awareness on the spatial location of hazards.
These can be set aside as open spaces or natural buffer strips devoid of any development,
set aside as public, open recreational spaces, or natural resource production uses
where immediate and/or long term impacts can be mitigated and sustainable resource
extraction can be employed.
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, CLUP Guidebook: A Guide to Comprehensive Land Use Planning, Volume 1,
2006.
21
246
Protection of forests/watersheds
-
Sustained rehabilitation and protection of upland forests and watersheds (falling under
protection forests) as strategies for risk reduction and climate change adaptation.
Forest areas can act as carbon sinks to increase environmental capacity to reduce
atmospheric GHG levels, enhance water absorptive capacity to reduce flood surface
run-off and delay arrival times in low lying areas, increase slope resilience to failure
(soft mitigation measure), reduce soil erosion, contribute to water sufficiency, improve
air quality, and enhance biodiversity.
Protection and rehabilitation of ecologically sensitive and critical habitats

-
The strict protection and rehabilitation of critical and sensitive habitats, in the context
of CCA-DRR, can be viewed as measures for enhancing adaptive capacities of natural
environments in order to cope with climate change.
Synergy and convergence of protection policies across Municipalities/

Cities
-
Watershed areas encompass administrative boundaries. Inter-municipality convergence

and synergy of land use policies emphasize the importance of establishing inter-LGU
coordination/ synergy to facilitate and promote convergence of actions/policies in
addressing disasters and climate change, including reducing and managing common/
shared risks across municipalities/cities.
Infrastructure and utilities

The manner in which linkage/access systems and distribution utilities are designed and how
mitigation measures are constructed can either increase or can become a source new risks
over time.
Strategic establishment of transportation access/routes as a means of
redirecting settlement growth
-
Establishing new transportation routes leading towards relatively safe areas can be
employed to redirect settlement growth in more sustainable/suitable areas.
It has to be noted that areas adjacent to roads, especially when these transect hazard
prone zones, should be regulated and monitored regularly to prevent unplanned
settlement growth and generation of new risks.
247
Strategic establishment/upgrading of utility distribution systems

-
Settlement growth is encouraged when necessary distribution systems are present

(power, water and communication). The strategic establishment of distribution networks
can be a good way of redirecting and restricting growth to prevent the future risks.
The decision to establish new or the upgrading of distribution systems should be
mindful of whether the growth of settlements (increasing exposure), especially when
these are located in highly susceptible areas can be managed and sustained overtime.
Mitigation measures should be adjusted to account for the impacts of

climate change on the magnitude and severity existing hazards
-
Mitigation measures, designed without consideration of projected trends in extreme

daily rainfall due to climate change, is an example of maladaptation. Flood control
works, designed to withstand historical probabilities of flooding (i.e. without adequate
consideration of climate change), may not provide adequate protection.
However, this may require flood and climate simulation and special feasibility studies.
Urban drainage systems should be able to accommodate higher water runoff associated
with extreme one day rainfall events to minimize urban flooding.
Climate proofing/mitigation of key distribution and access systems

-
Among the major impacts of hazards is the major/prolonged interruption on the delivery
of key utilities (power, water, and communication, transportation/access).
Ensuring the uninterrupted delivery (or minimizing disruptions at acceptable levels)
and access through climate proofing of existing and new distribution networks should
be considered and implemented as much as practicable.
Establishing strategic complimentary or back-up access and distribution

systems
-
Ensuring uninterrupted access and delivery of key utilities can be achieved through the
establishment of alternate transportation routes and looping distribution networks in
cases where the main networks are severely affected by hazards.
Policies in encouraging community-based or household level water and electricityrelated facilities (i.e. water storage tanks, establishment of community based power
generation facilities) and establishment of alternative routes to access key functional
zones should be created.
Sample land use policies, specific to flood hazard, can be incorporated when formulating
policies of identified settlement growth areas. Other policy options for other hazards can be
prepared and incorporated when certain growth areas/land uses are within identified hazard
prone areas. These land use policies can either be translated as programs and projects or
regulations which can be included in the hazard overlay zones in the zoning ordinance.
248
Table 4.19 Sample Land Use Planning Options for Flood hazard areas
Parameters
Sample Land Use Policy Options
Ideally, situate settlement areas outside ood prone areas. If unavoidable, institute
other riskLand
mitigation
measures Options
such as density
control
and building
Table 4.19 Sample
Use Planning
for Flood
hazard
areas design
regulations, establishment of evacuation routes, and/or establishment of ood
Site selection and
control infrastructure.
development controls
Redirect settlement growth by locating propulsive centers and central facilities
outside or in low susceptible ood areas where risks can be managed within
acceptable levels.
Density Control
Encourage low density development in highly susceptible areas and moderate to high
density development in areas less susceptible to oods assuming building design
standards/regulations are followed. Density and bulk control measures include oor
area ratio, minimum lot sizes, and building height restrictions.
Increase in density can be adjusted in high susceptible areas when property owners
have capacities to employ structural mitigation (conform with building design
standards or contribute/share the costs for ood mitigation infrastructure).
Lowest oor of structures must be two feet (freeboard) above the estimated 100-year
base ood elevation (or 100-year, depending on agreed ood level) based on climate
change rainfall projections.
For a critical facility (i.e. hospitals, government building, re/police stations,
evacuation sites, jail, emergency management, and facilities that store highly
volatile, hazardous, toxic materials) higher protection standards will be required,
where freeboards are above the 100 (sample) year base ood elevation.
Design should also account for the expected ood water ow velocity and direction.
Building design
Encourage column or ow through crawlspaces rather than lling as the means in

elevating buildings to minimize ood water ow obstructions and increase in ood
heights as a result of diminished ood plain storage capacity. When land lling is
employed, ood storage measures must be constructed either onsite or within the
ood plain.
Structures can have high foundation walls, stilts, pilings. and occupants have access
to the roof from inside the dwelling unit
Foundation of buildings should be constructed to account for erosion, scour, or
settling.
Encourage onsite water storage facilities.
Strengthening and
retro tting, of existing
buildings
Legally require retro tting of existing buildings that are high-risk or highly vulnerable
using recommended building design standards as prescribed in the Building Code
and the Structural Code of the Philippines.
When buildings and/or areas are totally damaged by oods, consider other options
like relocation, land swapping, or land pooling.
249
Parameters
Sample Land Use Policy Options

Situate critical point facilities outside of hazard prone areas to ensure accessibility and
minimize service disruption during and after ood events.
Protection of critical
lifelines
Climate proof critical access (roads) and distribution systems (water, power and
communication facilities).
Establish redundant/back-up and looping systems as alternative systems for access
and distribution.
Design drainage or temporary storm water holding facilities to accommodate 25 to 50
year ood water volume (whenever feasible).
Encourage open spaces (parks and other buffers) or agriculture production areas in
ood prone areas to minimize settlement area and population exposure.
Open space preservation
Establish easements and river bank protection measures and maintain riparian
vegetation to prevent erosion.
Protect wetland areas to absorb peak ows from oods.
Relocation
Mandatory incremental relocation of highly at risk and vulnerable communities/

families.
Real estate tax holidays to owners who retro t structures based on new design
standards
Financial incentives and

disincentives
Provision of new development in suitable areas to locate new growth areas where
necessary amenities are available.
Impose higher real estate taxes for properties bene ting from major ood control
infrastructure
Reforestation of upland forests to enhance vegetative cover, increase water absorptive
capacity of watershed areas to manage volume and delay arrival of surface runoff
Establishment of ood mitigation infrastructure
Other policy parameters
Contingency plans within identi ed high-risk areas

Use of ood resistant crops or change cropping patterns/types
Land banking in identi ed growth areas as resettlement sites to accommodate
families within high risk areas
250
Identification of Priority Programs and Projects.

Programs are set of projects in support of the realization of the CLUP. These are linked to
the set of goals, objectives, and success indicators; and the operationalization of the desired
land use scheme and policies. Various development challenges and the interventions to
address climate and disaster risks have already been articulated in previous steps. This is
the part where comprehensive programs, specific projects, and other support legislation are
enumerated to support the various strategies relevant to the reduction and management of
climate and disaster risks. Sample program and projects are, but not limited to, resettlement/
relocation programs; hazard mitigation infrastructure projects; IEC programs for increased
level awareness on disaster and climate change; disaster preparedness programs; formulation
of river-basin management plans (in coordination with other municipalities); reforestation
projects, comprehensive agricultural extension program (emphasis on climate change
resiliency); capacity and capability building of executive and legislative officers in support
of CCA-DRR; Programs for job creation and livelihood, road infrastructure projects (climate
proofing of existing roads), and potable water infrastructure program. Also, supportive
local legislation can be identified to implement the CLUP and address other specific/
special issues. These may range from local ordinances providing incentives to eco-friendly
industries/housing units (employing green building design), employing hazard retrofitting,
special ordinances designating protected areas in watershed/forest areas, adjustments to
be made to the property tax rates, or imposition of special levies for revenue generation
for disaster mitigation related infrastructure (refer to sample priority programs-projectslegislation matrix).
These programs, projects will be interfaced and implemented in phases through the
Comprehensive Development Plan (CDP) and funded through the Local Development
Investment Program/Annual Investment Plan (LDIP/AIP). Local legislation may form part of
the legislative agenda of local governments.
251
252
A vibrant and
sustainable
commercial,
industrial, and
tourism-based
economy propelled
by proactive and
and balanced
environment with
competitive and
pro-poor
governance.
Vision Statement
Ensure human
security by
increasing the
level of adaptive
capacities of the
population and
establishment of
sustainable and
well adapted
housing units
Ensure the
adequate and
ef cient delivery
of basic social
support facilities/
services
Goals
Comprehensive Opol shelter program
Establish new housing units to accommodate future

households (6,420)
Local ordinance on the provision of incentives to encourage

building retro tting
Establishment of the Building Information Management

System (BIMS)
Earthquake Hazard Modeling and Risk Assessment
Storm Surge Modeling Project
Formulation of contingency plans for various hazards
Formulation of the Local Climate Change Action Plan
Formulation of the municipal and barangay level DRRM

Plans
Hazard retro tting of existing educational related facilities
Opol education modernization program
Hazard retro tting of existing health related facilities
Opol Zero backlog health program
Programs, Projects, Activities, and Legislation
Relocate 445 informal settler households considered

highly vulnerable and at risk to ooding, sea level
rise, and storm surges
Encourage the retro tting/upgrading of 405 existing

housing structures
Increase level of awareness of local population on

emerging issues related to disasters and climate
change including measures for adaptation and
mitigation
Retro tting and rehabilitation of 10 existing

classrooms to mitigate potential hazards affecting
the structure
Establishment of additional 139 classrooms that are

disaster and climate risk resilient in safe locations
and reduce cases of disruption of classes due to
structural and equipment damage
Retro tting and rehabilitation of 6 existing BHS and

existing municipal hospital against potential hazards
affecting the structure
Establishment of 22 new BHS that are disaster and

climate risk resilient by 2023
Objectives
Table 4.20 Sample Priority Programs-Projects-Legislation
A vibrant and
sustainable
commercial,
industrial, and
tourism-based
economy propelled
by proactive and
and balanced
environment with
competitive and
pro-poor
governance.
Vision Statement
Ensure local food

security and
optimum
productivity of
agriculture and
forest based
industries
Goals
Establish forest production areas and ensure

sustainable production/resource extraction
techniques
Decrease amount of damage to crops due to ood,

severe winds, and drought through sound and
climate-proofed production techniques

access to irrigation facilities
Identi cation of alternative water sources (surface

and ground) for irrigation

access to water impoundment facilities
Reduce damages to farm equipment and postharvest facilities
Establish climate proofed/risk resilient post harvest

facilities
Increase in the average per hectare yield for rice

and corn
Establish climate proofed/risk resilient food

warehouses
Reduce cases of land conversion of prime

agricultural lands to non-agricultural uses
Increase areas allocated for agricultural production
Objectives
Opol Sustainable Non-Timber Forest Product Development

and Marketing Project
Establishment of Technology Demo Sites for Emerging and

Innovative Farming Practices and Technologies
Irrigation and water impoundment system study for

Agricultural Production
Ground and surface water accounting study
Rehabilitation/Restoration of Communal Irrigation Systems
Construction and Rehabilitation of Upland Barangay Farmto-Market Roads
Value-Chain Study for Major Products (i.e. Banana, Abaca,

Coconut)
Establishment of the Opol Central Warehouse
Entrepreneurial Training Workshop for Farmers/Fisherfolks
Establishment of Community-Based Agro-Processing

Facilities for High-Value Commodities
Crop and Livestock Integrated Farming Systems

Development Project
253
254
A vibrant and
sustainable
commercial,
industrial, and
tourism-based
economy propelled
by proactive and
and balanced
environment with
competitive and
pro-poor
governance.
Vision Statement
Establish climatesmart, riskresilient and

environmentfriendly industries
and services
Goals
Decrease economic losses due to hazards
Increase number of establishments employing

structural mitigation measures and/or decrease in
the number business establishments exposed to
hazards
Increase number of establishments using onsite

renewable energy technologies
Local ordinance on the provision of incentives for economic

enterprises participating in building retro tting;
Local ordinance providing incentives to establishments

using eco-ef cient production/operation practices;
Establishment of the Building Information Management

System (BIMS);
Lot Purchase/Land banking;
Poblacion-Patag-Awang Municipal Road Construction
Increase in locally employed residents

Increase number of establishments employing water
augmentation practices
Barra commercial center redevelopment project
Opol Coastal Eco-Tourism Circuit Plan
Awang-Patag Light/agri-industrial Area Feasibility and Site

Development Plan
Increase area allocation for economic based

establishments tourism, agri-industrial, forestry, and
other service-related facilities/establishments
Objectives
Climate Risk Sensitive Zoning Ordinance

The Zoning Ordinance is the legal/statutory tool to implement the Comprehensive Land Use
Plan. It is a translation of relevant hazard risk mitigation and climate change adaptation
related policies articulated in the CLUP which can be translated into zoning provisions. Zoning
provisions may range from special building design restrictions, density control regulations,
no-build provisions, and restricted uses within hazard susceptible areas. Areas can also be
declared as risk management districts/zones where special regulations can be imposed to
fast track the process of risk reduction. Among the objectives of the hazard overlay are
ensuring the safety of building occupants; prevent substantial damage to structures and
its contents; protect adjacent properties from hazards associated with building damage/
failure resulting to injuries due to substandard building design; ensure ease of access during
disaster response, and rescue and evacuation
Hazard Overlay Zones
In the formulation of the zoning ordinance, the hazard overlay zones can contain additional
provisions on land/structural development regulations to impose on base zones. The hazard
specific overlay zone/s should contain, at the minimum, provisions covering the following
items:
1. Hazard Overlay Map - Visual representation of the extent/bounds of the zone. This is
represented as an overlay map and a sub-set of the official zoning map (refer to Figure
4.5).
Flood modeling maps generated through studies conducted by mandated agencies
(i.e. PAGASA, MGB) or any other entities where flood modeling maps have been
peer reviewed and validated
Flood modeling maps should depict the annual chance of occurring, estimated
flood height/elevation, estimated flow velocity, and flow direction which will be
the basis for determining hazard resistant structural design specifications to both
address flood heights and water velocities
Section 211 Flood Loads of the Structural Code of the Philippine (NSCP) prescribes
a base flood of 1 percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year
(100-year flood) as basis for the Design Flood Elevation22 which is applicable to
structures covered by the NSCP. There are no related provisions on the base flood
mentioned in the National Building Code.
The Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP), National Structural Code of the Philippines, 6th
Edition, Chapter 2, Section 211, page 112, 2010.
22
255
Further categorization of the flood overlay zone into sub-zones (i.e. High, Moderate
and low) or based on flood heights (i.e. 0.2-0.5 meters, 0.5-1 meter, 1-2 meters, 2-5
meters and above 5 meters) can be employed where different provisions can be
applied in the sub-zones.
2. Zone Coverage/Boundaries- Zone coverage pertains to areas which will provide the
coverage of the hazard overlay zone where the additional zoning provisions will be
applied.
Enumeration of actual lot numbers which are within the flood overlay zone. This
can be done through map overlaying (hazard and cadastral maps);
It can also be represented as meridional blocks coverage (refer to Figure 4.5
which can be further validated in the field during the locational clearance review
and issuance process (refer to Table 4.21 for a sample zone coverage/boundary
description using meridional block system);
Special GIS programs can also be used to derive the technical description (jn terms
of bearing and distance, longitudinal and latitudinal extents);
3. Prohibited Uses - Pertains to uses which will be prohibited in the said areas such
as evacuation centers, critical point facilities, other government related buildings (i.e.
municipal/city hall, barangay halls, Regional level government buildings) and other uses
handling toxic and hazardous substances.
Allowed uses as indicated in the base zones can be reviewed to ensure that a clear
list of restricted uses are mentioned and enumerated in the hazard overlay.
Prohibited uses within the zone can include evacuation centers, hospitals, schools,
establishments handling toxic and hazardous substances, protective services,
government related buildings, schools, social welfare buildings, power and water
related point facilities;
Socialized housing sites, or housing development which would accommodate
dwelling units for low to middle income families (with low capacities for employing
risk mitigation) can also be considered as among prohibited uses in areas where
floods may exceed 0.5 meters.
256
220
831'0"N
830'0"N
212S
212T
212U
212V
211S
211T
211U
211V
212BS
212BN
211BN
211BS
212BM
211BM
212BR
212BL
211BL
212BQ
212BK
211BK
211BQ
212BJ
211BJ
211BR
212BI
211BI
212BP
212BH
211BH
211BP
212BG
211BG
212BO
212BF
211BF
211BO
212BE
212BB
211BB
211BE
212BA
211BA
212BD
212Z
211Z
211BD
212Y
211Y
212BC
212X
211X
211BC
212W
211W
Taboc
212R
211R
213BS
213BR
213BQ
213BP
213BO
213BN
213BM
213BL
213BK
213BJ
213BI
213BH
213BG
213BF
213BE
213BD
213BC
213BB
213BA
213Z
213Y
213X
213W
213V
213U
213T
213S
213R
214BS
214BR
214BQ
214BP
214BO
214BN
214BM
214BL
214BK
214BJ
214BI
214BH
214BG
214BF
214BE
214BD
214BC
214BB
214BA
214Z
214Y
214X
214W
214V
214U
214T
214S
214R
215BS
215BR
215BQ
215BP
215BO
215BN
215BM
215BL
215BK
215BJ
215BI
215BH
215BG
215BF
215BE
215BD
215BC
215BB
215BA
215Z
215Y
215X
215W
215V
215U
215T
215S
215R
216BS
216BR
216BQ
216BP
216BO
216BN
216BM
216BL
216BK
216BJ
216BI
216BH
216BG
216BF
216BE
216BD
216BC
216BB
216BA
216Z
216Y
216X
216W
216V
216U
216T
216S
216R
217BS
217BR
217BQ
217BP
217BO
217BN
217BM
217BL
217BK
217BJ
217BI
217BH
217BG
217BF
217BE
Igpit
217BD
217BC
217BB
217BA
217Z
217Y
217X
217W
217V
217U
217T
217S
217R
218BS
218BR
218BQ
218BP
218BO
218BN
218BM
218BL
218BK
218BJ
218BI
218BH
218BG
218BF
218BE
218BD
218BC
218BB
218BA
218Z
218Y
218X
218W
218V
218U
218T
218S
218R
219BS
219BR
219BQ
219BP
219BO
219BN
219BM
219BL
219BK
219BJ
219BI
219BH
219BG
219BF
219BE
219BD
219BC
219BB
219BA
219Z
219Y
219X
219W
219V
219U
219T
219S
219R
220BS
220BR
220BQ
220BP
220BO
220BN
220BM
220BL
220BK
220BJ
220BI
220BH
220BG
220BF
220BE
220BD
220BC
220BB
220BA
220Z
220Y
220X
220W
220V
220U
220T
220S
220R
221BS
221BR
221BQ
221BP
221BO
221BN
221BM
221BL
221BK
221BJ
221BI
221BH
221BG
221BF
221BE
221BD
221BC
221BB
221BA
221Z
221Y
221X
221W
221V
221U
221T
221S
221R
222BS
222BR
222BQ
222BP
222BO
222BN
222BM
222BL
222BK
222BJ
222BI
222BH
222BG
222BF
222BE
222BD
222BC
222BB
222BA
222Z
222Y
222X
222W
222V
222U
222T
222S
222R
223BS
223BR
223BQ
223BP
223BO
223BN
223BM
223BL
223BK
223BJ
223BI
223BH
223BG
223BF
223BE
223BD
223BC
223BB
223BA
223Z
223Y
223X
223W
223V
223U
223T
223S
223R
224BS
224BR
224BQ
224BP
224BO
224BN
224BM
224BL
224BK
224BJ
224BI
224BH
224BG
224BF
224BE
224BD
224BC
224BB
224BA
224Z
224Y
224X
224W
224V
224U
224T
224S
224R
225BS
225BR
225BQ
225BP
225BO
225BN
225BM
225BL
225BK
225BJ
225BI
225BH
225BG
225BF
225BE
225BD
225BC
225BB
225BA
225Z
225Y
225X
225W
225V
225U
225T
225S
225R
227BS
227BR
227BQ
227BP
227BO
227BN
227BM
227BL
227BK
227BJ
227BI
227BH
227BG
227BF
227BE
227BD
227BC
227BB
227BA
227Z
227Y
227X
227W
227V
227U
227T
227S
227R
12436'0"E
226BS
226BR
226BQ
226BP
226BO
226BN
226BM
226BL
226BK
226BJ
226BI
226BH
226BG
226BF
226BE
226BD
226BC
226BB
226BA
226Z
226Y
226X
226W
226V
226U
226T
226S
226R
228BS
228BR
228BQ
228BP
228BO
228BN
228BM
228BL
228BK
228BJ
228BI
228BH
228BG
228BF
228BE
228BD
228BC
228BB
228BA
228Z
228Y
228X
228W
228V
228U
228T
228S
228R
229BS
229BR
229BQ
229BP
229BO
229BN
229BM
229BL
229BK
229BJ
229BI
229BH
229BG
229BF
229BE
229BD
229BC
229BB
229BA
229Z
229Y
229X
229W
229V
229U
229T
229S
229R
230BS
230BR
230BQ
230BP
230BO
230BN
230BM
230BL
230BK
230BJ
230BI
230BH
230BG
230BF
230BE
230BD
230BC
230BB
230BA
230Z
230Y
230X
230W
230V
230U
230T
230S
230R
231BS
231BR
231BQ
231BP
231BO
231BN
231BM
231BL
231BK
231BJ
231BI
231BH
231BG
231BF
231BE
231BD
231BC
Barra
231BB
231BA
231Z
231Y
231X
231W
231V
231U
231T
231S
231R
232BS
232BR
232BQ
232BP
232BO
232BN
232BM
232BL
232BK
232BJ
232BI
232BH
232BG
232BF
232BE
232BD
232BC
232BB
232BA
232Z
232Y
232X
232W
232V
232U
232T
232S
232R
233BS
233BR
233BQ
233BP
233BO
233BN
233BM
233BL
233BK
233BJ
233BI
233BH
233BG
233BF
233BE
233BD
233BC
233BB
233BA
233Z
233Y
233X
233W
233V
233U
233T
233S
233R
234BS
234BR
234BQ
234BP
234BO
234BN
234BM
234BL
234BK
234BJ
234BI
234BH
234BG
234BF
234BE
234BD
234BC
234BB
234BA
234Z
234Y
234X
234W
234V
234U
234T
234S
234R
235BS
235BR
235BQ
235BP
235BO
235BN
235BM
235BL
235BK
235BJ
235BI
235BH
235BG
235BF
235BE
235BD
235BC
235BB
235BA
235Z
235Y
235X
235W
235V
235U
235T
235S
235R
236BS
236BR
236BQ
236BP
236BO
236BN
236BM
236BL
236BK
236BJ
236BI
236BH
236BG
236BF
236BE
236BD
236BC
236BB
236BA
236Z
236Y
236X
236W
236V
236U
236T
236S
236R
237BS
237BR
237BQ
237BP
237BO
237BN
237BM
237BL
237BK
237BJ
237BI
237BH
237BG
237BF
237BE
237BD
237BC
237BB
237BA
237Z
237Y
237X
237W
237V
237U
237T
237S
237R
238BS
238BR
238BQ
238BP
238BO
238BN
238BM
238BL
238BK
238BJ
238BI
238BH
238BG
238BF
238BE
238BD
238BC
238BB
238BA
238Z
238Y
238X
238W
238V
238U
238T
238S
238R
239BS
239BR
239BQ
239BP
239BO
239BN
239BM
239BL
239BK
239BJ
239BI
239BH
239BG
239BF
239BE
239BD
239BC
239BB
239BA
239Z
239Y
239X
239W
239V
239U
239T
239S
239R
240BS
240BR
240BQ
240BP
240BO
240BN
240BM
240BL
240BK
240BJ
240BI
240BH
240BG
240BF
240BE
240BD
240BC
240BB
240BA
240Z
240Y
240X
240W
240V
240U
240T
240S
240R
241BS
241BR
241BQ
241BP
241BO
241BN
241BM
241BL
241BK
241BJ
241BI
241BH
241BG
241BF
241BE
241BD
241BC
241BB
241BA
241Z 242Z
241Y 242Y
241X 242X
241W
241V 242V
241U 242U
241T 242T
241S 242S
241R 242R
0.1
0.2
0.4

Map Sources:
Flood Overlay Zone - Flood Depth
FL-OZ Sub-Zone 1- >0.2-0.5 Meters
FL-OZ Sub-Zone 5- >5.00 Meters
LEGEND
SPHEROID............................................................. CLARKE 1866

0.2
Kilometers
1:10,000

FLOOD HAZARD OVERLAY ZONE

1 in 100 Year Rainfall Return Period Simulation, Year 2020
(282.00 mm rainfall in 24 hours)
Figure 4.5 Sample

Flood Hazard Overlay Map, Barangay Barra, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Figure 4.5 Sample Flood Hazard Overlay Map, Barangay Barra, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
Figure 4.5 Sample Flood Hazard Overlay Map, Barangay Barra, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental
257
Table 4.21 Sample Zone Boundary Description, Flood Hazard Overlay Zone Map
Flood Overlay
Sub-Zone
Estimated Flood
Depth (Meters)
Meridional Block Coverage

(Alpha Numeric Code)1
Flood Overlay SubZone 1
0.2-0.5 Meters
220BK, 224BB, 225BB, 225BE, 226BA, 226BB, 226BI, 226BK,

227BA, 227BI, 227Z, 228BG, 228BH, 228BI, 228BJ, 228Z, 229BH,
229BI, 229BJ, 229BK, 229V, 229Z .......
> 0.5- 1.00 Meters
220BJ, 220BK, 221BJ, 221BK, 221BL, 223BD, 223BH, 224BB,

224BC, 224BD, 224BE, 224BF, 224BG, 224BH, 225BA, 225BB,
225BC, 225BD, 225BE .......
> 1.00-2.00 Meters
221BJ, 221BK, 221BL, 222BD, 222BF, 222BG, 222BH, 222BI,

222BJ, 222BK, 222BL, 223BB, 223BC, 223BD, 223BE, 223BF,
223BG, 223BH, 223BI ......
> 2.00-5.00 Meters
236V, 236W, 236X, 236Y, 236Z, 237BA, 237BB, 237BC, 237BD,

237BE, 237U, 237V, 237W, 237X, 237Y, 237Z, 238BA, 238BB,
238BC, 238BD, 238U ....
> 5.00 Meters
229W, 229X, 229Y, 230W, 230X, 230Y, 231W, 231X, 231Y,

231Z, 232BA, 232BB, 232BD, 232BE, 232BF, 232V, 232W, 232X,
232Z, 233BA, 233BB, 233BC ....
Listed meridional blocks are only partial of the actual coverage. For presentation purposes only.
Prohibited uses can be further fine-tuned depending on the estimated flood

susceptibility level or flood heights such as allowing evacuation centers in low
susceptible areas or those within flood 0.2 to 0.5 meters with the condition that
these follow the hazard resistant design regulations mentioned in other provisions
of the hazard overlay zone, but will be disallowed in areas of moderate to high
flood susceptibility and/or flood heights exceeding 0.5 meters.
4. Density and bulk restrictions - Density and bulk restrictions can be further adjusted
to manage the number of elements exposed to hazards. This may pertain to regulations
on the maximum lot coverage (expressed as a percentage occupied by the ground level
building footprint relative to the size of total lot area), floor area ratio (total floor area
relative to lot area), and building height restrictions, etc.
258
Limits pertaining to density and bulk restrictions as prescribed in the Building Code
of the Philippines can be retained for as long as flood considerations have been
considered prior to the preparation and determination of suitable building densities
in the base zones (during the CLUP land use design scheme).
Further reduction of the prescribed density and bulk regulations as per Building
Code to accommodate more open spaces/access systems can be employed such as
reducing the maximum lot coverage to lessen the building footprint to accommodate
more impervious surface within the lot, as well as allow easy access to building
occupants during cases of rescue and recovery.
The minimum lot sizes in a particular hazard prone area can also be included in the
provisions. This is to ensure that further subdivision of lots into much smaller lot
sizes can be prevented which may lead to further development of dwelling units.
5. Building and Site Design Regulations - Pertains to special regulations related to
building design specifications to mitigate hazards and ensure the safety of occupants,
depending on the type of hazard and estimated base hazard magnitude/intensity. In the
case of floods, design specifications will be dependent on the identified base flood design
elevation. Specifications may include building design (i.e. two storey, multi storey, single
storey on stilts), hazard-resistant wall materials/design, groundfloor building elevation
requirements, foundation design, building shape and orientation, and provision of escape
hatches (Balconies, roof openings). Site development regulations may include regulations
such as minimum area for permeable surfaces, temporary storm water storage ponds,
land compacting/filling regulations. It may also include special design standards covering
critical point facilities such as hospitals, schools, and government buildings. Listed below
are recommended provisions which can be included
Relevant provisions of the National Structural Code of Philippines of Flood Hazard
resistant design.
Lowest floor of structures must be 2 feet (freeboard) above the estimated 100-year
base flood elevation using climate change adjusted one-day rainfall projections.
Wall and foundation construction materials and design should be able to withstand
loads exerted by the expected flood water height (meters) and flow velocity (meters/
sec) and water submergence.
259
Foundation of buildings should be constructed to account for soil erosion, scour, or

settling. Foundations should be constructed in the same stratum and/or pile driven
to account for the potential hydrodynamic forces.
When enclosed spaces are constructed below the base flood elevation, necessary
wall openings should be established to allow water to flow inside the enclosed
space and ensure that water levels inside and outside the house are balanced to
prevent significant structural damage due to hydrostatic forces.
Walls column or flow through crawlspaces shall be recommended, rather than, infilling as the means of elevating buildings. This shall help minimize flood water flow
obstructions and increase in flood heights (in adjacent properties) as a result of
diminished flood plain storage capacity.
When in-filling is employed as the means for elevating the lowest/ground floor of
the structure, temporary flood storage retention structures must be constructed
either onsite or within the sub catchment basin where the property belongs (size
commensurate to the area occupied by the fill). In-fill should also not alter natural
drainage ways and onsite drainage design should consider the estimated runoff
volume to prevent increased flooding in adjacent properties.
Protect the fill from erosion and scour. Proper soil compaction should be employed.
Electrical and communication cable runs and control switches, as much as practicable,
should be placed two feet above the base flood elevation.
For emergencies and rescue, escape openings should be accessible to occupants
either through a small balcony above the flood elevation and/or roof openings.
Encourage onsite water storage facilities. Water storage fixtures (or any buoyant
structures) should be above the flood elevation or secured/anchored properly to
resist buoyancy forces. Also, minimize exposed pipes (distribution/collection) to
minimize damage from floating debris.
Stairways should be wide, straight with large landings to allow easy relocation of
heavy and bulky furniture.
260
Minimum impervious surface area of the total lot area, but can be adjusted
depending on capacities of proponents to employ on-site drainage network/s and
flood/storm water retention to accommodate expected run-off.
Building should have at least 50% of the gross floor area, above the estimated
base flood elevation. Buildings are also encouraged to establish an attic space for
emergency storage.
For other hazards, please refer to relevant sections of the HLURB CLUP
Guidebook: Model Zoning Ordinance (Volume 3). It covers hazard overlay
zones such as floods, landslides and faults including recommended
provisions.
261
6. Other provisions - Pertains to provisions related to incentives/disincentives, additional

requirements during locational clearance and building permit issuance, and property
insurance requirements.
Proponent will be required to attend a flood hazard awareness seminar and will be
part of the locational clearance application process
Building owner will be required to purchase property insurance which covers flood
associated damages
Allowed uses or structures as indicated in base zone and covered by the EIS system
shall apply for an Environmental Compliance Certificate, which should include an
Engineering Geological and Geohazard Assessment Report) as part of the locational
clearance and building permit application process
Provide incentives such as tax holidays for a specified period of time, where savings
can be used for employing hazard resistant building design/construction.
Risk Management Zones

Apart from the zoning and building/development regulations within hazard overlay zones,
risk information can also be used to identify of Areas for Priority Action (APAs) which can
be described as existing urban use areas within hazard prone areas (regardless of risk level)
based on the results of the CDRA risk mapping.
These APAs should be addressed within an acceptable period (i.e. 10 years or depending
on the discretion of the LGU or through consultation with property owners) to ensure that
the process of risk reduction is achieved within the planning period. These can be identified
through the consolidation/overlying of all hazard specificrisk maps and the identification
of areas. There are three possible scenarios/approaches where the establishment of risk
management districts can be applied:
1. Identified risk areas can still be developed provided that the establishment of hazard
mitigation infrastructure and compliance to hazard resistant building design and
density standards are feasible to significantly reduce risks through gradual/incremental
adaptation. These may also cover areas where current and future capacities of property
owners are not commensurate to the costs required for significant risk mitigation which
can be passed to another party. When dealing with areas where settlement development
can still be pursued, declaring the area as a risk management district or APAs can be an
option. Regulations can be applied to encourage existing property owners to participate
in risk mitigation. The following options can be applied:
262
Requiring property owners to address risks within a given time frame (LGUs can
adopt a 10-year period with consultation with owners).
Land acquisition or swapping where LGU offers other suitable areas in the locality.
LGU assumes responsibility of the property for allocation to other suitable uses.
Relocation of existing households through resettlement. LGU offers other suitable
land areas for resettlement (through land banking) provides housing (at discounted
rates), and creates livelihood. LGU assumes responsibility for the area, to be leased
or sold to other interested proponents. Revenues generated is to be redirected to
the establishment/maintenance of resettlement site/s.
Instituting local ordinances to increase property taxes and revenues derived from
property owners, outside the risk management districts where revenues can be
redirected in area redevelopment.
2. Identified risk areas where settlement can still be developed provided that the
establishment of hazard mitigation infrastructure and compliance to hazard resistant
building design and density standards are feasible and that current and future capacities
of property owners are commensurate to the costs required for mitigation. Regulations
can be applied to encourage existing property owners to participate in risk mitigation.
The following options can be applied:
Property owner is required to submit a structural engineering assessment to be
conducted by a licensed structural engineer. The structural engineering assessment
provides the recommendation and requirement for building retrofitting to which
the property owner is given a period to implement retrofitting works.
Require property owners to address risks within a given time frame (LGUs can
adopt a 10 year period with consultation with owners).
Tax holiday for a period of five years with the condition that property owners employ
the required structural mitigation measures/retrofitting.
When property is significantly damaged within the 10 year period, property owner
will be allowed to repair and rehabilitate the structure provided that it follows the
minimum standards on hazard resistant design.
If property owner fails to employ the minimum hazard resistant design standards,
provisions in item 1can be applied.
Implementation of structural and non-structural risk mitigation measures where a
portion of the cost/s will be shouldered by the property owners/beneficiaries.
263
3. Identified risk areas where the only recourse is to relocate existing properties/population
due to possible hazards affecting the site and the establishment of mitigation measures
to reduce risks are not feasible. The following options can be applied:
Mandatory relocation - all affected households will be prioritized in resettlement
projects.
Structures within identified areas to be relocated will be given three years to vacate
the premises and or relocate to suitable areas.
When property owner fails to relocate within a specified number of years, structure
will be subject to demolition.
When structure incurs significant damage during a hazard event, property owner
will not be allowed to rehabilitate the existing facility or construct a new structure.
Cross-cutting Regulations
These pertain to regulations, related to climate change adaptation and mitigation, that
can be imposed to residents and the business sector to address climate change impacts;
contribute to water sufficiency and energy efficiency (minimizing green house gas emissions);
promote the protection and stability of the natural environment; and other concerns. These
regulations can be added to the performance standards section of the zoning ordinance.
Providing incentive mechanisms for the adoption of green building design standards can
also be incorporated in the zoning ordinance (ZO) or in other support local ordinances. Some
performance standards include:
1. Water Efficiency Regulations - Pertains to regulations imposed to property owners on
the establishment of water storage/cisterns, and/or separate on-site piping system for
non-potable water uses (flushing, gardening) to minimize potable water consumption
for non-potable uses. Water for non-potable uses can be derived through rain-harvesting,
and, if feasible, through centralized community based water treatment systems/facilities
where storm water can be treated for potable uses. Other innovations such as modern
sanitary fixtures/systems (i.e. water less urinals, low flow toilets) can also be pursued.
264
2. Sustainable Energy - Pertains to the provision of incentives (tax credits) to residences

and business establishments to encourage the adoption of onsite renewable energy
technologies such as photovoltaics and wind and solar water heating. These technologies
can be encouraged to minimize dependence on energy derived from non-renewable
and highly pollutive energy sources. Areas can also adopt off-grid, small scale, and
community-based renewable energy technologies (if feasible). This may also pertain to
building design regulations which reduced energy consumption for lighting and cooling
through proper architectural design standards by maximizing ambient daylight and
minimizing indoor temperature through solar orientation, proper ventilation, passive
cooling, insulation, and heat reflective roofing.
3. Green Spaces - Pertains to regulations in the establishment and allocation for green
spaces for the purposes of GHG sequestration, minimizing ambient temperature, improved
air quality, and improve aesthetics. These can be done by prescribing a minimum green
space ratio per lot (i.e. 30-50% of the total lot area to be devoted for green spaces) such
as landscaping, residential tree canopy, and/or vegetative green roofs.
Mandaluyong City enacted the 2014 Green Building Regulations

(Ordinance No. 535, series of 2014) and its implement rules and regulations
to contribute to the global efforts in reducing green house gas emission
and minimizing impacts of buildings on health and the environment. It
provides a good example of relevant provisions to support climate change
adaptation and mitigation. It covers standards on energy efficiency, water
efficiency, materials and waste management, site sustainability, and indoor
environmental quality, including incentives in the form of increased floor
area ratio and tax discounts. Certain provisions can be adopted by other
LGUs and incorporated in the ZO as separate sections.
265
Implementation of the CLUP and ZO

This phase is an integral part in implementing the CLUP and enforcing the ZO towards the
realization of the identified vision, goals, and objectives. With emphasis on CCA-DRRM, the
following areas should be taken into consideration:
Institutional capacity and capability building for land use and development
planning and monitoring - Entails an assessment of current capacities of the LGU
and concerned departments in sustaining CCA-DRRM efforts, and instituting changes to
enhance the institutional structure, systems and procedures for continuous/sustained risk
reduction and management and climate change adaptation related planning; information
management; program and project development and management; resource generation/
fiscal management; investment programming; and monitoring and evaluation. This may
also entail the establishment and maintenance of necessary geographic and information
management systems (i.e. Geographic Information System, Building Information and
Management System, Community Based Monitoring System).
Institutional capacity and capability building for zoning enforcement - Entails
an assessment of current capacities and capabilities for effective enforcement of zoning
regulations (including building designs), instituting changes in the systems/procedures
in the review; approval and issuance of locational clearances (zoning department/office)
and building permits (engineering department); and continuous inspection/ compliance
monitoring, cadastral mapping, and field surveying. This also involves feedback mechanisms
to allow future adjustments/revisions to further improve zone regulations.
Revenue Generation - Increase locally generated revenues to support the CCA-DRRM
agenda. This may cover the imposition of special levies23 to cover costs for CCA-DRRM
related projects and activities that directly benefits property owners (i.e. flood control works,
establishment of roads) where LGU can recover costs not exceeding 60% of the actual costs
of public projects and reasonable rates to be fixed commensurate to service rendered24.
Generate revenues from the special education fund (1% of the real property tax), which can
be used for retrofitting educational related facilities/structures, and collecting idle land taxes
(2% per annum based on the prevailing assessed value of the property) to encourage the
use of agricultural lands and/ or fund adaptation measures for agriculture (establishment of
improved irrigation, water impoundment facilities or other initiatives in support of climate
resilient agricultural production). LGUs can also institute changes to improve tax collection
efficiency and enforce necessary penalties on tax delinquency.
23
24
HLURB, CLUP Guidebook: A Guide to Comprehensive Land Use Plan Preparation , 2013
National Structural Code of the Philippines, 2010, Chapter 2, page 2-112
266
Financing DRR- CCA initiatives - LGUs can utilize 70 percent of the total calamity fund to
risk-reduction measures and 30 percent to quick responseactivities. These can be a source
of funds to implement identified risk reduction projects and programs in the CLUP. LGUs can
also tap into the People Survival Fund, under Republic Act No. 10174, to fund adaptation
programs and projects subject to review and approval by the Peoples Survival Fund board.
Also, LGUs can access climate financing offered by International entities in the form of
grants and/or loans.
Strengthening LGU-NGO-PO Linkages - Encourage participatory planning, program
and project development and implementation for CCA-DRRM endeavors by involving NonGovernment Organizations, Peoples Organizations, Community Groups, and Civil Society to
identify socially acceptable adaptation and mitigation measures.
Interfacing with other local plans - Ensuring consistency of short to medium term local
plans such as the Comprehensive Development Plan, Executive and Legislative Agenda,
and Local Development and Annual Investment Plans which are consistent with the
Comprehensive Land Use Plan. Also, ensure consistency with higher level plans like PDPFP,
RPFP, and NPFP.
Synergy - Establishing and strengthening inter-LGU linkages and cooperation for the
reduction and management of common/shared risks. It also includes strengthening ties
with concerned provincial level governments, regional line agencies, and other entities (i.e.
Indigenous People) to ensure policies, programs, and projects related to land development
and natural resources management are consistent.
267
Monitoring and evaluation

Monitoring and evaluation takes off from the CCA-DRRM related success indicators and
targets articulated in the goals and objectives setting step of the CLUP formulation process.
The purpose of monitoring and evaluation is to ensure that necessary systems/mechanism/
procedures are in place that will allow the consistent and systematic monitoring of CCADRRM interventions and its intended/desired results, the measurement of trends, and the
evaluation of its benefits and impacts. It shall serve as the feedback mechanism and the
basis for revising policy interventions so that alternative risk reduction and management
measures can be identified. A sample monitoring and evaluation matrix can be prepared as
basis for the detailing of methodologies/procedures.
Table 4.22 Sample Monitoring and Evaluation Indicators
Sample/Recommended Success
Indicators/Targets Spatial DRRCCA
268
Responsible
Departments/Of ces
Brief Description/Parameters for

Monitoring
Incremental relocation of 445

informal settler families considered
highly at risk to oods and/or
vulnerable to sea level-rise and
storm surges
Annual number of relocated informal

Municipal Social
settler families.
Welfare and
Development Municipal Planning and
Development Of ce
Increase area allocation for new

residential areas to accommodate
6,420 households
Municipal Planning and Annual number of housing units

constructed and number of household
Development Of ce
bene ciaries.
Reduction in number of families

dependent on post-disaster
nancing/assistance
Municipal Social
Welfare and
Development
Annual data on the number of households/

residents who received nancial aid and
relief assistance. Data aggregation shall be
at the purok/zone level.
Reduction in the amount spent for

post-disaster nancing/assistance
Municipal Budget
Of ce - Municipal
and Management
Of ce
Annual data on the cost incurred by the

local government for nancial assistance,
disaster response, and relief assistance.
Data shall be aggregated at the purok/
zone level.
Reduced cases of deaths, severely

affected families, and totally
damaged structures
Municipal Disaster Risk

Reduction and
Management Of ce Municipal Engineering
Of ce/Municipal
Building Of cial
Standardized annual data on the number

of deaths due to natural hazards
Standardized annual data on the number
of partially and totally damaged structures
to natural hazards. Aggregated by building
type (residential, commercial, institutional,
etc) and by purok.
Table 4.22 Sample Monitoring and Evaluation Indicators

Sample/Recommended Success
Indicators/Targets Spatial DRRCCA
95% of highly vulnerable structures
are retro tted within 2022
Responsible
Departments/Of ces
Municipal Building
Of cial/Engineering
Department
Achieve 95% conformance on

structures employing disaster
mitigation structural design
standards (risk mitigation) or those
located in relatively safe areas (risk
avoidance)
Reduce/eliminate cases where

residential/non-residential
structures are constructed in highly
susceptible hazard areas
Increase number of property owners

with the capacity to afford postdisaster economic protection
(property/life insurance)
Brief Description/Parameters for

Monitoring
Establish an extensive geo-referenced
building database on important parameters
(i.e. building type, wall and roof materials,
construction cost/assessed value, insurance
coverage) which can be incorporated in the
annual payment of real property taxes.
Incorporate structural engineering
assessment and evaluation requirement as
part of the real property tax payment
process.
Annual monitoring of the number of
building owners who employed retro tting
Annual monitoring on the number of
structures conforming to hazard resistant
design
Annual monitoring of existing and new
buildings constructed in identi ed no-build
zones
Annual monitoring of existing and new
building structures with insurance coverage
Increase number of property owners Municipal Planning and 5-year interval trending on the number/
percentage population with life insurance
with the capacity to afford postDevelopment Of ce
coverage aggregated by household (CBMS)
disaster economic protection (life
insurance)
5-year interval trending on the number/
95% of population above the
percentage population above the Poverty
Poverty Index
Index, aggregated by household (CBMS)
Increase average annual income of

families
5-year interval trending on the household

income, aggregated by household (CBMS)
Reduction in unemployment rate
5-year interval trending on the

unemployment rate (CBMS)
Municipal Planning and 2-year interval trending on the number of

new jobs generated aggregated by
Development Of ce Increase in number of new investors
Business Licensing
barangay by type of industry/profession
related to tourism, agri-industrial,
forestry, and other service-related
facilities/establishments
Generation of 1,200 jobs
269
270
Glossary of Terms

229
271
Presented below are some basic DRR and CCA terminologies and concepts relevant to mainstreaming climate change
and disaster risks in comprehensive land use planning. The definitions are mostly derived from the UNISDR, IPCC, and
Philippine laws on DRRCCA and other local references.
Acceptable risk
Capacity Development
The level of potential losses that a society or community

considers acceptable given existing social, economic,
political, cultural, technical and environmental
conditions (UNISDR, 2009).
The process by which people, organizations and society

systematically stimulate and develop their capacities
over time to achieve social and economic goals,
including through improvement of knowledge, skills,
systems, and institutions (UNISDR, 2009).
Adaptation
In human systems, the process of adjustment to actual
or expected climate and its effects, in order to moderate
harm or exploit beneficial opportunities. In natural
systems, the process of adjustment to actual climate
and its effects; human intervention may facilitate
adjustment to expected climate (IPCC 2012).
The adjustment in natural or human systems in
response to actual or expected climatic stimuli or their
effects, which moderates harm or exploits beneficial
opportunities (CC Act, 2009).
Adaptation assessment
The practice of identifying options to adapt to climate
change and evaluating them in terms of criteria such as
availability, benefits, costs, effectiveness, efficiency, and
feasibility (IPCC, 2012)
Adaptive Capacity
The ability of ecological, social or economic systems to
adjust to climate change including climate variability
and extremes, to moderate or offset potential damages
and to take advantage of associated opportunities with
changes in climate or to cope with the consequences
thereof (CC Act, 2009).
The combination of the strengths, attributes, and
resources available to an individual, community, society,
or organization that can be used to prepare for and
undertake actions to reduce adverse impacts, moderate
harm, or exploit beneficial opportunities (IPCC, 2012).
Capacity
a combination of all strengths and resources available
within a community, society or organization that can
reduce the level of risk, or effects of a disaster. Capacity
may include infrastructure and physical means,
institutions, societal coping abilities, as well as human
knowledge, skills and collective attributes such as social
relationships, leadership and management. Capacity
may also be described as capability (PDRRM Act 2010).
272
Climate Change
A change in the state of the climate that can be identified
(e.g., by using statistical tests) by changes in the mean
and/or the variability of its properties and that persists
for an extended period, typically decades or longer.
Climate change may be due to natural internal processes
or external forcings, or to persistent anthropogenic
changes in the composition of the atmosphere or in
land use (IPCC, 2012).
A Change in climate that can be identified by changes
in the mean and/or variability of its properties and that
persists for an extended period typically decades or
longer, whether due to natural variability or as a result
of human activity(CC Act, 2009).
A change of climate which is attributed directly or
indirectly to human activity that alters the composition
of the global atmosphere and which is in addition to
natural climate variability observed over comparable
time periods (UNFCC, 1992)
Climate extreme (extreme weather or climate
event)
The occurrence of a value of a weather or climate
variable above (or below) a threshold value near the
upper (or lower) ends of the range of observed values of
the variable. For simplicity, both extreme weather events
and extreme climate events are referred to collectively
as climate extremes.
Climate Risk
Climate Risk refers to the product of climate and related
hazards working over the vulnerability of human and
natural ecosystems (CC Act, 2009).
Climate Variability
The variations in the average state and in other statistics
of the climate on all temporal and spatial scales beyond
that of individual weather events (CC Act, 2009).
Climate variability refers to variations in the mean state
and other statistics (such as standard deviations, the
occurrence of
extremes, etc.) of the climate at all spatial and temporal

scales beyond that of individual weather events.
Variability may be due to natural internal processes
within the climate system (internal variability), or to
variations in natural or anthropogenic external forcing
(external variability). See also Climate change (IPCC,
2012).
Coping capacity
The ability of people, organizations, and systems, using
available skills, resources, and opportunities, to address,
manage, and overcome adverse conditions (IPCC,
2012). The ability of people, organizations and systems,
using available skills and resources, to face and manage
adverse conditions, emergencies or disasters (UNISDR,
2009).
Contingency Planning
A management process that analyzes specific
potential events or emerging situations that might
threaten society or the environment and establishes
arrangements in advance to enable timely, effective and
appropriate responses to such events and situatIons
(PDRRM Act, 2010).
Disaster
A serious disruption of the functioning of a community
or a society involving widespread human, material,
economic or environmental losses and impacts, which
exceeds the ability of the affected community or society
to cope using its own resources (UN-ISDR, 2009).
Severe alterations in the normal functioning of a
community or a society due to hazardous physical events
interacting with vulnerable social conditions, leading
to widespread adverse human, material, economic,
or environmental effects that require immediate
emergency response to satisfy critical human needs and
that may require external support for recovery (IPCC,
2012).
A serious disruption of the functioning of a community
or a society involving widespread human, material,
economic or environmental losses and impacts, which
exceeds the ability of the affected community or society
to cope using its own resources. Disasters are often
described as a result of the combination of: the exposure
to a hazard; the conditions of vulnerability that are
present; and insufficient capacity or measures to reduce
or cope with the potential negative consequences,
Disaster impacts may include loss of life, injury, disease
and other negative effects on human, physical, mental
and social well-being, together with damage to property,
destruction of assets, loss of services, Social and
economic disruption and environmental degradation
(PDRRM Act, 2010).
.
Disaster Prevention
The outright avoidance of adverse impacts of hazards
and related disasters. It expresses the concept and
intention to completely avoid potential adverse impacts
through action taken in advance such as construction
of dams or embankments that eliminate flood risks,
land-use regulations that do not permit any settlement
in high-risk ares, and seismic engineering designs that
ensure the survival and function of a critical building in
any likely earthquake (PDRRM Act, 2010)
Disaster Response
The provision of emergency services and public
assistance during or immediately after a disaster in order
to save lives, reduce health impacts, ensure public safety
and meet the basic subsistence needs of the people
affected. Disaster response is predominantly focused
on immediate and short-term needs and is sometimes
called disaster relief(PDRRM Act, 2010).
Disaster Risk
The potential disaster losses, in lives, health status,
livelihoods, assets and services, which could occur to a
particular community or a society over some specified
future time period (UNISDR, 2009).
The likelihood over a specified time period of severe
alterations in the normal functioning of a community or
a society due to hazardous physical events interacting
with vulnerable social conditions, leading to widespread
adverse human, material, economic, or environmental
effects that require immediate emergency response
to satisfy critical human needs and that may require
external support for recovery (IPCC, 2012).
Disaster Risk Management
The systematic process of using administrative directives,
organizations, and operational skills and capacities to
implement strategies, policies and improved coping
capacities in order to lessen the adverse impacts of
hazards and the possibility of disaster (UNISDR, 2009).
Processes for designing, implementing, and evaluating
strategies, policies, and measures to improve the
understanding of disaster risk, foster disaster risk
reduction and transfer, and promote continuous
improvement in disaster preparedness, response,
and recovery practices, with the explicit purpose of
increasing human security, well-being, quality of life,
and sustainable development(IPCC, 2012).
273
Exposure
The concept and practice of reducing disaster risks

through systematic efforts to analyze and manage the
causal factors of disasters, including through reduced
exposure to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people
and property, wise management of land and the
environment, and improved preparedness for adverse
events (UNISDR, 2009).
The presence of people; livelihoods; environmental

services and resources; infrastructure; or economic,
social, or cultural assets in places that could be adversely
affected (IPCC, 2012).
Denotes both a policy goal or objective, and the strategic

and instrumental measures employed for anticipating
future disaster risk; reducing existing exposure, hazard,
or vulnerability; and improving resilience (IPCC, 2012)
The systematic process of using administrative directIves,
organizations, and operational skills and capacIties to
implement strategies, policies and improved coping
capacities in order to lessen the adverse impacts of
hazards and the possibIlity of disaster. Prospective
disaster risk reduction and management refers to risk
reduction and management activities that address and
seek to avoid the development of new or increased
disaster risks, especially if risk reduction policies are not
put in place (PDRRM Act, 2010).
Disaster Mitigation
The lessening or limitation of the adverse impacts of
hazards and related disasters. Mitigation measures
encompass engineering techniques and hazard-resistant
construction as well as improved environmental policies
and public awareness (PDRRM Act, 2010).
Disaster Preparedness
The knowledge and capacities developed by
governments, professional response and recovery
organizations, communities and individuals to
effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the
Impacts of likely, imminent or current hazard events or
conditions. Preparedness action is carried out within
the context of disaster risk reduction and management
and aims to build the capacities needed to efficiently
manage all types of emergencies and achieve orderly
transitions from response to sustained recovery.
Preparedness is based on a sound analysis of disaster
risk and good linkages with early warning systems,
and includes such activities as contingency planning,
stockpiling of equipment and supplies, the development
of arrangements for coordination, evacuation and public
information, and associated training and field exercises.
These must be supported by formal institutional, legal
and budgetary capacities (PDRRM Act, 2010).
People, property, systems, or other elements present

in hazard zones that are thereby subject to potential
losses(UNISDR, 2009).
The degree to which the elements at risk are
likely to experience hazard events of different
magnitudes(PDRRM Act, 2010). Hazard
A dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity
or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other
health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihoods
and services, social and economic disruption, or
environmental damage (UNISDR, 2009).
The potential occurrence of a natural or human-induced
physical event that may cause loss of life, injury, or
other health impacts, as well as damage and loss to
property, infrastructure, livelihoods, service provision,
and environmental resources (IPCC, 2012).
A threatening event, or the probability of occurrence
of a potentially damaging phenomenon, within a given
time period and area that may cause loss of life or injury,
property damage, social and economic disruption or
environmental degradation or a combination of these.
(NEDA, 2008)
Mainstreaming
The integration of policies and measures that address
climate change into development planning and sectoral
decisionmaking (CC Act, 2009).
Land-Use Planning
Land use planning refers to the rational and judicious
approach of allocating available land resources
to different land using activities, (e.g. agricultural,
residential, industrial) and for different functions
consistent with the overall development vision/goal
of a particular locality. It entails the detailed process
of determining the location and area of land required
for the implementation of social and economic
development, policies, plans, programs and projects. It is
based on consideration of physical planning standards,
development vision, goals and objective, analysis of
actual and potential physical conditions of land and
development constraints and opportunities (HLURB,
2006).
The process undertaken by public authorities to identify,
evaluate and decide on different options for the use of
land,
274
including consideration of long-term economic, social

and environmental objectives and the implications for
different communities and interest groups, and the
subsequent formulation and promulgation of plans that
describe the permitted or acceptable uses (UNISDR,
2009).
Mitigation
Structural and non-structural measures undertaken
to limit the adverse impact of natural hazards,
environmental degradation, and technological hazards
and to ensure the ability of at-risk communities to
address vulnerabilities aimed at minimizing the impact
of disasters. Such measures include, but are not limited
to, hazard-resistant construction and engineering
works, the formulation and implementation of plans,
programs, projects and activities, awareness raising,
knowledge management, policies on land-use and
resource management, as well as the enforcement of
comprehensive land-use planning, building and safety
standards, and legislation (PDRRM Act, 2010).
In the context of climate change, refers to human
intervention to address anthropogenic emissions by
sources and removals by sinks of all GHG, including
ozonedepleting substances and their substitutes
(IPCC, 2012).
In the context of disaster and disaster risk, The lessening
of the potential adverse impacts of physical hazards
(including those that are human-induced) through
actions that reduce hazard, exposure, and vulnerability
(IPCC, 2012).
Preparedness
The knowledge and capacities developed by
governments, professional response and recovery
organizations, communities and individuals to
effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the
impacts of likely, imminent or current hazard events or
conditions (UNISDR, 2009).
Pre-disaster actions and measures being undertaken
within the context of disaster risk reduction and
management and are based on sound risk analysis
as well as pre-disaster activities to avert or minimize
loss of life and property such as, but not lImited to,
community organizing, training, planning, equipping,
stockpiling, hazard mapping, insuring of assets, and
public information and education initiatives. This also
includes the development enhancement of an overall
preparedness strategy, policy, institutional structure,
warning and forecasting capabilities, and plans that
define measures geared to help at-risk communities
safeguard their lives and assets by being alert to
hazards and taking appropriate action in the face of
an Imminent threat or an actual disaster (PDRRM Act,
2010).
Retrofitting
Reinforcement or upgrading of existing structures to
become more resistant and resilient to the damaging
effects of hazards (UNISDR, 2009).
Risk
The combination of the probability of an event and its
negative consequences (UNISDR, 2009).
Risk is the expected losses (of lives, persons injured,
property damaged and economic activity disrupted) due
to a particular hazard for a given area and reference
period. e unit of measure of risk could be number
of fatality or value of damaged property. Risk is
mathematically expressed as: Risk = Hazard x Elements
at risk x Vulnerability (NEDA, 2007)
Risk Assessment
A methodology to determine the nature and extent
of risk by analyzing potential hazards and evaluating
existing conditions of vulnerability that together could
potentially harm exposed people, property, services,
livelihoods and the environment on which they depend
(UNISDR, 2009).
A methodology to determine the nature and extent
of risk by analyzing potential hazards and evaluating
existing conditions of vulnerability that together could
potentially harm exposed people, property, services,
livelihood and the environment on which they depend.
Risk assessments with associated risk mapping include:
a review of the technical characteristics of hazards such
as their location, intensity, frequency and probability;
the analysis of exposure and vulnerability including the
physical, social, health, economic and environmental
dimensions; and the evaluation of the effectiveness of
prevailing and alternative coping capacities in respect
to likely risk scenarios (PDRRMC Act, 2010).
Risk transfer
The process of formally or informally shifting the
financial consequences of particular risks from one
party to another whereby a household, community,
enterprise, or state authority will obtain resources from
the other party after a disaster occurs, in exchange for
ongoing or compensatory social or financial benefits
provided to that other party (UNISDR, 2012).
275
Resilience
Vulnerability
The ability of a system and its component parts to

anticipate, absorb, accommodate, or recover from the
effects of a hazardous event in a timely and efficient
manner, including through ensuring the preservation,
restoration, or improvement of its essential basic
structures and functions (IPCC, 2012).
The characteristics and circumstances of a community,

system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging
effects of a hazard (UNISDR, 2009).
The ability of a system, community or society exposed

to hazards to resist, absorb, accommodate to and
recover from the effects of a hazard in a timely and
efficient manner, including through the preservation
and restoration of its essential basic structures and
functions (UNISDR, 2009).
The characteristics and circumstances of a community,

system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging
effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various
physical, social, economic, and environmental factors
such as poor design and construction of buildings,
inadequate protection of assets, lack of public
information and awareness, limited official recognition
of risks (PDRRM Act, 2010).
Response
The propensity or predisposition to be adversely affected

(IPCC, 2012).
Any concerted effort by two (2) or more agencies,

public or private, to provide assistance or intervention
during or immediately after a disaster to meet the life
preservation and basic subsistence needs of those
people affected and in the restoration of essential
public activities and facilities (PDRRM Act, 2010).
The degree to which a system is susceptible to, or

unable to cope with, adverse effects of climate change,
including climate variability and extremes. Vulnerability
is a function of the character, magnitude, and rate of
climate change and variation to which a system is
exposed, its sensitivity, and its adaptive capacity (CC
Act, 2009).
Post-Disaster Recovery
The restoration and improvement where appropriate,

of facilities, livelihood and living conditions.of disasteraffected communities, including efforts to reduce
disaster risk factors, in accordance with the principles
of build back better(PDRRM Act, 2010).
Systematic examination of impacts of climate change

and disasters on natural and socio-economic systems
(IPCC 2007).
Prevention
The outright avoidance of adverse impacts of hazards
and related disasters (UNISDR, 2009).
Recovery
Vulnerability assessments examine the underlying

socioeconomic, institutional, and, to a lesser extent,
political and cultural factors, that determine how people
cope with climate hazards.
Vulnerability assessments make use of indicators that
can help identify and target vulnerable regions,sectors
or populations, raise awareness, and be part of a
monitoring strategy (Downing et. al. 2001).
The restoration, and improvement where appropriate,

of facilities, livelihoods and living conditions of disasteraffected communities, including efforts to reduce
disaster risk factors (UNISDR, 2009).
Structural and non-structural measures
Structural measures: Any physical construction to reduce
or avoid possible impacts of hazards, or application of
engineering techniques to achieve hazard- resistance
and resilience in structures or systems;
Non-structural measures: Any measure not involving
physical construction that uses knowledge, practice or
agreement to reduce risks and impacts, in particular
through policies and laws, public awareness raising,
training and education (UNISDR, 2009).
276
Annex

235
277
The concept of risk and vulnerability in the context of

Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation
Developing the methodology for climate and disaster risk assessment and climate change
vulnerability assessment requires a better understanding of concepts developed by two
communities of practice: disaster risk and climate change.
Climate Change
Climate change refers to a change in the state of the climate that can be identified (e.g., by
using statistical tests) by changes in the mean and/or the variability of its properties, and that
persists for an extended period, typically decades or longer. Climate change may be due to
natural internal processes or external forcings such as modulations of the solar cycles, volcanic
eruptions and persistent anthropogenic changes in the composition of the atmosphere or
in land use25. The most recent findings by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC) showed that the global temperature has increased by an average of 0.85 degrees
over the period 1880 to 201226. The increase in global mean temperatures is attributed to the
increase atmospheric concentration of greenhouse gases due to human activity since 1750
27
. A changing climate could manifest in the changes in seasonal temperature and rainfall
patterns; frequency and intensity of extreme precipitation events, intensity and duration of
droughts, increase in tropical cyclone activity; and sea level rise as a result of the glacial
mass loss and thermal expansion of oceans. Climate models used to develop climate change
scenarios are run using different forcings such as increasing greenhouse gas and aerosols
atmospheric concentrations. These emission scenarios known as the SRES (Special Report on
Emission Scenarios) developed by the IPCC give the range of plausible future climate given
the possible demographic, societal, economic and technological storylines (Refer to Table A1
and Figure A1)
IPCC, 2013: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment
Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and
New York, NY, USA, Annex III, p 1450.
26
Ibid, p. 5
27
Ibid, p. 11
25
278
Table A1 The four SRES scenarios developed by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
Scenario
Family
A1
Development Pathway
Very rapid economic growth, a global population that

peaks in mid-century and rapid introduction of new
and more ef cient technology. A1 is further subdivided
into three groups that describe alternative directions of
technological change
A1FI - Reliance on fossil

intensive;
A1T - Reliance on non-fossil
fuels;
A1B - Balance across all fuel
sources
A2
A very heterogeneous world with high population growth, slow economic development
and slow technological change.
B1
Describes a convergent world, with the same global population as A1, but with more
rapid changes in economic structures toward a service and information economy
B2
a world with intermediate population and economic growth, emphasizing local solutions
to economic, social, and environmental sustainability.
Source: IPCC, 2007: Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Core Writing Team, Pachauri, R.K and Reisinger, A. (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland, p. 44
Figure A1Figure
Scenarios
for GHG
emissions
to2100
2100
projections
of surface
temperatures
A1 Scenarios
for GHG
emissionsfrom
from 2000
2000 to
andand
projections
of surface
temperatures
Source: Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report, IPCC, 2007, p.7
Climate Change in the Philippines

The Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA) released the
official Climate Projections in the Philippines on February 2011. It contains information on the observed and
GOVERNMENTatI the
PROJECT
CLIMATE TWIN
279
future climate change scenarios
provincial
levelPHOENIX
based on the latest empirical and scientific studies and
understanding. It was intended to provide decision makers the information to support development planning
Climate Change in the Philippines

The Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA)
released the official Climate Projections in the Philippines on February 2011. It contains
information on the observed and future climate change scenarios at the provincial level
based on the latest empirical and scientific studies and understanding. It was intended to
provide decision makers the information to support development planning and anticipate
the potential changes in extreme and seasonal climate parameters.
Using the Providing Regional Climates for Impact Studies (PRECIS) and using the B2 (low
range emission) A1B (medium range emission) and A2 (high emission) scenarios, with
baseline period from 1971-2000, the following trends were established to project the future
climate model in two time frames2020 and 2050 :
Seasonal rainfall change - generally, there is reduction in rainfall in most parts of
the country during the summer (MAM) season. However, rainfall increase is likely
during the southwest monsoon (JJA) season until the transition (SON) season in
most areas of Luzon and Visayas, and also, during the northeast monsoon (DJF)
season, particularly, in provinces/areas characterized as Type II climate in 2020
and 2050. There is, however, generally decreasing trend in rainfall in Mindanao,
especially by 2050.
Seasonal temperature change - Mean temperatures in all areas in the Philippines
are expected to rise by 0.9C to 1.1C in 2020 and by 1.8C to 2.2C in 2050.
Likewise, all seasonal mean temperatures will also have increases in these time
slices; and these increases during the four seasons are quite consistent in all parts
of the country. Largest temperature increase is projected during the summer (MAM)
season;
Frequency of extreme rainfall events - heavy daily rainfall will continue to
become more frequent; extreme rainfall is projected to increase in Luzon and
Visayas only;
Frequency of days with temperatures exceeding 35oC - hot temperatures will
continue to become more frequent in the future;
Frequency of dry days or days with rainfall less than 2.5mm - Number of dry
days is expected to increase in all parts of the country in 2020 and 2050.
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA), Climate Change in the
Philippines, February 2011, pp
28
280
The Concept of Risk

Risk is defined as the combination of the probability of an event and its negative consequences.
Risk is the expected losses (of lives, persons injured, property damaged and economic activity
disrupted) due to a particular hazard for a given area and reference period. The unit of
measure of risk could be number of fatality or value of damaged property. Risk is a function
of the probability of occurrence of hazards, elements exposed and vulnerability of elements
exposed to the hazards, expressed as:
(Risk) = Hazard, Exposure, Vulnerability
Hazard is a potentially damaging physical event, phenomenon or human activity that
may cause the loss of life or injury, property damage, social and economic disruption or
environmental degradation. A hazard can be geological, such as an earthquake or volcanic
eruption; it can be meteorological, such as flood and raininduced landslide.
Exposure refers to elements such as people, buildings, infrastructure, the economy and
natural environment that are subject to the impact of specific hazard.
Vulnerability refers to qualities of the exposed element to withstand the impact of a hazard
event; refers to the characteristics (i.e. building wall materials, age of the building) of an
element exposed to a hazard that contribute to the exposed elements capacity to resist,
cope with, withstand, and recover from the impact of natural hazard.
Following the H-E-V risk approach, probabilistic risk can also be expressed as:
(Risk) = Probability, Consequence
Wherein hazard is expressed as the probability of occurrence of the hazard or the estimated
recurrence expressed as a return period (1/100 years or 1% chance of occurring in any given
year) and consequence which is the interplay of the expected magnitude of the hazard, the
extent of exposure, and the vulnerability conditions of the exposed elements. The other end
of the spectrum is a deterministic risk approach wherein an assumption is adopted such that
there is certainty that a hazard event will happen and the damage and losses associated to
it.
281
Table A2. Comparative Matrix of Application of Concept of Risk

Risk and
Components
Risk
Hazard
Exposure
Concept
Mainstreaming Guidelines on Subnational planning
Reference Manual on
Integrating DRR and CCA into the
CLUP
Annual loss of lives,

annual damage to
properties
Annual loss of lives, annual damage to

properties
Risk is measured qualitatively based on

the indicative likelihood of occurrence
score and a subjective rating/assessment
on the severity of consequence based on
the existing/baseline vulnerability
attributes of exposed elements.
A hazards destructive
potential or degree of
hazard is a function of
the magnitude,
duration, location and
timing of the event.
Basic data would be the
probability of
occurrence.
Probabilistic data must
be historically
established. This is
usually re ected in the
hazard maps.
Hazard maps do not re ect the probability of

occurrence or return period of hazard events.
Instead, susceptibility or proneness de ned as
highly susceptible area (HSA), moderately
susceptible area (MSA), and low susceptible
area (LSA) are re ected in the maps. Each of
these areas of susceptibility were assigned
return periods.
Flood modeling maps were generated for

Surigao City for a 2, 5, 10, 25, and 50
year rainfall. The Rainfall Intensity
Duration Frequency (RIDF) curves for
Surigao City that were utilized in ood
modeling and was based on the PAGASA
observed historical daily rainfall data.
Ideally a probability
density function for
population exposure
which takes into
account nature of
events, and spatial and
temporal dimensions are
used.
Replacement value of structures (based on

building permits data).
For economic assets,

detailed measures of the
extent and quality of
infrastructure and the
economic value of the
exposed land and
resources are used.
Vulnerability of
elements exposed refers
to their intrinsic
characteristics that
allow them to be
damaged or destroyed.
The weakness of
physical and social
systems is usually
Vulnerability
de ned in terms of
fragility curves, in which
the weaknesses are
quanti ed as a function
of hazard severity.
The resulting maps depicted the estimated

ood extent and heights along the
Surigao River for the different scenarios
(return period of rainfall).
Other hazard maps used in the pilot areas
were sourced from mandated agencies
Replacement value based on the cost of crops

production from the Department of
Agriculture.
The barangay population count and the
estimated barangay land area were used to
compute for the estimated population density
which was then used to estimate the affected
persons based on the extent/area of the
hazard per susceptibility class as a proxy
variable for exposure.
Owing to data limitations, historical loss rates

were used to estimate the loss expected
when particular populations or economic
assets are exposed to hazards. Vulnerability
is represented by the factor of fatality and
factor of damage (built-up areas and
agriculture) and is referred to as macro
vulnerability.
Exposure was determined using map

overlays of hazards and elements at risk
covering population, built-up areas,
agriculture, transportation, and critical
point facilities (i.e. schools, government
buildings, power, water and
communication related facilities).
Exposure per type are represented either
as area, number of facilities, and
replacement value.
Vulnerability analysis is based on the

existing/baseline attributes of the exposed
elements. These attributes were described
and summarized per barangay which were
considered (along with the extent/number
of exposed elements) in assigning the
severity of consequence (degree of
damage).
A micro vulnerability assessment was

undertaken in the identi ed priority planning
areas or the high risk areas in which the
characteristics of the population,
infrastructure and services, economy, other
assets were evaluated and together with the
coping capacity of the people and the locality,
were considered in the design of appropriate
risk reduction measures.
Sources: NEDA-UNDP-EU. 2009. Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and Land Use/Physical Planning. Manila, Philippines, NEDA-UNDP-Australian
Government.
Reference Manual on Integrating Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan Report, NEDA-UNDP-HLURB, 2011
282
Disaster
Disaster is defined as a serious disruption of the functioning of a society, causing widespread
human, material or environmental losses which exceed the ability of affected society to
cope using only its own resources. Natural disaster would be a disaster caused by nature or
natural causes29.
The NDRRMC (through NDCC Memorandum Order No 4. series of 1998, items 4a-b, items a.
to b.) criteria for declaring a state of calamity provides the measurable criteria or thresholds
which can be used as proxy indicators for disasters. It covers the minimum percentage of
severely affected population, minimum percentage damage to means of livelihood, minimum
duration of disruption in the flow of transport and commerce (e.g. roads and bridges),
minimum percentage damage to agriculture based products, and duration of disruption of
lifeline facilities (e.g. electricity, potable water systems, communication).
Table A3 Thresholds for declaring a state of calamity
Element
Population
Dwelling units
Means of livelihood
Criteria for declaring a state of calamity
At least 20% of the population are affected and in need of immediate assistance.
At least 20% of dwelling units have been destroyed
A great number or at least 40% of the means of livelihood such as bancas, shing boats,
vehicles and the like are destroyed;
Widespread destruction of shponds, crops, poultry, and livestock, and other agricultural
products
Lifelines
29
Disruption of lifelines such as electricity, potable water system, transport system,

communication system and other related systems which cannot be restored within one (1)
week, except for highly urbanized areas where restoration of the above facilities cannot be
made within twenty-four (24) hours.
NDCC Memorandum Order No 4. series of 1998, items 4a-b, items a. to b
283
Disaster Risk Assessment

Disaster risk assessment is a methodology to determine the nature and extent of risk by
analyzing potential hazards and evaluating existing conditions of vulnerability that together
could potentially harm exposed people, property, services, livelihoods and the environment
to which they depend. Risk assessments and associated risk mapping include: a review
of the technical characteristics of hazards such as their location, intensity, frequency and
probability; the analysis of exposure and vulnerability including the physical, social, health
and environmental dimensions; and the evaluation of the effectiveness of prevailing and
alternative coping capacities with respect to likely risk scenarios. The series of activities is
sometimes known as a risk analysis (UNISDR: 2009). In 2009, the NEDA in partnership with
UNDP and European Commission Humanitarian Office (ECHO) developed the Guidelines on
Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development and Land Use/Physical
Planning where disaster risk assessment was introduced as a process for establishing areas
at risk to natural hazards and the planning implications. A quantitative risk assessment
methodology was used which adopted several assumptions due to the availability and
quality of data.
The systematic process of using administrative directives, organizations, and operational
skills and capacities to implement strategies, policies and improved coping capacities in
order to lessen the adverse impacts of hazards and the possibility of disaster. Prospective
disaster risk reduction and management refers to risk reduction and management activities
that address and seek to avoid the development of new or increased disaster risks, especially
if risk reduction policies are not put in place30.
The systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including
through reduced exposure to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise
management of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events
(ADPC).
30
284
The Concept of Vulnerability

Using the IPCC framework, vulnerability is defined as the degree to which a system is
susceptible to, or unable to cope with, adverse effects of climate change, including climate
variability and extremes. Vulnerability is a function of the character, magnitude, and rate of
climate variation to which a system is exposed, its sensitivity, and its adaptive capacity 31.
(Vulnerability) = Exposure, Sensitivity, Adaptive Capacity
where:
Exposure is the nature and degree to which a system is exposed to significant climatic
variations.
Sensitivity is the degree to which a system is affected, either adversely or beneficially, by
climate-related stimuli. The effect may be direct (e.g., a change in crop yield in response to a
change in the mean, range, or variability of temperature) or indirect (e.g., damages caused
by an increase in the frequency of coastal flooding due to sea level rise).
Adaptive capacity is the ability of a system to adjust to climate change (including climate
variability and extremes), to moderate potential damages, to take advantage of opportunities,
or to cope with the consequences.
Is the systematic examination of impacts of climate change and disasters on natural and
socio-economic systems. It is the key component of climate change adaptation which
seeks to establish the elements exposed, describe their intrinsic characteristics that make
them sensitive to the climate stimulus, estimate possible direct and indirect impacts, and
determine the level of adaptive capacities to cope with the potential impacts. These shall be
the basis for identifying the necessary measures for adaptation and mitigation.
31
32
Ibid
285
possible direct and indirect impacts, and determine the level of adaptive capacities to cope with the potential
impacts. These shall be the basis for identifying the necessary measures for adaptation and mitigation.

In human systems, it is the process of adjustment to actual or expected climate and its
effects, init order
moderate
harm or exploit
beneficial
opportunities.
systems,
In human systems,
is thetoprocess
of adjustment
to actual
or expected
climate In
andnatural
its effects,
in order to
it is the
processbeneficial
of adjustment
to actualInclimate
its effects
where
human
interventionto actual
moderate harm
or exploit
opportunities.
naturaland
systems,
it is the
process
of adjustment
33.
33. In the
adjustment
to expected
climate
In the context
of land to
useexpected
planning,climate
planned
climate andmay
its facilitate
effects where
human
intervention
may facilitate
adjustment
is the result
of a deliberate
policy
decision,
on an awareness
conditions
context of adaptation
land use planning,
planned
adaptation
is the
resultbased
of a deliberate
policy that
decision,
based on an
have
changed
or
are
about
to
change
and
that
action
is
required
to
return
to,
maintain,
awareness that conditions have changed or are about to change and that action is required to or
return to,
maintain, orachieve
achievea adesired
desiredstate.
state.
Climate Change
ClimateMitigation
Change Mitigation
In theofcontext
climate change,
mitigation
to human
intervention
In the context
climateof change,
climate climate
changechange
mitigation
refers refers
to human
intervention
to address
to address
anthropogenic
emissions
by sources
removals
by sinks of
all GHG,
including
anthropogenic
emissions
by sources and
removals
by sinksand
of all
GHG, including
ozonedepleting
substances
34
ozonedepleting
substances
and
their
substitutes
.
34
and their substitutes .
The correspondence between the risk and vulnerability frameworks

The correspondence between the risk and vulnerability frameworks
To facilitate
the understanding
of theof risk
andandvulnerability
discussedbelow
below
To facilitate
the understanding
the risk
vulnerability frameworks,
frameworks, discussed
areare the
correspondence
of the two frameworks.
the correspondence
of the two frameworks.
Figure
FigureA2
A2Correspondence
Correspondenceofofthe
theIPCC
IPCCVulnerability
Vulnerabilityand
andUN
UNRisk
RiskFrameworks
Frameworks
IPCC Vulnerability
UN Risk
(Biophysical Vulnerability)
Exposure
Hazard
Exposure
Sensitivity
Vulnerability
(Inherent Vulnerability)
Adaptive Capacity
Adaptive Capacity

Climate Change Mitigation
Disaster Mitigation
Source: Perez and Gotangco, 2011

NOTE:Not
Nota astrict
strictcorrespondence
correspondence but
mapping
to facilitate
linking
of understanding
of frameworks.
Note:
butaarough
rough
mapping
to facilitate
linking
and understanding
of
33
34
Ibid
Vulnerability
The natural hazards community which emphasizes risk

and the climate change community which emphasizes
286
vulnerability are essentially examining the same processes. However, this has not always been immediately
Vulnerability
The natural hazards community which emphasizes risk and the climate change community
which emphasizes vulnerability are essentially examining the same processes. However,
this has not always been immediately apparent due to differences in terminology. The
separation of vulnerability into social and biophysical vulnerability enables us to appreciate
the compatibility of the risk-based and vulnerability-based approaches35.
1. Biophysical Vulnerability - in terms of the amount of (potential) damage caused to a system
by a particular climate-related event or hazard. The IPCC definition for vulnerability falls
under this category. Biophysical suggests both: (a) a physical component associated
with the nature of the hazard and its first-order physical impacts; (b) a biological or social
component associated with the properties of the affected system that act to amplify or
reduce the damage resulting from these first-order impacts 36.
2. Social or inherent Vulnerability - a state that exists within a system before it encounters a
hazard event that makes human societies and communities susceptible to damage from
external hazards (e.g. poverty and marginalisation, gender, age, health, food entitlements,
access to insurance, and housing quality). For nonhuman systems, inherent vulnerability
may be used. The sensitivity under the IPCC framework and the vulnerability under
the disaster risk framework fall under this category37.
Brooks, Vulnerability, risk and adaptation: A conceptual framework, 2003, p.7

Climate Change Commission-Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Internationale Zeusammenarbeit, CLUP Resource Book
Integrating Climate Change Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction and Management, 2013, p34.
37
Ibid p34.
35
36
287
Hazard and Exposure

Climate-related or hydro-meteorological hazards only represent one type of hazard dealt
with by the disaster management community. The full range of hazards that DRR can
encompass includes natural (e.g. geological, hydro-meteorological and biological) or those
induced by human processes (e.g. environmental degradation and technological hazards).
Therefore, DRR expands beyond the remit of climate change adaptation. Similarly, climate
change adaptation moves outside the realm of most DRR experience to address longer
term impacts of climatic change such as loss of biodiversity, changes in ecosystem services
and spread of climate-sensitive disease, and those less likely to be addressed by the DRR
community. Also, DRR focuses on reducing foreseeable risks based on previous experience,
whereas adaptation originates with environmental science predicting how climate change
will be manifested in a particular region over a longer time period38. Disaster Risk Reduction
Management traditionally encompasses discrete, recurrent and rapid onset hazards, while
the climate change can be considered to represent the continuous and slow-onset hazards39.
The principal difference between the natural hazards risk-based approach and the IPCC
biophysical vulnerability approach is that risk is generally described in terms of probability,
whereas the IPCC and the climate change community, in general, tend to describe (biophysical)
vulnerability simply as a function of certain variables. Disaster risk reduction practitioners
usually assess vulnerability and capacities to respond to hazard events expected in the next
season or years (e.g., hurricane seasons); whereas climate change experts are more likely to
consider the long term impacts, in decades and centuries, of climate variability and change
as well as related environmental change (e.g., degradation of coastline and sea level rise)40.
Exposure in the risk framework refers to the elements exposed to the potential hazard,
whereas exposure in the IPCC framework refers to the degree of climate stress upon a
particular unit analysis represented as either a long-term change in climate conditions, or
by changes in climate variability, including the magnitude and frequency of extreme events.
Hazard and exposure are two distinct variables in the risk framework, while exposure in the
IPCC framework already incorporates the hazard variable.
Venton et. al, Linking climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction, Tearfund, 2008
Climate Change Commission-Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Internationale Zeusammenarbeit, CLUP Resource Book
Integrating Climate Change Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction and Management, 2013, p35.
40
Working Group on Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction of the Inter-Agency Task Force on Disaster Reduction
(IATF/DR), On Better Terms: A Glance at Key Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction Concepts, 2006
38
39
288
Adaptive Capacity
Some disaster risk reduction practitioners use the concept of coping, and the term coping
capacities in particular, to describe the use of mechanisms to reduce the adverse consequences
and effects of disasters. Other disaster risk reduction managers, particularly those working
in the interface with climate change issues, see a fundamental difference between coping
and adapting. Climate change experts use the term adaptation to denote approximately
the same concepts covered under coping/coping strategies (as denoted by the disaster
risk reduction community). Yet many in the climate change community also differentiate
between coping and adapting. Coping is used for short-term (or reactive) adjustments while
adapting for long term (or proactive) ones41.
Mitigation and Adaptation
Climate change mitigation measures recognize that the amount of Greenhouse gases in the
atmosphere will influence the rate and magnitude of climate change. Therefore, it is within
the capacity of humans to influence their exposure to change. Mitigation, in the context of risk
reduction and management, refers to structural and non-structural measures implemented
to reduce the impacts of natural hazards, environmental degradation and technological
hazards. The climate change community would term these disaster mitigation activities as
adaptation, although these activities would represent only one type of adaptation, namely
reactive adaptation. The term adaptation to climate change embraces broader and more
comprehensive activities42.
Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment (CDRA)

In these supplemental guidelines, the two frameworks will be operationalized in the
form of two distinct assessment tools: the disaster risk assessment (DRA) and climate
change vulnerability assessment (CCVA) incorporated as part of the climate and disaster
risk assessment (CDRA). The CDRA is intended to determine the major decisions areas
characterized as areas at risk to natural hazards (established using the DRA) that can be
exacerbated by its vulnerability to climate change (identified in the CCVA). Both tools are
intended to describe the elements exposed to hazards/climate stimuli, identify the underlying
factors contributing to sensitivities and vulnerabilities, and assess their adaptive capacities.
These shall provide the basis for identifying possible interventions for risk reduction, climate
change adaptation and mitigation.
Working Group on Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction of the Inter-Agency Task Force on Disaster Reduction
(IATF/DR), On Better Terms: A Glance at Key Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction Concepts, 2006
42
Ibid
41
289
290
References

245
291
Asian Disaster Preparedness Center, Community-based Disaster Risk Management for Local Authorities, 2006
Asian Disaster Preparedness Center, Promoting Use of Disaster Risk Information in Land-use Planning, 2011.
Australian Government, Project Document: Building the Resilience and Awareness of Metro Manila Communities to
Natural Disasters and Climate Change Impacts, 2011
Brooks, Vulnerability, risk and adaptation: A conceptual framework, 2003
Cabrido, C. (et al.), Training Modules and Manual on Mainstreaming Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction in
the Provincial Development and Physical Framework Plan, Sectoral Vulnerability Tool: Mainstreaming
Guidelines. 2012.
Climate Change Commission, National Framework Strategy on Climate Change 2010-2022, 2010.
Climate Change Commission , National Climate Change Action Plan 2011-2028, 2011.
Department of Agriculture, Policy and Implementation Program on Climate Change, 2011.
Department of Interior and Local Government-Bureau of Local Government Development, Rationalizing the Local
Planning System: A Source Book, 2008.
Dickson, Eric, Judy L. Baker, Daniel Hoornweg, Asmita Tiwari. 2012. Urban Risk Assessments: Understanding Disaster
and Climate Risk in Cities. Urban Development Series. Washington DC: World Bank. DOI: 10.1596/978-08213-8962-1. License: Creative Commons Attribution CC BY 3.0.
Downing, T.E. et al., Vulnerability indices: Climate change impacts and adaptation. Policy Series, 3, Nairobi: UNEP.
2001
Environment Management Bureau -Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Vulnerability and
Adaptation (V&A) Assessment Toolkit, (n.d).
German and Foreign Affairs Office and Earthquake and Megacities Initiative, Risk sensitive land use plan of
Katmandu Metropolitan City, Nepal, 2010.
GIZ-MO-ICRAF, 2011: Patterns of vulnerability in the forestry, agriculture, water, and coastal sectors of
Silago,Southern Leyte, Philippines, ISBN: 978-971-94565-1-3
GIZ-UNDP-UNISDR, Handbook on Good Building Design and Construction in the Philippines, 2008
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, CLUP Guidebook: A guide to Comprehensive Land Use Planning, 2006.
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, Climate Change Commission, Manila Observatory, Deutsche Gesellschaft
fur Internationale Zeusammenarbeit, CLUP Resource Book, Integrating Climate Change Adaptation and
Disaster Risk Reduction and Management, 2012.
International Strategy for Disaster Reduction , UNISDR Terminology on Disaster Risk Reduction, 2009.
292
IPCC, Managing the Risks of Extreme Events and Disasters to Advance Climate Change Adaptation. A Special
Report of Working Groups I and II of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Field, C.B.,
V. Barros, T.F. Stocker, D. Qin, D.J. Dokken, K.L. Ebi, M.D. Mastrandrea, K.J. Mach, G.-K. Plattner, S.K. Allen,
M. Tignor, and P.M. Midgley (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, and New York, NY, USA,
582 pp., 2012
IPCC, Managing the Risks of Extreme Events and Disasters to Advance Climate Change Adaptation. A Special
Report of Working Groups I and II of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2012
Ministry of Home Affairs-Natural Disaster Management Division, India, Proposed Amendment in Town and Country
Planning Legislations, Regulations for Land Use Zoning, Additional Provisions in Development Control
Regulations for Safety & Additional Provisions in Building Regulations / Byelaws for Structural Safety - in
Natural Hazard Zones of India, 2004.
National Disaster Risk Reduction Management Council, National Disaster Risk Reduction and Management
Framework, 2011.
National Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Council, National Disaster Risk Reduction and Management
Plan, 2012.
National Economic and Development Authority-Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, Reference Manual on
Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation in the Comprehensive Land Use
Plans, 2013.
National Economic and Development Authority-National Land Use Committee, Briefing presentation: Updates on
the Formulation of the Study for the National Spatial Strategy, 2012.
National Economic and Development Authority-National Land Use Committee, National Framework for Physical
Planning Executive Summary, 2001-2030, 2001.
National Economic Development Authority, Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Reduction in Subnational Development
and Land Use/Physical Planning in the Philippines, 2008.
Partnership for Economic Policy, Community Based Monitoring System, Barangay Profile Questionnaire,
VN 01-2011-01, 2011.
Partnership for Economic Policy, Community Based Monitoring System, Household Profile Questionnaire,
VN 01-2011-01, 2011.
Ptz, M., Kruse, S., Butterling, M. (2011): Assessing the Climate Change Fitness of Spatial Planning: A Guidance for
Planners. ETC Alpine Space Project CLISP.
Philippines-Canada Local Government Support Program, How to Formulate an Executive and Legislative Agenda for
Local Governance and Development: A Manual, 2008.
Republic Act 7160, or the Local Government Code of 1991,
Republic Act 9279 or the Philippine Climate Change Act of 2009.
Republic Act 10121, Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010.
293
Reyes, C.M. (et. al) , Community-Based Monitoring System in the Philippines, 2007.
Tanhueco, R.T et. al, Risk Sensitive Land Use Planning of Kathmandu Metropolitan City, Nepal:Framework and
Process, EMI.
United Nations Development Program, Project Document: Building Community Resilience and Strengthening Local
Government Capacities for Recovery and Disaster Risk Management, 2010
United Nations Development Program, Project Document: Enhancing Greater Metro Manilas Institutional
Capacities for Effective Disaster/ Climate Risk Management towards Sustainable Development, (n.d)
United Nations International Strategy for Disaster Reduction , How To Make Cities More Resilient, 2012.
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Background paper on Integrating socio-economic
information in assessments of impact, vulnerability and adaptation to climate change, (n.d)
Venton et. al, Linking climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction, Tearfund, 2008
Working Group on Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction of the Inter-Agency Task Force on Disaster
Reduction (IATF/DR), On Better Terms: A Glance at Key Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction
Concepts, 2006
294
Project Core Team

249
295
Project Organization
HLURB Commissioners
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer and Commissioner
Commissioner
Commissioner
Commissioner
: Hon. VP Jejomar C. Binay, Sr.

: Comm. Antonio M. Bernardo
: Comm. Ria Corazon A. Golez-Cabrera
: Comm. Linda L. Malenab-Hornilla
: Comm. Luis A. Paredes
Project Committee
Project Advisor
Project Manager
: Comm. Linda L. Malenab-Hornilla

: Dir. Nora L. Diaz
Members
296
Policy Development Group
Regional Field Offices
Emma C. Ulep
Annabelle F. Guanzon
Evelyn D. Gatchalian
Ibani C. Padao
Julia Angela Mae E. Collado
Maria O. Amoroso
Julie E. Collado
Magdalena C. Vergara
Elizabeth C. Bandojo
Rose Marie M. Bermejo
Zenaida C. Estur
Harvey A. Villegas
Rey O. Niog
Jovita O. Solarte
Eden A. Santiago
Support Group
Administrative Support
Angelito F. Aguila
Julie Murita A. Torres
Jemima M. Ragudo
Belmar S. Lasam, Jr.
Angelita C. Agustin
Eleanor C. Sandoval
Josefina R. De Lara
Acknowledgment
This publication has been completed under Project Climate Twin Phoenix of the Climate Change Commission
with the assistance of the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, United Nations Development Programme and the Australian Government.
The following institutions were consulted in the preparation of these guidelines:

Department of Environment and Natural Resources - Biodiversity Management Bureau
Department of Environment and Natural Resources - Mines and Geosciences Bureau
Department of Interior and Local Government
Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board - Project Core Team
National Economic and Development Authority
National Mapping and Resource Information Authority
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology
Deutsche Gesellschaft fr Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) - Disaster Risk Management Sector
Consultants for Comprehensive Environmental Planning (CONCEP) Inc.
297
298

HLURB Supplemental Guidelines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HLURB Supplemental Guidelines

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HLURB Supplemental Guidelines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES ON MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE CHANGE AND DISASTER RISKS IN THE COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN

Supplemental Guidelines on Mainstreaming Climate Change and Disaster Risks

Published by the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board

For Inquiries, please contact:

HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX

Mainstreaming Climate Change and Disaster Risks

HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX

HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX

Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment (CDRA) Process

Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment

Step 1. Collect and analyze climate and hazard information

Formulating a Risk Sensitive Land Use Plan

Set the Vision

HLURB-CCC-UNDP-AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT I PROJECT CLIMATE TWIN PHOENIX

Climate Change Projections for Misamis Oriental, Region 10

Summary of Climate Change Variables

Summary of Climate Change Effects and Impacts

Recommended Population Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Indicators

Critical point facilities Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters

Lifeline Utilities Exposure, Sensitivity/Vulnerability and Adaptive Capacity Parameters

Degree of Impact Score

Adaptive capacity score and description

Vulnerability Index Scores

Indicative Likelihood of Occurrence Scores

Severity of Consequence Score Matrix

Risk Score Matrix for Prioritization

Sample Issues Matrix Urban Use Areas

Summary of Projected Changes in Climate Variables, Municipality of Opol, Misamis Oriental

Hazard maps and data sources

Sample Inventory of Hazards and their description

Records of Previous Disasters, Municipality of Opol (2009-2012)

Sample Hazard Susceptibility Inventory Matrix

Summary of Climate Change Impacts, Municipality of Opol

Sample Existing Population Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol

Sample Critical Point Facilities Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol

Sample Lifeline Utilities Exposure Attribute Table, Municipality of Opol

Sample Impact Area and Climate Stimuli

Sample Population Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Sample Lifeline Utilities Exposure to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Degree of Impact Score

Population Degree of Impact Rating, to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Adaptive Capacity Scores and Descriptions

Population, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Lifeline Utilities, Adaptive Capacity to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Vulnerability Index Scores

Population Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Urban Use Areas Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Critical Points Facilities Vulnerability Coastal Impact Areas

Lifeline Utilities Vulnerability to Sea Level Rise, Municipality of Opol

Sample Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Summary Matrix

Disaster Thresholds and acceptability rating per exposure type

Indicative Likelihood of Occurrence Scores

Sample Flood Hazard Inventory, Municipality of Opol

Sample Population Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol

Sample Critical Point Facilities Flood Exposure, Municipality of Opol

Sample Lifeline Utilities Flood Exposure Estimation, Municipality of Opol

Severity of Consequence Score Matrix

Sample Population Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods

Sample Urban Use Area Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods

Sample Critical Point Facilities Severity of Consequence Estimation for Floods